Pico Rivera City Council
March 11, 2025

Specifications
General Specifications
Environment Outdoor
Application Aerial, Direct Buried, Duct
Cable Type Loose Tube
Product Type Armored
Fiber Category Single-mode (OS2)
Temperature Range
Storage -40 °C to 70 °C (-40 °F to 158 °F)
Installation -30 °C to 70 °C (-22 °F to 158 °F)
Operation -40 °C to 70 °C (-40 °F to 158 °F)
Cable Design
Central Element Dielectric
Fiber Count 48
Fiber Coloring Blue, Orange, Green, Brown, Slate, White, Red, Black, Yellow, Violet, Rose, Aqua
Fibers per Tube 12
Number of Tube Positions 6
Number of Active Tubes 4
Buffer Tube Color Coding Blue, Orange, Green, Brown
Buffer Tube Diameter 2.5 mm (0.1 in)
Number of Filling Elements 5
Tape Water-swellable
Number of Ripcords 2
Tensile Strength Elements and/or Armoring - Layer 1 Corrugated steel tape armor Outer Jacket Material Polyethylene (PE)
Outer Jacket Color Black
Maximum Fibers per Tube 12
Mechanical Characteristics Cable
Max. Tensile Strength, Short-Term 2700 N (600 lbf)
Max. Tensile Strength, Long-Term 890 N (200 lbf)
Weight 129 kg/km (87 lb/1000 ft)
ALTOS® Lite™ Loose Tube, Gel-Free, SingleJacket, Single-Armored Cable 48 F, Single-mode (OS2)
Product Specification 048EUC-T4100D20_NAFTA_AEN

Mechanical Characteristics Cable
Nominal Outer Diameter 12.1 mm (0.48 in)
Min. Bend Radius Installation 182 mm (7.2 in)
Min. Bend Radius Operation 121 mm (4.8 in)
Chemical Characteristics
RoHS Free of hazardous substances according to RoHS 2002/95/ EG
Fiber Specifications
Optical Characteristics (cabled)
Fiber Name Single-mode (OS2)
Fiber Category G.652.D
Fiber Code E
Performance Option Code 00
Wavelengths 1310 nm / 1383 nm / 1550 nm
Maximum Attenuation 0.35 dB/km / 0.35 dB/km / 0.25 dB/km Ordering Information
Part Number 048EUC-T4100D20
Product Description ALTOS® Lite™ Loose Tube, Gel-Free, Single-Jacket, SingleArmored Cable, 48 F, Single-mode (OS2) EAN Code 4056418185569
ALTOS® Lite™ Loose Tube, Gel-Free, SingleJacket, Single-Armored Cable 48 F, Single-mode (OS2)
Product Specification 048EUC-T4100D20_NAFTA_AEN

Corning Optical Communications LLC • PO Box 489 • Hickory, NC 28603-0489 USA 800-743-2675 • FAX: 828-325-5060 • International: +1-828-901-5000 • www.corning.com/opcomm A complete listing of the trademarks of Corning Optical Communications is available at www.corning.com/opcomm/trademarks.

All other trademarks are the properties of their respective owners. Corning Optical Communications is ISO 9001 certified. © 2016 Corning Optical Communications. All rights reserved.

High Performance
Wireless Networks:

Delivering Seamless, Everywhere Connectivity with Firetide’s AutoMeshTM AutoMesh Networking Technology 2
Wireless Mesh
Networking
Solutions for
Today’s
Challenging
Market
Evolving Network Demands
Network administrators, and those responsible for building the infrastructures required to support today’s demanding communications needs, are under increasing pressure to maintain and scale their networks. Many trends are impacting this requirement. However, none are more evident than the fact that people and businesses want to access human assets, data and intelligence wherever they may be—inside or outside—regardless of their physical proximity to the network. Seamless connectivity is no longer a matter of ensuring reliable connectivity for the local area network. The network must extend communications outside and reach coverage areas that are often many miles away.

In addition to network mobility requirements, support for the growing number of video applications has IT administrators scrambling to re-assess how they will meet the bandwidth and capacity demands these applications command. The increase in bandwidth to support a broad range of video applications such as video surveillance and monitoring, video offload, and content downloads to smart phones, tablets, and other devices is out-pacing the network operator’s ability to deliver the needed bandwidth. This bandwidth crunch is especially evident in transportation, government, and industrial organizations where public safety, crime deterrence, and monitoring of capital assets are gaining widespread attention.

Today’s True Communications Environment—Limitations
and Opportunities
Today’s communications operators have the difficult task of building new networks and expanding existing networks that support true mobility and can also deliver real-time video applications whether those applications reside indoors or outdoors. Perhaps a more detailed explanation of such a network may be warranted. As examples, one mobile network might supply smart-phone usage to metro-train passengers and another network might allow a fireman to download a building floor-plan from a device on a speeding fire truck en-route to a three-alarm fire. The delivery of high-definition video streaming is another area where requirements may vary considerably from one network to another. Passenger buses may want to display video messages on a static viewing screen for their riders while other networks want to provide transportation dispatchers with analytics such as bus speeds and individual fleet locations. Lastly, a network that allows its users to access its data, video, and voice assets regardless of their locations represents a true indoor-to-outdoor communications network.

These examples illustrate the underlying demands being placed upon networks today. Not only are operators contending with increased range, throughput and capacity needs, they are also faced with the requirements to reduce costs and increase service revenues while enhancing productivity and efficiencies for the organizations they serve. The majority of today’s networks are currently not fully able to support mobility, real-time video and a seamless indoor-to-outdoor experience.

As a result, converged networks are larger and far more complex than ever before and represent a mixed bag of fiber and wireless infrastructures. Although the industry offers network infrastructure options from which administrators can choose, the task of evaluating each to fully understand the technical differentiations can be daunting.

The hard reality is that as pervasive and reliable as they are, wired fiber networks represent many challenges and, by themselves, fall short to support the network demands described above. They inherently have high CAPEX, long build-out times, and are not able to support applications that demand mobility. IT management must be able to implement network solutions that leverage their existing wired infrastructure investments yet meet the new indoor-to-outdoor and mobile-network requirements.

AutoMesh Networking Technology 3
A quick look at Point-to-Point (PTP) and Point-to-Multipoint (PMP) wireless solutions in the market will demonstrate that, although these products may provide sufficient connectivity between fixed locations, they almost always lack the scalability, reliability, end-to-end security, and network management features critical for today’s converged data, voice and video traffic. Fundamentally, PTP and PMP are products that see networks as links not as a network. Therein lies a major point of difference between these solutions and Firetide’s mesh infrastructure technology. There is a real need for a wireless technology that offers the reliability, scalability, and security of fiber, yet has the flexibility and mobility offered by wireless.

Introducing Firetide’s AutoMesh, True Market Differentiation Firetide is a market leader in the delivery of high-performance, private wireless broadband solutions that are both reliable and secure. At the heart of all of Firetide products and solutions is their industry-leading technology—AutoMesh—which was built from the ground up specifically for video and mobility, the key cornerstones for today’s converged networks. Backed by more than 10 years of innovation and 19 patents to date, the technological advancements in AutoMesh coupled with Firetide’s deep understanding of customer requirements and application enablement has lead to the implementation of over 10,000 field deployments across the globe. Early on, Firetide understood that they had to have an innate understanding and an in-depth knowledge of the applications they would be supporting if they were going to develop a mesh technology that would deliver carriergrade performance across the entire network.

The AutoMesh software platform resides in every product Firetide brings to market including its Wireless Infrastructure Series and Access Points, as well as its Mobility Controller and Network Management system.

Mesh technology is less costly, more convenient, and easier to deploy than your wired or fixed wireless network. Wireless mesh technology can be a substitute for wired systems, but can also complement wired systems by providing the optimal wireless solution for augmenting and expanding to new locations that are not well suited for wired systems. High CAPEX, poor mobility support and the inability to access tough-to-reach environments and challenging terrain are the primary reasons administrators seek alternative connectivity systems. In comparison to other wireless systems, AutoMesh uniquely brings these five distinct technological advantages referred to as PRIME.

Patented mesh software
protocols and services that
form the foundation for Firetide
wireless infrastructure solutions.

HotView
™ Pro
AutoMesh™

SOFTWARE PLATFORM

NETWORK MANAGEMENT

HARDWARE
HotPort®
Wireless
Infrastructure
7000 Series
& 5020 Edge
HotPoint®
Wireless
Access Points
5100 / 5200
& 4000
FMC 2000
Mobility
Controller
AUTOMESH L2/L3 SERVICES

AUTOMESH PROTOCOLS
Mobility End-to-End
Security
Ethernet
Direct
Load
Balancing
Wireless
Bonding
Self
Healing
FMRP
Routing
Hand-off
Manager
Radio
Interference/
Resource
Management
Multi-hop
Optimizer
End-to-End
QoS
Reliable
Multicast VLAN
End-to-End
Security
Performance
& Scalability
Resilience
Mobility Integration
Simplicity
AutoMeshTM
AutoMesh Networking Technology 4
Performance and Scalability – In a mobile network, performance and scalability are defined by the ease at which nodes can be added or removed and the assurance that, as more nodes are added, network throughput and quality of service will not degrade. Self-managing capabilities include self-healing, self-configuring/reconfiguring, and self-tuning, all of which play a role in keeping traffic moving dynamically along an optimal path. Firetide’s Mesh Routing Protocol (FMRP), multi-hop optimization and ground-up modifications made to the wireless Mobility Access Controller (MAC) collectively ensure that the loss of a single end-point will never disrupt the network.

As a result, Firetide can deliver up to 150 Mbps throughput with their single-radio, and up to 300 Mbps with their dual-radio platform while maintaining less than 1 ms latency per hop.

Firetide AutoMesh’s patented flow-based routing streamlines packet processing and transmission, eliminating the need for deep packet inspection between hops. Consequently, there is no need to inspect the IP address and route it at every hop. This unique feature allows up to 15 hops to be introduced to the mesh network effortlessly without any packet drop or throughput degradation. This capability gives administrators confidence that bandwidth intensive applications like high-definition video can be easily transmitted without any latency over large scalable networks.

The two illustrations below show the positive impact that Firetide’s Mesh Routing Protocol has on achievable data rates and latency minimization as hop numbers scale.

Scaling Your Network With 5x Less Fiber
Resiliency – Firetide’s Mesh Routing Protocol (FMRP) is the force behind AutoMesh’s self-healing technology. It provides a dynamic “on-demand” routing of the packets based on the network paths available. This results in an enhanced “learn-as-you-go” mode of route discovery for the packets being transmitted. The moment a link or path is not available for any reason, the packets are immediately re-routed through the next best available path, effectively healing the network from any down-time. AutoMesh is programmed to observe parameters that effect network performance. The ideal mix of these observed statistics and “on-demand” routing maintains the optimum level of traffic through the radio links, therefore keeping a smooth and fast traffic flow. This results in zero network down-time and peace of mind.

Redundancy is essentially built into the fabric with a mesh design. The network can lose one or more nodes without losing the ability to send traffic. In outdoor wireless networks, where conditions are often changing, this inherent redundancy is essential.

Firetide Multi Hop Optimizer
PTMP Products
WiFi AP based Mesh
1 2 3 4 10 15
200
150
100
50 0
Number of Wireless Hops
UDP
Throughput
in Mbps
Throughput vs Hops
FMRP Routing
Competitve Routing
Latency vs Hops
1 2 3 4 5 6
160
140
120
100
80 60
40 20
0 Number of Wireless Hops
End-to-End
Latency
in ms
AutoMesh Networking Technology 5
Zero Downtime Carrier-Grade Reliability
In addition, using the Ethernet Direct feature you can use fiber for some of the links within the mesh, combining fiber and wireless in a single mesh network. This design delivers a higher level of resilience and availability, with redundancy across transmission methods.

The strength and resiliency of the Firetide mesh is consistent regardless of the topology, architecture, and the environmental conditions that exist. Its seamless failover capabilities are immediately apparent even when deployed in challenging terrain, non line-of-sight locations, and territories typically associated with higher levels of RF interference. Operators can confidently run all of their critical applications over the Firetide mesh network, knowing they will maintain five-nines availability.

Integration Simplicity – Firetide recognizes that customers need investment protection and depend on manufacturers to ensure smooth integration and performance continuity with existing wired and wireless infrastructures. By design, the AutoMesh network is architected to behave like a Layer 2 Ethernet switch. This means the entire mesh network can be visualized as a collection of Ethernet ports, and the entire mesh can be managed by one IP versus one IP per node. This offers real simplicity when integrating a seamless indoor/outdoor operation.

FMRP encapsulation provides the additional benefit of enabling VLAN, end-to-end policy management, and QoS transparency which equates to a more consistent user experience and increased productivity. Streamlined network deployments and centralized network management help to lower network maintenance costs too.

No Hassle, IT Management
Self-healing via
redundant links for
critical applications.

Mesh Wireless
Optical Fiber
Firetide
7020
Firetide
7020
Traffic Re-routed
0 Downtime
Control
Room A
Control
FIBER BREAK Room B
Simplicity of wired Ethernet
carried over to wireless mesh.

AutoMesh Networking Technology 6
Mobility – There is a common misconception that infrastructure mobility concerns only the client/access side, when in reality there is a significant difference between mobile devices and a mobile network. Firetide’s Mobile Mesh solution delivers the infrastructure to allow an entire network to be mobile, not just the devices.

A mobile node travels across a network infrastructure of static mesh nodes which essentially form the mobile mesh. It associates with the static nodes in these meshes to communicate with clients connected to any part of the static meshes. This is linear mobility.

Linear mobility is a patented Firetide solution. It is applicable whenever a mobile unit moves along a fixed path which may span large distances. Firetide’s patented linear mobility has two parts—a dual-radio mobile node which allows you to scan for a better signal while you are attached without any throughput degradation, and a “make-before-break” connection model to allow for seamless hand over with zero packet loss even when data traffic flows at speeds of 100 Mbps. This capability is paramount when you consider the latency-prone traffic that traverses a mobile network infrastructure.

As examples, Firetide’s 3rd Generation mobility solution supports real-time, streaming HD-video at speeds up to 100 mph and can also offload several gigabits of data in less than a minute in depot. The benefits and advantages of enabling a mobility-based network infrastructure are huge and have collectively proven to reduce operating expenses, increase productivity, improve efficiencies, and generate new sources of revenue.
100 Mbps Network Connectivity @100 mph
End-to-End Security – To ensure transmission confidentiality and privacy of all data, voice, and video traffic across the entire network, Firetide’s AutoMesh platform extends enterprise security in many ways. First and foremost, Firetide utilizes the highest available, 256-bit key size AES encryption coupled with end-to-end packet transmission. Because Firetide mesh eliminates the need to open up packets in Layer 3 between hops, the potential for sniffing data packets over a hop is eliminated, and transmissions are faster and more secure. Many comparable mesh solutions decrypt data packets at every hop which creates a point of vulnerability and slows down the process.

Station
1 Station
2 Pole
1 Pole
2 Pole
3 Pole
4 Pole
5 120
100
80 60
40 20
0 -20
UDP
Throughput (Mbps)
Packet Loss
Packet loss can have major
safety implications for train
operators in today’s modern
rail environment.

AutoMesh Networking Technology 7
Optimizing Secure Data Transmission
To communicate between mesh nodes, Firetide uses proprietary FMRP protocols which are not susceptible to other Wi-Fi-enabled devices. As a result, any device such as a laptop, smart phone, or tablet—other than a Firetide mesh node—cannot connect or communicate directly to the mesh network. Additionally, Firetide provides digitally-signed firmware files to stop any unauthorized firmware installation on nodes and VLAN-based access control lists to provide access control for all packets that are routed into or out of a VLAN.

Firetide takes security seriously employing a MAC-based access control list and an option to block the ports completely on a need-basis. Although no unauthorized device can access the mesh network directly, this “high security” feature can be enabled to detect any rogue node that is attempting to access the mesh network. In addition, the Firetide network management system communicates and shares network configuration information only with nodes having authorized Firetide-issued certificates. This blocks any rogue node that is attempting to spoof as a mesh node and join the network.

Lastly, Firetide is FIPS 140-2 compliant which validates its high level of security required by the U.S. Department of Defense.

Other
Solutions
Firetide
Solution
End-to-End Encryption
Decryption Required at Every Hop
Firetide
Solution
End-to-End Encryption
Other
Solutions
Decryption Required at Every Hop
Firetide’s security provides
operators with efficiency
enhancements and vulnerability
management which only increase
in significance as networks scale
in size and complexity.

Firetide Inc.
2105 South Bascom Avenue
Suite 220
Campbell, CA 95008
[email protected]
www.firetide.com
1-408-399-7771
White Paper
© 2015 Firetide Inc. Firetide, HotPort and HotPoint are registered trademarks of Firetide Inc. AutoMesh and HotView Pro are trademarks of Firetide Inc. All other company and product are the trademarks of their respective owners. WP-MH0000-021408 Summary
Wireless mesh technology is quickly becoming the new communications standard as businesses and organizations look to expand the reach and functionality of their network.

Network administrators want to deploy high-performance technology that is scalable, resilient, mobile, secure and easy to integrate. They also want a technology partner with deep expertise in supporting video and mobility and who can assist them to navigate the complexities of the ever-changing regulatory, safety and economic trends that impact the planning, delivery and implementation of their networks.

Today, Firetide is leading the way for the transformation of private wireless broadband networks. Customers around the globe are confidently deploying AutoMesh-based solutions to extend their reach and do more with their network. Contact Firetide and schedule your free Get PRIME’d Consultation. This comprehensive analysis will assess your current network infrastructure and demonstrate the advantages AutoMesh PRIME can bring to your network communications. Email us at [email protected], visit us on our website at www.firetide.com, or call us at 408-399-7771 for more details.

LIFETIME WARRANTY WWW.COMNET.NET TECH SUPPORT: 1.888.678.9427

FEATURES
› Environmentally hardened for direct deployment in difficult unconditioned out-of-plant and roadside installations
› Tested and certified by an independent laboratory for full compliance with the environmental requirements (ambient operating temperature, mechanical shock, vibration, humidity with condensation, high-line/low-line voltage conditions and transient voltage protection) of NEMA TS-1/TS-2 and CALTRANS Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications › Extended ambient operating temperature range: -40˚ C to +75˚ C (Functional to 85ºC)
› 10/100 BASE-TX and 100/1000 BASE-FX compatible
› Uses SFP modules for fiber and connector type and distance › Redundant power supply compatibility reduces possibility of single-point-of-failure for highest possible reliability › IGMP Snooping V1/V2 for multicast filtering and IGMP Query V1/V2
› Port based VLAN (IEEE 802.1Q)
› IEEE 802.3af PoE
› Rapid Spanning Tree protocol (IEEE 802.1W)
› Port Based Security
› Bi-color LED status indicators confirm operating status › Power Supply Sold Separately
› Lifetime warranty

APPLICATIONS
› ITS Traffic Signalization & Surveillance/Incident Detection Networks
› Industrial and Factory Automation
› Integrated IP-Video and Data Transmission Networks
› Industrial Security Access Control Systems
The ComNet CNGE2FE8MSPOE Managed Ethernet Switch provides eight (8) 10/100 BASE-TX ports and two (2) 10/100/1000TX or 100/1000FX combo ports.

The CNGE2FE8MSPOE is environmentally hardened and designed for use in difficult environments, and is available for use with CAT-5e copper or optical transmission media. The 8 electrical ports support the 10/100 Mbps IEEE 802.3 protocol. It features auto-negotiating and auto-MDI/MDIX to assist installation. All 8 ports support IEEE 802.3af Power over Ethernet (PoE). Two ports are 10/100/1000 configurable for copper or fiber media by selected by optional SFP modules.

These network managed layer 2 switches are optically (100/1000 BASE-FX) and electrically compatible with any IEEE 802.3 compliant Ethernet devices.

CNGE2FE8MSPOE
Environmentally Hardened Managed Ethernet Switch with
(8) 10/100TX + (2) 10/100/1000TX RJ45 or 100/1000 FX SFP* Ports * Small Form-Factor Pluggable Module. Sold separately.

HARDENED FLEXIBILITY UPLINKS 802.3af 2 8
LIFETIME WARRANTY WWW.COMNET.NET TECH SUPPORT: 1.888.678.9427 System Interface/Performance
- RJ45 port support Auto MDI/MDI-X function
- Embedded 8-port PoE inject function
- SFP supports 100/1000 Dual Mode
- Store-and-Forward Switching Architecture
- Back-plane (Switching Fabric): 5.6Gbps
- 1Mbits Packet Buffer
- 8K MAC Address Table
- Redundant Power Supply Design
QoS (Quality of Service)
- Support IEEE 802.1p Class of Service
- Per port provides 4 priority queues
- Port Base, Tag Base and Type of Service Priority
Port Mirror: Monitor traffic in switched networks
- TX packet only
- RX packet only
- Both TX and RX packet
Security
- SSH/SSL: Secure Switch Management
- Port Security: MAC address entries/filter, MAC violation port shutdown - IP Security: IP address security management to prevent unauthorized intruder - Login Security: IEEE 802.1X/RADIUS
X-Ring+
- X-Ring+, Legacy Ring, and Couple Ring Topology
- Provide redundant backup feature and the recovery time <10ms Provides EFT protection 4KV for power line
Spanning Tree
- Support IEEE 802.1d Spanning Tree
- Support IEEE 802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree
Bandwidth Control
- Ingress Packet Filter and Egress Rate Limit
- Broadcast/Multicast Packet Filter Control
System Event Log
- System Log Server/Client
- SMTP e-mail Alert
- Relay Alarm Output System Events
SNMP Trap
- Device cold start
- Authentication failure
- X-ring topology change
- Port Link Up/ Link Down
TFTP Firmware Update / System Configure Restore & Backup Supports 6000 VDC Ethernet ESD protection
Standard Compliance
- IEEE 802.3 10Base-T Ethernet
- IEEE 802.3u 100Base-TX/100Base-FX
- IEEE 802.3z Gigabit fiber
- IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T
- IEEE 802.3x Flow Control and Back Pressure
- IEEE 802.3ad Port trunk with LACP
- IEEE 802.1d Spanning Tree/ IEEE 802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree - IEEE 802.1p Class of Service
- IEEE 802.1q VLAN Tag
- IEEE 802.1x User Authentication (Radius)
- IEEE 802.3af Power over Ethernet
- IEEE 802.1ab LLDP
Management
SNMP v1, v2c, v3/ Web/Telnet/CLI

SNMP MIB
RFC 1215 Trap, RFC 1213 MIBII, RFC 1157 SNMP MIB, RFC 1493 Bridge MIB, RFC 2674 VLAN MIB, RFC 1643, RFC 1757, RSTP MIB, Private MIB, LLDP MIB VLAN
Port Based VLAN
IEEE 802.1Q Tag VLAN (256 entries)/VLAN ID (UP to 4K, can be assigned from 1 to 4096) GVRP (256 Groups)
Port Trunk w/ LACP
LACP Port Trunk: 4 Trunk groups/ Maximum 4 Trunk members LLDP
Supports LLDP to allow switch to advise its identification and capability on the LAN Class of Service
Supports IEEE 802.1p class of service, per port provides 4 priority queues IGMP
Supports IGMP snooping V1/V2; 256 multicast groups and IGMP query Flow Control
Supports Flow Control for Full-duplex and Back Pressure from Half-duplex Relay Alarm
Provides one relay output for port breakdown, power fail and alarm. Alarm Relay current carry ability: 1A @ DC24V
DHCP
Provides DHCP Client/ DHCP Server/ Port and IP Binding
DNS
Provides DNS client feature and support Primary and Secondary DNS server SNTP
Supports SNTP to synchronize system clock in Internet
Firmware Update, configuration backup and restore
Supports TFTP firmware update, system configure backup and restore If Alias
Each port allows importing 128 bit of alphabetic string of words on SNMP and CLI interface.

CNGE2FE8MSPOE Environmentally Hardened Managed Ethernet Switch with (8) 10/100TX + (2) 10/100/1000TX RJ45 or 100/1000 FX SFP Ports

BENEFITS AND FEATURES
© 2015 Communication Networks. All Rights Reserved. “ComNet” and the “ComNet Logo” are registered trademarks of Communication Networks. 06 Aug 2015 3 CORPORATE DRIVE | DANBURY, CONNECTICUT 06810 | USA | T: 203.796.5300 | F: 203.796.5303 | TECH SUPPORT: 1.888.678.9427 | [email protected] 8 TURNBERRY PARK ROAD | GILDERSOME | MORLEY | LEEDS, UK LS27 7LE | T: +44 (0)113 307 6400 | F: +44 (0)113 253 7462 | [email protected] Transfer Rate 14,880pps for Ethernet port
148,800pps for Fast Ethernet port
1,488,000pps for Gigabit Ethernet port
Packet Buffer 1Mbits
Mac Address 8K MAC address table
Flash ROM 4 Mbytes
DRAM 32 Mbytes
Connectors¹ 10/100TX: 8 × RJ45
10/100/1000T and 100/1000FX Combo:
2 × RJ45 + 2 × SFP sockets
RS232 connector: RJ45 type
Network Cable 10Base-T: 2-pair UTP/STP Cat. 3, 4, 5 cable. EIA/ TIA-568 100-ohm (100m)
100Base-TX: 2-pair UTP/STP Cat. 5/5E cable. EIA/
TIA-568 100-ohm (100m)
1000Base-TX: 2-pair UTP/STP Cat. 5e or 6 cable.

EIA/TIA-568 100-ohm (100m)
Optical Fiber¹
Requires selection of sold-separately SFP Modules. See ComNet data sheet “SFP Small Form-Factor Pluggable Modules” for number and description of SFP modules.

PoE pin assignment RJ45 port #1 - #8 support IEEE 802.3af End-point, Alternative A mode. Per port provides 15.4 W
ability
Positive (VCC+): RJ45 pin 1, 2
Negative (VCC-): RJ45 pin 3, 6
Protocol CSMA/CD
Indicating LEDs 10/100TX, Giga Copper, Speed, SFP, Power, Fault, Master, FWD
Power
Power Supply² PoE: 48 to 56 VDC, Redundant power with
removable terminal block for local and
remote power
Non-PoE: 12to– 56 VDC
Power Consumption 136 Watts (Full load), 12 Watts without PoE Electrical & Mechanical
Cooling Natural convection.

Case Metal case, IP-30
Size (W × D × H) 2.84 × 4.13 × 5.98 in (7.2 × 10.5 × 15.2 cm) Shipping Weight: <5 lbs / 2.3 kg
Installation DIN Rail (35mm track) or Wall Mount
Environmental
MTBF >100,000 hours
Operating Humidity 5% to 95% (Non-condensing)
Operating Temperature -40˚C to 75˚C (Functional to 85º C) Storage Temperature -40˚C to 85˚C
[1] Multimode fiber needs to meet or exceed fiber standard ITU-T G.651.

Single mode fiber needs to meet or exceed fiber standard ITU-T G.652 [2] Power supply not included. See Ordering Information below.

CNGE2FE8MSPOE Environmentally Hardened Managed Ethernet Switch with (8) 10/100TX + (2) 10/100/1000TX RJ45 or 100/1000 FX SFP Ports

HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS

ORDERING INFORMATION
Part Number Description
CNGE2FE8MSPOE Environmentally Hardened Managed Ethernet Switch with (8) 10/100TX + (2) 10/100/1000TX RJ45 or 100/1000 FX SFP Ports Options [2] ComNet™ PS48VDC-5A Recommended Power Supply (Not Included) Complies with FDA Performance Standard for Laser Products, Title 21, Code of Federal Regulations, Subchapter J. In a continuing effort to improve and advance technology, product specifications are subject to change without notice.

In a continuing effort to improve and advance technology, product specifications are subject to change without notice.

EX71000 Series 1 www.EtherWAN.com
rev. A2
Overview
EtherWAN’s EX71000 Series provides a Hardened Fully Managed 10-port switching platform combining high performance switching backbone with robust and secure management features required for mission critical and harsh environments where sustained connectivity is crucial.

The EX71000 Series is equipped with Ten 10/100BASE Fast Ethernet ports, in combination with up to Two Gigabit, Fixed Fiber, or SFP port options. Mountable on a DIN-rail. The EX71000 Series is equipped with EtherWAN’s Alpha-Ring self-healing technology, providing less than 15ms fault recovery time making it ideal for applications intolerant to interruption.

Users are able to access management features such as; port security, IGMP snooping, VLANs, GARP protocols, LACP, via web browser, Telnet, SNMP, RMON, TFTP, and RS-232 console interfaces.

EtherWAN — "When Connectivity is Crucial."
Spotlight
• Versatile Connectivity
◦ Provides 8-port 10/100BASE-TX/FX/BX/SFP plus 2-port Gigabit-SX/LX/BX/SFP • Hardened Grade
◦ Wide operating temperature range from -40°C to 75°C (-40°F to 167°F) for extreme environments ◦ Fanless and ruggedized housing
• Secure Remote Access
◦ IEEE802.1x, ACL (Access Control List), and RADIUS support EX71000 Series
Hardened Managed 8-port 10/100BASE and 2-port Gigabit
Ethernet Switch with SFP options
UL508 NEMA
TS2
SFP
Option
EX71000 Series 2 www.EtherWAN.com
rev. A2
Software Features
Management
• Interface
◦ CLI, Telnet and Web Browser
◦ SNMP v1/v2c/v3
• Firmware and configuration upgrade and backup via TFTP • Supports DHCP Server/Client
• RMON (Remote monitoring): group 1, 2, 3, 9
• Port mirroring: TX/RX and both
• NTP (Network Time Protocol) time synchronization
• IEEE802.1ab LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol)
Security
• MAC address filtering
• Enable/disable port
• Storm control (broadcast and multicast types)
• IEEE802.1x LAN access control
• Remote authentication through RADIUS
• SSH for CLI and Telnet security
• SSL for web security
• Multi-level user account/password against unauthorized configuration • System log (remote/local)
Quality of Service (QoS)
• Priority Queues: 4 queues per port
• Traffic classification based on IEEE802.1p CoS, DSCP, WRR • (Weighted round robin) and strict mode
• Rate Limiting (Ingress/Egress)
Layer 2 Features
• Auto-negotiation for port speed and duplex mode
• Flow Control
◦ IEEE802.3x full duplex mode
◦ Back-Pressure half duplex mode
• Redundant Protocol
◦ IEEE802.1D Spanning Tree Protocol (STP)
◦ IEEE802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP)
◦ IEEE802.1s Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP)
◦ EtherWAN’s Alpha-Ring network fault recovery (<15ms)
• VLANs
◦ Port-based VLANs
◦ IEEE802.1Q Tag VLANs (128 groups, 4096 VID)
◦ GVRP (GARP VLAN Registration Protocol)
◦ GMRP (GARP Multicast Registration Protocol)
• Link Aggregation
◦ Static Trunk (2 groups, support MAC base)
◦ IEEE802.3ad Link Aggregation Control Protocol
• IGMP Snooping
◦ IGMP snooping v1/v2/v3
Performance
• Switching Capability: 6.8Gbps
• Packet Buffer Size: 2M bits
• MAC Address Table: 8192
EX71000 Series 3 www.EtherWAN.com
rev. A2
Interface
Ethernet Port
• 10/100BASE-TX: 8, 6 or 4 port
• 100BASE-FX: 0 to 4 ports
• Gigabit: 0, 1 or 2 ports
Console Port
• Port: One DB9 RS-232 port
LED Indicators
• Per Unit: Power 1, Power 2, Power 3
• Per Port: Link/Activity, Speed
Alarm Contact
• One relay output with current 1A @ 24VDC
Environment
Operating Temperature
• -40°C to 75°C (-40°F to 167°F)
Tested @ -40°C to 85°C (-40°F to 185°F)
Storage Temperature
• -40°C to 85°C (-40°F to 185°F)
Ambient Relative Humidity
• 5% to 95% (non-condensing)
Regulatory Approvals
ISO
• Manufactured in an ISO9001 facility
Safety
UL508
EMI
FCC Part 15B, Class A
EN61000-6-4
EN55022
EN61000-3-2
EN61000-3-3
EMS
EN61000-6-2
• EN61000-4-2 (ESD Standards)
• EN61000-4-3 (Radiated RFI Standards)
• EN61000-4-4 (Burst Standards)
• EN61000-4-5 (Surge Standards)
• EN61000-4-6 (Induced RFI Standards)
• EN61000-4-8 (Magnetic Field Standards)
Environmental Test Compliance
IEC60068-2-6 Fc (Vibration Resistance)
IEC60068-2-27 Ea (Shock)
FED STD 101C Method 5007.1 (Free fall w/ package)
Industrial Compliance
NEMA TS2
EN50121-4
Hardware Specifications
Technology
Standards
• IEEE802.3 10BASE-T
• IEEE802.3u 100BASE-TX/100BASE-FX
• IEEE802.3ab 1000BASE-T
• IEEE802.3z 1000BASE-SX/1000BASE-LX
• IEEE802.3x Full duplex and flow control
• IEEE802.1p QoS
• IEEE802.1Q Tag VLANs
• IEEE802.1w RSTP
• IEEE802.1x Port-based Network Access Control
Forward and Filtering Rate
• 14,880pps for 10Mbps
• 148,810pps for 100Mbps
• 1,488,100pps for 1000Mbps
Packet Buffer Memory
• 2M bits
Processing Type
• Store-and-Forward
• Auto Negotiation
• Half-duplex back-pressure and IEEE802.3x full-duplex
flow control
• Auto MDI/MDIX
Address Table Size
• 8192 MAC addresses
Power
Input
• Redundant power inputs:
12 - 48VDC (Terminal Block)
12VDC (DC Jack)
Power Consumption
• 11W Max. 0.92A @ 12VDC, 0.46A @ 24VDC
Protection
• Reverse polarity protection
Mechanical
Casing
• Aluminum Case
• IP30
Dimensions
• 60mm (W) x 125mm (D) x 145mm (H)
(2.36" (W) x 4.92" (D) x 5.7" (H))
Weight
• 1.1Kg (2.42lbs.)
Installation
• DIN-Rail (Top hat type35mm), Rack or Wall mounting
EX71000 Series 4 www.EtherWAN.com
rev. A2
Application Diagram
Alpha-Ring < 15ms
PLC
EX61000A
EX61000A
EX61000A
EX61000A
PLC
Fire Detecon System
Exhaust Control System
Exhaust Control System
Speed Display
IP Camera System
Emergency Phone
Dimensions
Side Back
Bottom
Top
Front
125mm (4.92”)
145mm (5.7”)
60mm (2.36”)
EX71000
EX71000
EX71000
EX71000
The EX71000 utilized in an intelligent tunnel solution
EX71000 Series 5 www.EtherWAN.com
rev. A2
Ordering Information
Model
EX71800-00B 8-port 10/100BASE-TX Hardened Managed Ethernet Switch EX71801-0YB 8-port 10/100BASE-TX + 1-port Gigabit Hardened Managed Ethernet Switch EX71802-0YB 8-port 10/100BASE-TX + 2-port Gigabit Hardened Managed Ethernet Switch EX71802-02B 8-port 10/100BASE-TX + 2-port 10/100/1000BASE-TX LAN Bypass EX71610-X0B 6-port 10/100BASE-TX + 1-port 100BASE-FX Hardened Managed Ethernet Switch EX71620-X0B 6-port 10/100BASE-TX + 2-port 100BASE-FX Hardened Managed Ethernet Switch EX71621-XYB 6-port 10/100BASE-TX + 2-port 100BASE-FX + 1-port Gigabit Hardened Managed Ethernet Switch EX71622-XYB 6-port 10/100BASE-TX + 2-port 100BASE-FX + 2-port Gigabit Hardened Managed Ethernet Switch EX71420-X0B 4-port 10/100BASE-TX + 2-port 100BASE-FX Hardened Managed Ethernet Switch EX71422-XYB 4-port 10/100BASE-TX + 2-port 100BASE-FX + 2-port Gigabit Hardened Managed Ethernet Switch EX71440-X0B 4-port 10/100BASE-TX + 4-port 100BASE-FX Hardened Managed Ethernet Switch * DIN-Rail mounting kit included
100FX Fiber Options (X)
1 Multi Mode (SC) - 2Km
2 Multi Mode (ST) - 2Km
6 Multi Mode (SC) WDM-TX:1310nm/RX:1550nm - 2Km
7 Multi Mode (SC) WDM-TX:1550nm/RX:1310nm - 2Km
8 Multi Mode (SC) WDM-TX:1310nm/RX:1550nm - 5Km
9 Multi Mode (SC) WDM-TX:1550nm/RX:1310nm - 5Km
A Single Mode (SC) - 20Km
B Single Mode (SC) - 40Km
H Single Mode (ST) - 20Km
P Single Mode (SC) WDM-TX:1310nm/RX:1550nm - 20Km
Q Single Mode (SC) WDM-TX:1550nm/RX:1310nm - 20Km
R Single Mode (SC) WDM-TX:1310nm/RX:1550nm - 40Km
S Single Mode (SC) WDM-TX:1550nm/RX:1310nm - 40Km
V 100BASE SFP
EX71000 Series 6 www.EtherWAN.com
rev. A2
Gigabit Port Options (Y)
1 10/100/1000BASE-TX
3 1000BASE-SX(SC) - 550m
4 1000BASE-SX (SC) - 2Km
5 1000BASE-SX (ST) - 550m
A 1000BASE-LX (SC) - 10Km
B 1000BASE-LX (SC) - 20Km
R 1000BASE-BX (SC) WDM-TX:1310nm/RX:1550nm - 20Km
S 1000BASE-BX (SC) WDM-TX: 1550nm/RX: 1310nm - 20Km
V 1000BASE SFP
Optional Accessories
KP-AA96-480 Panel mounting Kits
KR-BK71000 Rack mounting Kits
DR-30-24 30W/1.5A DIN-Rail 24VDC Industrial Power Supply (for Terminal Block) DR-60--24 60W/2.5A DIN-Rail 24VDC Industrial Power Supply (for Terminal Block) DR-75-24 75W/3.2A DIN-Rail 24VDC Industrial Power Supply (for Terminal Block) DR-120-24 120W/5A DIN-Rail 24VDC Industrial Power Supply (for Terminal Block) 41-136046-X 36W/3A 12VDC hardened power adapter with open wire in aluminum housing (for Terminal Block) (X) = 1: US, 2: EU, 3: UK, 4: AU, 5: JP, 6: SA
41-136044-X 36W/3A 12VDC hardened power adapter with latched DC Jack in aluminum housing (for DC Jack) (X) = 1: US, 2: EU, 3: UK, 4: AU, 5: JP, 6: SA
Hirschmann Automation and Control GmbH   www.beldensolutions.com 05-04-2016

Product information
Managed Fast Ethernet RSP Switches -
RSP20-11003Z6TTSCCZ9HSE2S03.0.

Industrial Ethernet:Power Rail Switches:RSP Switches:with HiOS 3.0:Managed Fast Ethernet RSP Switches https://www.e-catalog.beldensolutions.com:443/link/57078-24455-202442-279205-402209-402210/en/RSP20-11003Z6TTSCCZ9HSE2S03.0./uistate Name Managed Fast Ethernet RSP Switches
Managed, Industrial Switch DIN Rail, fanless design.

Delivery informations
Availability available
Product description
Description Managed, Industrial Switch DIN Rail, fanless design.

Port type and quantity 11 Ports in total, thereof Fast Ethernet(100 Mbit): 8 x 10/100BASE TX / RJ45; thereof Uplink Ports: 3 x SFP slot FE (100 Mbit) Type RSP20-11003Z6TTSCCZ9HSE2S03.0.

Order No. RSP20-11003Z6TTSCCZ9HSE2S03.0.

More Interfaces
Power supply/signaling contact 2 x steckbarer Klemmblock 2-polig, 1 x steckbarer Klemmblock 2-polig V.24 interface 1 x RJ11 socket
SD-card slot 1 x SD card slot to connect the auto configuration adapter ACA31 Network size - length of cable
Twisted pair (TP) 0 m ... 100 m
Multimode fiber (MM) 50/125 µm see SFP LWL-Modul M-Fast SFP-xx Multimode fiber (MM) 62.5/125 µm see SFP LWL-Modul M-Fast SFP-xx Single mode fiber (SM) 9/125 µm see SFP LWL-Modul M-Fast SFP-xx Single mode fiber (LH) 9/125 µm (long haul
transceiver)
see SFP LWL-Modul M-Fast SFP-xx
Network size - cascadibility
Line - / star topology any
Power requirements
Operating voltage 2 x 24/36/48 VDC (18-60 VDC)
Software
Management Serial interface V.24 web-interface, Telnet, SSHv2, HTTP, HTTPS, TFTP, SCP, SFTP, SNMP v1/v2/v3, Traps, LLDP-MED, SSH client Diagnostics LED, persistent logging, syslog, signal contact, device status indication, port mirroring N:1, RMON (1,2,3,9), TCPDump, LLDP, SFP management (temperature, optical input and output power), switch dump, configuration check dialog, system information, self tests on cold start, Management Address Conflict Detection, Copper cable test, Port Monitor, duplex mismatch detection, snapshot configuration feature Configuration Command line interface (CLI), WEB based management, full featured MIB support, BOOTP/DHCP client with auto configuration, DHCP option 82, DHCP server per port and pool per VLAN, HiDiscovery, auto-configuration adapter ACA31 (SD card), Automatic configuration undo (roll-back), text based configuration file, CLI scripting, Telnet
Security Enhanced encryption ( >56 Bit, up to 256Bit DES) Management access; MAC based port security, Authentication (IEEE802.1x), Radius client, RADIUS VLAN assignment, Guest/unauthenticated VLAN, Restricted management access, Local user accounts, different privilege levels, management authentication via RADIUS, account locking, configurable password policy, account locking, audit trail, configurable login attempts, HTTPS certificate management, CLI/SNMP logging, DoS prevention (e.g. TCP SYN&FIN, UPD source=destination port, TCP fragment), Integrated Authentication Server (IAS), ACL: VLAN and Ingress VLAN based
Redundancy functions MRP, RSTP 802.1D-2004, Link Aggregation (2 LAG), MRP over Link Aggregation, Link backup; default Standard Filter QoS (8 classes), CoS queue management, interface trust mode, TOS/DSCP prioritization, port priority (IEEE802.1D/p), VLAN (IEEE802.1Q), Voice VLAN, IGMP snooping/querier per VLAN (v1/v2/v3), unkown multicast filtering, independent VLAN learning, static unicast/multicast address entries, fast aging, MVRP (Multiple VLAN Registration Protocol), MMRP (Multiple MAC Registration Protocol), MRP (Multiple Registration Protocol) Industrial Profiles IEC61850 protocol (MMS Server, Switch Model) Time synchronisation PTPv2 TC two-step, SNTP server and client, Buffered RTC Flow control Flow control (IEEE802.3X), egress interface shaping, ingress storm protection, Queue-Shaping / max. Queue Bandwidth Miscellaneous Port power down, cable crossing, dual image support, VLAN unaware mode, access to management restricted by VLAN Hirschmann Automation and Control GmbH   www.beldensolutions.com 05-04-2016

Industrial Ethernet:Power Rail Switches:RSP Switches:with HiOS 3.0:Managed Fast Ethernet RSP Switches https://www.e-catalog.beldensolutions.com:443/link/57078-24455-202442-279205-402209-402210/en/RSP20-11003Z6TTSCCZ9HSE2S03.0./uistate Ambient conditions
Operating temperature 0 ºC ... 60 ºC
Storage/transport temperature -40 ºC ... 70 ºC
Relative humidity (non-condensing) 10 % ... 95 %
Mechanical construction
Dimensions (W x H x D) 90 mm x 164 mm x 120 mm
Mounting DIN Rail
Weight 1200 g
Protection class IP30
Mechanical stability
IEC 60068-2-27 shock 15 g, 11 ms duration, 18 shocks
IEC 60068-2-6 vibration 1 mm, 2 Hz-13.2 Hz, 90 min.; 0.7 g, 13.2 Hz-100 Hz, 90 min.; 3.5 mm, 3 Hz-9 Hz, 10 cycles, 1 octave/min.; 1 g, 9 Hz-150 Hz, 10 cycles, 1 octave/min EMC interference immunity
EN 61000-4-2 electrostatic discharge (ESD) 8 kV contact discharge, 15 kV air discharge EN 61000-4-3 electromagnetic field 35 V/m (80-2700 MHz); 1 kHz, 80% AM EN 61000-4-4 fast transients (burst) 4 kV power line, 4 kV data line EN 61000-4-5 surge voltage power line: 2 kV (line/earth), 1 kV (line/line), 1 kV data line, IEEE1613: power line 5 kV (line/earth) EN 61000-4-6 conducted immunity 3 V (10 kHz-150 kHz), 10 V (150 kHz-80 MHz) EN 61000-4-16 mains frequency voltage 30 V, 50 Hz continous; 300 V, 50 Hz 1 s EMC emitted immunity
FCC CFR47 Part 15 FCC 47 CFR Part 15 Class A
EN 55022 EN 55022 Class A
Scope of delivery and accessories
Scope of delivery Device, terminal block, operating manual For more information please contact:

Hirschmann Automation and Control GmbH
Stuttgarter Strasse 45-51
72654 Neckartenzlingen
Germany
Phone: +49 7127/14-1809
E-Mail: [email protected]
The information published in the websites has been compiled as carefully as possible. It is subject to alteration without notice in technical as well as in price-related/commercial respect.

The complete information and data were available on user documentation. Mandatory information can only be obtained by a concrete query. 6GK6090-0AS2.-.... RS900
Automation Technology > Industrial Communication > Industrial Ethernet > RUGGEDCOM Ethernet Switches > RUGGEDCOM RS900 managed
Product-type designation RUGGEDCOM RS900
Product description 9-Port Managed Ethernet Switch with Fiber Optical Uplinks, 128-bit
Encryption
RUGGEDCOM RS900 IS A 9-PORT

INDUSTRIALLY HARDENED, FULLY
MANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH; 128-
BIT ENCRYPTION; UP TO 9 PORTS: 6
BASE 10/100BAS PORTS WITH
OPTION FOR 3 ADDITIO FIBER OR

COPPER PORTS INDUSTRY

STANDARD FIBER OPTICAL
CONNECTORS: LC, SC, ST, MTRJ

MULTIMODE AND SINGLEMODE

OPTICAL TRANSCEIVERS LONG

HAUL OPTICS ALLOW DISTANCES
UP TO 90KM
Transmission rate
Transfer rate / 1 10 Mbit/s
Transfer rate / 2 100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
Number of electrical/optical connections / for network
components or terminal equipment / maximum
9 remark up to 9 Ports: 6 x 10/100TX ports with
option for 3 additional Fiber or Copper
ports
Number of electrical connections
for network components and terminal
equipment
maximum 9
for operator console 1
for management purposes 0
Design of electrical connection
for operator console RS232
for signaling contact 3-pole terminal block, screwable
for power supply 5-pole terminal block, screwable
Number of optical connections / for network
components or terminal equipment / maximum
3 Range / at the optical interface / depending on the
optical fiber used
2…90 km
Technical Data
Signal-Inputs/outputs
Relay design Form-C contact relay (SP CO)
type of the relay output Change-over (NO/NC)
Operating current / of signaling contacts
at DC
at 30 V / maximum 1 A
Supply voltage, current consumption, power
loss
product options / wide range power supply Yes
Type of voltage / 1 / of the supply voltage DC
Supply voltage / 1
rated value 24 V
rated value 10…36 V
Current consumed / 1 / at rated value of supply
voltage / max.

0.4 A
Type of voltage / 2 / of the supply voltage DC
Supply voltage / 2
rated value 48 V
rated value 36…72 V
Current consumed / 2 / at rated value of supply
voltage / max.

0.2 A
Type of voltage / 3 / of the supply voltage DC
Supply voltage / 3
rated value 88…300 V
Type of voltage / 4 / of the supply voltage AC
Supply voltage / 4
rated value 85…264 V
Power loss
maximum 10 W
Permitted ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
during operating -40…+85 °C
Comment A maximum operating temperature of
+85 °C is permissible for a duration of
16 hours
Coating Conformal Coating optional
operating condition / fanless operation Yes
Protection class IP IP40
Design, dimensions and weight
Design compact
Width 66 mm ( 2.6 in )
Height 188 mm ( 7.4 in )
Depth 127 mm ( 5 in )
Net weight 1.22 kg
Material / of the enclosure 20 AWG galvanized steel enclosure Type of mounting
Installation 19 inch No
35 mm DIN rail mounting Yes
wall mounting Yes
Product properties, functions, components /
general
number of automatically learnable MAC addresses 8192
memory capacity
of message buffer / maximum 1 Mibyte
switch-latency period 7 µs
transfer rate / of the switch 1.8 Gbit/s
number of priority channels 4
product characteristic
no head-off-line-blocking Yes
Switching-Methode Store & Forward Yes
Zero-Packet-Loss technology No
Product functions / management,
configuration
Product function
CLI Yes
web-based management Yes
MIB support Yes
RMON Yes
switch-managed Yes
Protocol / is supported
Telnet Yes
HTTP Yes
HTTPS No
TFTP Yes
SFTP Yes
IGMP (snooping/querier) Yes
number of groups / at IGMP 256
Protocol / is supported
SNMP v1 Yes
SNMP v2 No
SNMP v2c Yes
SNMP v3 Yes
product function / for MIB-support
by BRIDGE-MIB RFC1493
by IF-MIB RFC2863
by RMON-MIB RFC2819
by RSTP-MIB draft-ietf-bridge-bridgemib-smiv2-03-

RSTP-MIB
by SNMPv2-MIB RFC1907
by SNMPv2-SMI RFC2578
by SNMPv2-TC RFC2579
by TCP-MIB RFC2012
by UDP-MIB RFC2013
Product functions / VLAN
Product function
VLAN - port based Yes
Number of VLANs / maximum 255
VLAN-Identification number 1…4094
Protocol / is supported / GVRP Yes
Product functions / DHCP
Product function
DHCP client Yes
DHCP Option 82 Yes
DHCP Option 66 No
DHCP Option 67 No
Product functions / Redundancy
Product function
redundancy procedure STP Yes
RSTP redundancy protocol Yes
redundancy procedure MSTP Yes
eRSTP Yes
Protocol / is supported
STP Yes
RSTP Yes
MSTP Yes
Product functions / Security
product function
IEEE 802.1x (radius) Yes
protocol / is supported
TACACS+ Yes
SSH Yes
SSL Yes
key length
at SSL 128 bit
at RSA 1024 bit
product function / port-rate-limiting Yes
adjustable port-rate-limitation 128 kbit/s…8 Mbit/s
Product functions / Time
product function
SNTP-client Yes
SNTP-server Yes
Protocol / is supported
SNTP Yes
Standards, specifications, approvals
Standard
for EMC FCC Part 15 (Class A), EN55022
(CISPR22 Class A)
for safety / of CSA and UL cCSAus (Compliant with CSA C22.2 No. 60950, UL60950, EN60950)
Laser protection class Complies with 21 CFR Chapter1,
Subchapter J
Verification of suitability
CE mark Yes
IEC 61850-3 Yes
product conformity
according to IEEE 802.3-10BaseT Yes
according to IEEE 802.3u-100BaseTX Yes
according to IEEE 802.3u-100BaseFX Yes
according to IEEE 802.3x-Flow Control Yes
according to IEEE 802.3ad-Link Aggregation Yes
according to IEEE 802.1d-MAC Bridges Yes
according to IEEE 802.1d-STP Yes
according to IEEE 802.1p-class of service Yes
according to IEEE 802.1Q-VLAN tagging Yes
according to IEEE 802.1Q-2005 (formerly
IEEE 802.1s) MSTP
Yes
according to IEEE 802.1w-RRST Yes
according to IEEE 802.1x-port based
Network Access Control
Yes
product conformity
RFC768-UDP Yes
RFC783-TFTP Yes
RFC791-IP Yes
RFC792-ICMP Yes
RFC793-TCP Yes
RFC826-ARP Yes
RFC854-Telnet Yes
RFC894-IP over Ethernet Yes
RFC1112-IGMPv1 Yes
RFC1519-CIDR Yes
RFC1541-DHCP (client) Yes
RFC2068-HTTP Yes
RFC2236-IGMPv2 Yes
RFC2284-EAP Yes
RFC2475-Differentiated Service Yes
RFC2865-RADIUS Yes
RFC3414-SNMPv3-USM Yes
RFC3415-SNMPv3-VACM Yes
Further Information / Internet Links
Internet link
to website
Industry Mall/RUGGEDCOM Selector http://ruggedcomselector.automation.siemens.com Siemens RUGGEDCOM http://siemens.com/ruggedcom
Industry Mall http://www.siemens.com/industrialcontrols/mall selection instrument cables and
connectors
http://www.siemens.com/snst
CAx-Download-Manager http://www.siemens.com/cax
industrial communication http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net Information und Download Center http://www.siemens.com/automation/net/catalog image database http://automation.siemens.com/bilddb
Industry Online Support http://support.automation.siemens.com letzte Änderung: Feb 24, 2014
© Siemens AG 2014 - Corporate Information - Privacy Policy - Termsof Use © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 1 of 36 Data Sheet
Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches
The Digital Transformation: Converged Wired and Wireless Access and Aggregation The promise of digital for your business is all about innovating more quickly while reducing risk, cost, and complexity. It will be your network that forms the foundation of your business’s transformation.

But supporting your digital organization will require your network to move beyond just connectivity to be a platform for insights, automation, and security.

This is the power of the Cisco® Digital Network Architecture (DNA).

Cisco DNA is a monumental shift on how to design and build networks. The Cisco Catalyst®3850 Series, as part of the Cisco DNA portfolio of next-generation enterprise-class stackable Ethernet and Multigigabit Ethernet access and aggregation layer switches, securely enables time-saving virtualization, greater automation, and valuable analytics data that directly address your evolving business needs, including less cost to install and operate.

The Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series provides capabilities that ideally suited to support the convergence of wired and wireless access. The new Cisco Unified Access Data™ Plane (UADP) application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) powers the switch and enables uniform wired-wireless policy enforcement, application visibility, flexibility, and application optimization. This convergence is built on the resilience of the new and improved Cisco StackWise®- 480 technology.

The Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches support full IEEE 802.3at Power over Ethernet Plus (PoE+), Cisco Universal Power over Ethernet (Cisco UPOE), modular and field-replaceable network modules, RJ45 and fiberbased downlink interfaces, and redundant fans and power supplies.

Product Overview
● Integrated wireless controller capability with:
◦ Up to 40G of wireless capacity per switch (48-port RJ45 models) ◦ Support for up to 100 access points and 2000 wireless clients on each switching entity (switch or stack) ● 24 and 48 10/100/1000Mbps data PoE+ and Cisco UPOE models with energy-efficient Ethernet (EEE) ● 24 and 48 100Mbps/1/2.5/5/10 Gbps Cisco UPOE models with energy-efficient Ethernet (EEE) ● 12- and 24-port 1 Gigabit Ethernet SFP-based models
● 12- and 24-port 1/10 Gigabit Ethernet SFP+-based models ● 48-port 1/10 Gigabit Ethernet SFP+ model with 4 fixed 40 Gigabit Ethernet QSFP+ uplinks ● Cisco StackWise-480 technology provides scalability and resiliency with 480 Gbps of stack throughput1 ● Cisco StackPower™ technology provides power stacking among stack members for power redundancy1

1 StackWise and StackPower technologies are not supported on the 48-port SFP+ switch model. © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 2 of 36 ● Five optional uplink modules2 with 4 x Gigabit Ethernet, 2 x 10 Gigabit Ethernet, 4 x 10 Gigabit Ethernet3 ,
8 x 10 Gigabit Ethernet4, or 2 x 40 Gigabit Ethernet QSFP+4ports ● Dual redundant, modular power supplies and three modular fans providing redundancy ● Full IEEE 802.3at (PoE+) with 30W power on all copper ports in 1 rack unit (RU) form factor ● Cisco UPOE with 60W power per port in 1 rack unit (RU) form factor ● IEEE 802.3bz (2.5/5 G/s BASE-T) to go beyond 1 Gb/s with existing Cat5e and Cat6 ● IEEE 802.3ba AV Bridging (AVB) built-in to provide better AV experience for including improved time synchronization and QoS.
● Software support for IPv4 and IPv6 routing, multicast routing, modular quality of service (QoS), Flexible NetFlow (FNF), and enhanced security features
● Single universal Cisco IOS® Software image across all license levels, providing an easy upgrade path for software features
● DNA services delivered through Cisco ONE™ Software, providing simplified, high-value solutions with license portability and flexibility
● Enhanced limited lifetime warranty (E-LLW) with next business day (NBD) advance hardware replacement and 90-day access to Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) support Switch Models and Configurations
All switches ship with one of the five power supplies (350WAC, 715WAC, 750WAC, 1100WAC, or 440WDC)5.

Figures 1 through 3 show the Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches.

Figure 1. Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches
Figure 2. Cisco Catalyst 3850 Switches with 12 and 24 1/10 Gigabit Ethernet SFP+ Ports

2 Optional uplink modules are not supported on the 48-port 10G SFP+ switch model. 3 Compatible only with the 48-port RJ45 models and with the 12-port (or higher) 10 Gigabit capable models. 4 Compatible only with Cisco Catalyst 3850 Multigigabit and 24-port SFP+ switch models. 5 The 48-port 10G SFP+ switch model will only support dedicated power supplies with front-to-back and back-to-front configurations.
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 3 of 36 Figure 3. Cisco Catalyst 3850 Switches with 12 and 24 1 Gigabit Ethernet SFP Ports Figure 4. Cisco Catalyst 3850 Switches with 10 Gigabit Ethernet 48 ports Table 1 shows the Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series configurations.

Table 1. Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Configurations
Models Total 10/100/1000 or SFP or SFP+ Ports Default AC Power Supply
Available PoE
Power
StackWise-480 StackPower
WS-C3850-24T 24 350WAC - Yes Yes
WS-C3850-48T 48
WS-C3850-24P 24 PoE+ 715WAC 435W
WS-C3850-48P 48 PoE+
WS-C3850-48F 48 PoE+ 1100WAC 800W
WS-C3850-24U 24 UPOE 1100WAC 800W
WS-C3850-48U 48 UPOE 1100WAC 800W
WS-C3850-24XU 24 UPOE (100Mbps/1/2.5/5/10 Gbps) 1100WAC 580W WS-C3850-12X48U 48 UPOE (with 12 100Mbps/1/2.5/5/10 Gbps Ports)
1100WAC 630W
WS-C3850-12S 12 SFP 350WAC
WS-C3850-24S 24 SFP
WS-C3850-12XS 12 1/10G SFP+ 350WAC -
WS-C3850-24XS 24 1/10G SFP+ 715 WAC -
WS-C3850-48XS 48 1/10G SFP+ 750WAC (front to
back)
- No No
Network Modules
The Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches support five optional network modules for uplink ports. The default switch configuration does not include the network module6. At the time of switch purchase the customer has the flexibility to choose from the network modules described in Table 2.

6 Network modules are not supported on the 48-port 10G SFP+ switch model, which comes with four fixed 40 Gigabit Ethernet QSFP+ uplinks.
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 4 of 36 Figure 5 shows the following network modules:
● 4 x Gigabit Ethernet with Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP) receptacles ● 2 x 10 Gigabit Ethernet with SFP+ or 4 x Gigabit Ethernet with SFP receptacles ● 4 x 10 Gigabit Ethernet with SFP+ receptacles (supported only on the 48-port Gigabit Ethernet models or on the 12-port or higher 10 Gigabit Ethernet models)
Figure 5. Network Modules with Four Gigabit Ethernet, Two 10 Gigabit Ethernet SFP+, or Four 10 Gigabit Ethernet SFP+ Interfaces
Figure 6 shows the following network modules:
● 8 x 10 Gigabit Ethernet with Small Form-Factor Pluggable+ (SFP+) receptacles ● 2 x 40 Gigabit Ethernet with Quad Small Form-Factor Pluggable+ (QSFP+) receptacles Figure 6. Network Modules with Two 40 Gigabit Ethernet QSFP+ or Eight 10 Gigabit Ethernet SFP+ Interfaces Table 2. Network Module Numbers and Descriptions
Product Number Product Description WS-C3850-24XU
WS-C3850-12X48U
WS-C3850-12XS
WS-C3850-24XS
C3850-NM-4-1G 4 x Gigabit Ethernet network modules Supported Not supported C3850-NM-2-10G 4 x Gigabit Ethernet/2 x 10 Gigabit Ethernet network modules Supported Not supported C3850-NM-4-10G 4 x Gigabit Ethernet/4 x 10 Gigabit Ethernet network modules Supported Supported C3850-NM-8-10G 8 x Gigabit Ethernet/8 x 10 Gigabit Ethernet network modules Supported See note C3850-NM-2-40G 2 x 40 Gigabit Ethernet network modules Supported See note Note: The C3850-NM-4-10G module is supported only on the 48-port Gigabit Ethernet models or on the 12-port or higher 10 Gigabit Ethernet models. The C3850-NM-8x10G and C3850-NM-2x40G modules are supported on the 24-port and 48-port multigigabit switches and also on the 24-port 10G SFP+ switch model. The C3850-NM-4-1G and C3850-NM-2-10G modules are not supported on the 12-port and 24-port SFP+ models. © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 5 of 36 Table 3. Network Module Compatibility Matrix
Models Network Modules
WS-C3850-24T C3850-NM-4-1G, C3850-NM-2-10G
WS-C3850-48T C3850-NM-4-1G, C3850-NM-2-10G, C3850-NM-4-10G WS-C3850-24P C3850-NM-4-1G, C3850-NM-2-10G
WS-C3850-48P C3850-NM-4-1G, C3850-NM-2-10G, C3850-NM-4-10G WS-C3850-48F C3850-NM-4-1G, C3850-NM-2-10G, C3850-NM-4-10G WS-C3850-24U C3850-NM-4-1G, C3850-NM-2-10G
WS-C3850-48U C3850-NM-4-1G, C3850-NM-2-10G, C3850-NM-4-10G WS-C3850-24XU C3850-NM-4-1G, C3850-NM-2-10G, C3850-NM-4-10G, C3850-NM-8-10G, C3850-NM-2-40G WS-C3850-12X48U C3850-NM-4-1G, C3850-NM-2-10G, C3850-NM-4-10G, C3850-NM-8-10G, C3850-NM-2-40G WS-C3850-12S C3850-NM-4-1G, C3850-NM-2-10G
WS-C3850-24S C3850-NM-4-1G, C3850-NM-2-10G
WS-C3850-12XS C3850-NM-4-10G
WS-C3850-24XS C3850-NM-4-10G, C3850-NM-8-10G, C3850-NM-2-40G WS-C3850-48XS None
An SFP+ receptacle supports both 10 Gigabit Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet modules, allowing customers to use their investment in Gigabit Ethernet SFP modules and upgrade to 10 Gigabit Ethernet when business demands change without having to do a comprehensive upgrade of the access switch. In contrast, SFP receptacles can be used only as Gigabit Ethernet ports, as shown in the examples in Table 4.

Table 4. Network Module Configuration Examples
Interface Options
Network Module 10 Gigabit Ethernet SFP+ Ports Gigabit Ethernet SFP Ports 4 x Gigabit Ethernet 0 4
4 x Gigabit Ethernet/2 x10 Gigabit Ethernet network modules 2 0 1 3
2 2
0 4
4 x Gigabit Ethernet/4 x10 Gigabit Ethernet network modules 4 0 0 4
2 2
3 1
1 3
Dual Redundant Modular Power Supplies
The Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches support dual redundant power supplies7. The switch ships with one power supply by default, and the second power supply can be purchased at the time of ordering the switch or at a later time. If only one power supply is installed, it should always be in power supply bay 1. The switch also ships with three field-replaceable fans. (See Figure 7.)

7 The 48-port 10G SFP+ switch model will only support dedicated power supplies with front-to-back and back-to-front configurations.
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 6 of 36 Figure 7. Dual Redundant Power Supplies
Table 5 shows the different power supplies available in these switches and available PoE power.

Table 5. Power Supply Models
Models Default Power Supply Available PoE Power
24-port data switch PWR-C1-350WAC -
48-port data switch
24-port PoE switch PWR-C1-715WAC 435W
48-port PoE switch
48-port full PoE switch PWR-C1-1100WAC 800W
24-port UPOE switch PWR-C1-1100WAC 800W
48-port UPOE switch
24-port Multigigabit UPOE switch PWR-C1-1100WAC 580W
48-port Multigigabit UPOE switch PWR-C1-1100WAC 630W
12-port SFP switch PWR-C1-350WAC -
24-port SFP switch
12-port SFP+ switch PWR-C1-350WAC -
24-port SFP+ switch PWR-C1-715WAC -
48-port SFP+ switch (WS-C3850-48XS-S and
WS-C3850-48XS-E)
PWR-C3-750WAC-R -
48-port SFP+ switch (WS-C3850-48XS-F-S and
WS-C3850-48XS-F-E)
PWR-C3-750WAC-F -
In addition to the power supplies listed in Table 5, a 440WDC power supply is available as a configuration option and also as a spare (that is, it can be ordered separately) on all switch models. The DC power supply also delivers PoE capabilities for maximum flexibility (refer to Table 6 for available PoE budget with DC power supplies).

Customers can mix and match the AC and DC power supplies in the two available power supply slots. Any of these power supplies can be installed in any of the switches.

Table 6. Available PoE with DC Power Supply
Model Number of 440WDC Power Supplies Total Available PoE Budget 24-port PoE switch 1 220W
2 660W
48-port PoE switch 1 185W
2 625W
24-port Mgig UPoE switch 2 360W
48-port Mgig UPoE switch 2 410W
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 7 of 36 Power over Ethernet Plus (PoE+)
In addition to PoE (IEEE 802.3af), the Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches support PoE+ (IEEE 802.3at standard), which provides up to 30W of power per port. The Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches can provide a lower total cost of ownership (TCO) for deployments that incorporate Cisco IP phones, Cisco Aironet® wireless LAN (WLAN) access points, or any IEEE 802.3at-compliant end device. PoE removes the need for wall power to each PoEenabled device and eliminates the cost for additional electrical cabling and circuits that would otherwise be necessary in IP phone and WLAN deployments. Table 7 shows the power supply combinations required for different PoE needs.

Table 7. Power Supply Requirements for PoE and PoE+
24-Port PoE Switch 48-Port PoE Switch
PoE on all ports (15.4W per port) One PWR-C1-715WAC One PWR-C1-1100WAC or two PWR-C1-715WAC PoE+ on all ports (30W per port) One PWR-C1-1100WAC or two PWR-C1-715WAC Two PWR-C1-1100WAC or one PWR-C1-1100WAC and one PWR-C1-715WAC
Cisco Universal Power over Ethernet (UPOE)
Cisco Universal Power over Ethernet (Table 8) is a breakthrough technology, offering the following services and benefits.
● 60W per port to enable a variety of end devices such as Samsung VDI client, BT IP turret systems in trading floors, Cisco Catalyst compact switches in retail/hospitality environments, personal Cisco TelePresence® systems, and physical access control devices
● High availability for power and guaranteed uninterrupted services, a requirement for critical applications (e911)
● Lowering OpEx by providing network resiliency at lower cost by consolidating backup power into the wiring closet
● Faster deployment of new campus access networking infrastructures by eliminating the need for a power outlet for every endpoint
Table 8. Power Supply Requirements for UPOE
24-Port UPOE Switch 48-Port UPOE Switch 24-Port Multigigabit UPOE Switch
48-Port Multigigabit
UPOE Switch
UPOE (60W per port) on all
(24 port switch) or max. 30
ports (48 port switch)
One PWR-C1-1100WAC
and one PWR-C1-715WAC
Two PWR-C1-1100WAC Two PWR-C1-1100WAC Two PWR-C1-1100WAC Cisco Catalyst Multigigabit Ethernet Technology
Cisco Multigigabit Ethernet is a unique Cisco innovation to the new Cisco Catalyst Ethernet Access Switches. With the enormous growth of 802.11ac and new wireless applications, wireless devices are promoting the demand for more network bandwidth. This creates a need for a technology that supports speeds higher than 1 Gbps on all cabling infrastructure. Cisco Multigigabit technology allows you to achieve bandwidth speeds from 1 Gbps through 10 Gbps over traditional Cat 5e cabling or above. In addition, the Multigigabit ports on select Cisco Catalyst switches support UPOE, which is increasingly important for next-generation workspaces and Internet of Things (IoT) ecosystems.
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 8 of 36 Cisco Multigigabit technology offers significant benefits for a diverse range of speeds, cable types, and PoE power.

The benefits can be grouped into three different areas:
● Multiple speeds: Cisco Multigigabit technology supports autonegotiation of multiple speeds on switch ports. The supported speeds are 100 Mbps, 1 Gbps, 2.5 Gbps, and 5 Gbps on Cat 5e cable and up to 10 Gbps over Cat 6a cabling.
● Cable type: The technology supports a wide range of cable types, including Cat 5e, Cat 6, and Cat 6a or above.
● PoE power: The technology supports PoE, PoE+, and UPOE for all the supported speeds and cable types.

For more information, visit http://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/solutions/enterprise-networks/catalyst-multigigabitswitching/index.html.

Benefits
Converged Wired plus Wireless Access
The Cisco Catalyst 3850 is the first stackable access switching platform that enables wired plus wireless services on a single Cisco IOS XE Software-based platform. With this, Cisco has pioneered a host of rich capabilities such as high availability based on stateful switchover (SSO) on stacking, granular QoS, security, and Flexible Netflow (FNF) across wired and wireless in a seamless fashion. Also, the wired plus wireless features are bundled into a single Cisco IOS Software image, which reduces the number of software images that users have to qualify/certify before enabling them in their network. The single console port for command-line interface (CLI) management reduces the number of touch points to manage for wired plus wireless services, thereby reducing network complexity, simplifying network operations, and lowering the TCO to manage the infrastructure.

Converged wired plus wireless not only improves wireless bandwidth across the network but also the scale of wireless deployment. Each 48-port Cisco Catalyst 3850 provides 40 Gbps of wireless throughput (20 Gbps on the 24-port/12-port models). This wireless capacity increases with the number of members in the stack. This makes sure that the network can scale with current wireless bandwidth requirements, as dictated by IEEE 802.11n-based access points and with future wireless standards such as IEEE 802.11ac. Additionally, the Cisco Catalyst 3850 distributes the wireless controller functions to achieve better scalability. Each Cisco Catalyst 3850 switch/stack can operate as the wireless controller in two modes (Figure 8):
● Mobility agent (MA): This is the default mode in which a Cisco Catalyst 3850 switch ships. In this mode the switch is capable of terminating the CAPWAP tunnels from the access points and providing wireless connectivity to wireless clients. Maintaining wireless client databases and configuring and enforcing security and QoS policies for wireless clients and access points can be enforced in this mode. No additional license on top of IP Base is required to operate in the mobility agent mode. ● Mobility controller (MC): In this mode, the Cisco Catalyst 3850 switch can perform all the mobility agent tasks in addition to mobility coordination, radio resource management (RRM), and Cisco CleanAir® coordination within a mobility subdomain. The mobility controller mode can be enabled on the switch CLI.

IP Base license level is required when the Cisco Catalyst 3850 switch is acting as the mobility controller.

A centrally located Cisco 5508 Wireless LAN Controller (WLC 5508), Cisco Wireless Services Module 2 (WiSM2) (when running AireOS Version 7.3), and Wireless LAN Controller 5760 can also perform this role for larger deployments.
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 9 of 36 With mobility agents located in the wiring closets providing 40 Gbps of wireless per 48-port Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 switch (n x 40 Gbps for a stack of n switches) and mobility controllers managing some of the central wireless functions, the converged access-based wireless deployment provides best-in-class scalability for wireless and significantly improved wireless throughput.

Figure 8. Mobility Controller (MC) and Mobility Agent (MA) For more information about Converged Wired plus Wireless Access, refer to the Q&A document here:
http://www.cisco.com/c/dam/en/us/products/collateral/switches/catalyst-3850-series-switches/cisco-catalyst-3850- series-switches-faq.pdf.

Distributed Intelligent Services
Flexible NetFlow (FNF)
Full visibility into the wired plus wireless traffic is achieved because of the access point Control and Provisioning of Wireless Access Points (CAPWAP) tunnel termination on the switch. This helps identify users and user traffic flows in order to identify potential attackers and take corrective action at the access layer before the attack penetrates further into the network. This is achieved using FNF, which monitors every single flow entering and exiting the switch stack for wired and wireless users. It also helps identify the top wired/wireless talkers and enforce appropriate bandwidth provisioning policies.
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 10 of 36 QoS
The Cisco Catalyst 3850 switch has advanced wired plus wireless QoS capabilities. It uses the Cisco modular QoS command line interface (MQC). The switch manages wireless bandwidth using unprecedented hierarchical bandwidth management starting at the per-access-point level and drilling further down to per-radio, per-service set identification (SSID), and per-user levels. This helps manage and prioritize available bandwidth between various radios and various SSIDs (enterprise, guest, and so on) within each radio on a percentage basis. The switch is also capable of automatically allocating equal bandwidth among the connected users within a given SSID. This makes sure that all users within a given SSID get a fair share of the available bandwidth while being connected to the network. The UADP ASIC enables the hierarchical bandwidth management and fair sharing of bandwidth, thereby providing hardware-based QoS for optimized performance at line-rate traffic.

In addition to these capabilities, the switch is able to do class of service (CoS) or differentiated services code point (DSCP) based queuing, policing, shaping, and marking of wired plus wireless traffic. This enables users to create common policies that can be used across wired plus wireless traffic. The Cisco Catalyst 3850 also supports downloadable policy names from the Cisco Identity Services Engine (ISE) when a user successfully authenticates to the network using the ISE.

Security
The Cisco Catalyst 3850 provides a rich set of security features for wired plus wireless users. Features such as IEEE 802.1x, port security, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Snooping and Guard, Dynamic ARP Inspection, RA Guard, IP Source Guard, control plane protection (CoPP), wireless intrusion prevention systems (WIPSs), and so on enable protection against unauthorized users and attackers. With a variety of wired plus wireless users connecting to the network, the switch supports session-aware networking, in which each device connected to the network is identified as one session, and unique access control lists (ACLs) and/or QoS policies can be defined and applied using the ISE for each of these sessions, providing better control on the devices connecting to the network.

Resiliency
Cisco StackWise-480 Technology
Cisco StackWise-480 technology is built on the highly successful industry-leading StackWise®technology, which is a premium stacking architecture8. StackWise-480 has a stack bandwidth of 480 Gbps. StackWise - 480 uses Cisco IOS Software SSO for providing resiliency within the stack. The stack behaves as a single switching unit that is managed by an “active” switch elected by the member switches.

The active switch automatically elects a standby switch within the stack. The active switch creates and updates all the switching/routing/wireless information and constantly synchronizes that information with the standby switch. If the active switch fails, the standby switch assumes the role of the active switch and continues to the keep the stack operational. Access points continue to remain connected during an active-to-standby switchover.

A working stack can accept new members or delete old ones without service interruption. StackWise-480 creates a highly resilient single unified system of up to nine switches, providing simplified management using a single IP address, single Telnet session, single CLI, autoversion checking, autoupgrading, autoconfiguration, and more.

StackWise-480 also enables local switching in Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches.

8 StackWise and StackPower technologies are not supported on the 48-port SFP+ switch model. © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 11 of 36 Cisco StackPower Technology
The Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series uses the Cisco StackPower9technology present on the Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series. StackPower is an innovative power interconnect system that allows the power supplies in a stack to be shared as a common resource among all the switches. Cisco StackPower unifies the individual power supplies installed in the switches and creates a pool of power, directing that power where it is needed. Up to four switches10 can be configured in a StackPower stack with the special connector at the back of the switch using the StackPower cable, which is different than the StackWise-480 cables. (See Figure 9.) Figure 9. StackWise-480 and StackPower Connectors
StackPower can be deployed in either power-sharing mode or redundancy mode. In power-sharing mode, the power of all the power supplies in the stack is aggregated and distributed among the switches in the stack. In redundant mode, when the total power budget of the stack is calculated, the wattage of the largest power supply is not included. That power is held in reserve and used to maintain power to switches and attached devices when one power supply fails, enabling the network to operate without interruption. Following the failure of one power supply, the StackPower mode becomes power sharing.

StackPower allows customers to simply add one extra power supply in any switch of the stack and either provide power redundancy for any of the stack members or simply add more power to the shared pool. StackPower eliminates the need for an external redundant power system or installation of dual power supplies in all the stack members. StackPower is available in LAN Base license level (or higher). For LAN Base, cables need to be purchased separately.

Foundation for Open Network Environment
The heart of the Cisco Catalyst 3850 is the UADP ASIC with programmability for future features and intelligence with investment protection. The new ASIC provides the foundation for converged APIs across wired and wireless, Cisco Open Network Environment, software-defined networking (SDN) readiness and OnePK SDK through software updates over the product lifetime.

9 Stackpower is not supported on the 48-port 10G SFP+ switch model. 10 Up to nine switches are supported in a star configuration with XPS-2200. © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 12 of 36 Software Features and Services on Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches Software services supported on the Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches can be classified into five broad categories:
● Ease of operations
● Advanced security features
● Resiliency
● Application visibility and control
● Audio Video Bridging
Ease of Operations
The Cisco Catalyst 3850 helps reduce the operating costs through:
● Cisco Catalyst Smart Operations
● Easy-to-use deployment and control features
● Efficient switch operations
● Network management tools
Cisco Catalyst Smart Operations
Cisco Catalyst Smart Operations are a comprehensive set of capabilities that simplify LAN deployment, configuration, and troubleshooting. In addition to adaptive, always-on technologies such as StackWise-480 and StackPower, Cisco Catalyst Smart Operations enable zero-touch installation and replacement of switches, fast upgrade, and ease of troubleshooting with reduced operational cost. Cisco Catalyst Smart Operations are a set of features that includes Smart Install, Auto Smartports, Smart Configuration and Smart Troubleshooting to enhance operational excellence:
● Cisco Smart Install is a transparent plug-and-play technology to configure the Cisco IOS Software image and switch configuration without user intervention. Smart Install utilizes dynamic IP address allocation and the assistance of other switches to facilitate installation, providing transparent network plug and play. ● Cisco Auto Smartports provide automatic configuration as devices connect to the switch port, allowing autodetection and plug and play of the device onto the network. ● Cisco Smart Troubleshooting is an extensive array of debug diagnostic commands and system health checks within the switch, including Generic Online Diagnostics (GOLD) and Onboard Failure Logging (OBFL).
● Embedded Event Manager (EEM) is a powerful and flexible feature that provides real-time network event detection and onboard automation. Using EEM, customers can adapt the behavior of their network devices to align with their business needs. This feature requires the IP Base feature set.

Easy-to-Use Deployment and Control Features
● User experience:
◦ IP service-level agreements (SLAs) enable customers to assure new business-critical IP applications, as well as IP services that utilize data, voice, and video, in an IP network. This feature requires the IP Services feature set.
◦ DHCP autoconfiguration of multiple switches through a boot server eases switch deployment. © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 13 of 36 ◦ Automatic QoS (AutoQoS) simplifies QoS configuration in voice over IP (VoIP) networks by issuing interface and global switch commands to detect Cisco IP phones, classify traffic, and help enable egress queue configuration.
◦ Autonegotiation on all ports automatically selects half- or full-duplex transmission mode to optimize bandwidth.
◦ Automatic media-dependent interface crossover (MDIX) automatically adjusts transmit and receive pairs if an incorrect cable type (crossover or straight through) is installed. ◦ AV Bridging provides reliable time synchronized transmission with no pops or clicks or video dropouts. ● Simplified configuration and connectivity:
◦ Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP) facilitates dynamic trunk configuration across all switch ports. ◦ Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP) automates the creation of Cisco Fast EtherChannel groups or Gigabit EtherChannel groups to link to another switch, router, or server. ◦ Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) allows the creation of Ethernet channeling with devices that conform to IEEE 802.3ad. This feature is similar to Cisco EtherChannel technology and PAgP. ◦ Unidirectional Link Detection Protocol (UDLD) and aggressive UDLD allow unidirectional links caused by incorrect fiber-optic wiring or port faults to be detected and disabled on fiber-optic interfaces. ◦ Cisco VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP) Version 3 supports dynamic VLANs and dynamic trunk configuration across all switches.
◦ AV Bridging provides reliable A/V streaming without the need for the installer to perform extensive hand tuning of the network.
● Efficient switch operation:
◦ Switching database manager (SDM) templates, VLAN template (specific to LAN Base license level), and advanced template allow the administrator to automatically optimize the ternary content-addressable memory (TCAM) allocation to the desired features based on deployment-specific requirements. ◦ Local proxy Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) works in conjunction with private VLAN edge to minimize broadcasts and maximize available bandwidth.
◦ Stacking master configuration management with Cisco StackWise-480 technology helps make sure that all switches are automatically upgraded when the master switch receives a new software version.

Automatic software version checking and updating help ensure that all stack members have the same software version.
◦ Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) reduces the cost of administering software upgrades by downloading from a centralized location.
◦ Network Timing Protocol (NTP) provides an accurate and consistent timestamp to all intranet switches. ● Multicast:
◦ Optimized multicast for wired plus wireless: Cisco Catalyst 3850 offers greater multicast efficiency by receiving only one multicast stream and replicating it for all connected wired plus wireless devices connected to that switch.
◦ Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) v1, v2, v3 snooping for IPv4: multicast listener discovery (MLD) v1 and v2 snooping provides fast client joins and leaves of multicast streams and limits bandwidth-intensive video traffic to only the requestors. © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 14 of 36 ● Monitoring:
◦ Remote Switch Port Analyzer (RSPAN) allows administrators to remotely monitor ports in a Layer 2 switch network from any other switch in the same network. ◦ For enhanced traffic management, monitoring, and analysis, the Embedded Remote Monitoring (RMON) software agent supports four RMON groups (history, statistics, alarms, and events). ◦ Layer 2 traceroute eases troubleshooting by identifying the physical path that a packet takes from source to destination.
◦ Wireless RF management provides both real-time and historical information about RF interference affecting network performance across controllers using systemwide Cisco CleanAir technology integration.

Efficient Switch Operation
Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches, designed and engineered by Cisco, provide optimum power-saving, EEE (on RJ45 ports), low-power operations for industry best-in-class power management and power consumption capabilities. The Cisco Catalyst 3850 ports are capable of reduced power modes so that ports not in use can move into a lower power utilization state. Other efficient switch operation features are:
● Cisco Discovery Protocol Version 2 allows the Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches to negotiate a more granular power setting when connecting to a Cisco powered device such as IP phones or access points than what is provided by IEEE classification.
● Per-port power consumption command allows customers to specify maximum power setting on an individual port. Per-port PoE power sensing measures actual power being drawn, enabling more intelligent control of powered devices.
● The PoE MIB provides proactive visibility into power usage and allows customers to set different powerlevel thresholds.

Environmental Responsibility
Organizations may choose to turn off access point radios to reduce power consumption during off-peak hours.

The integrated wireless LAN controller avoids the deployment of additional devices in the network.

Network Management Tools
The Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches offer both a superior CLI for detailed configuration and Cisco Prime™ infrastructure for unified wired plus wireless management. Prime infrastructure provides day 0 and ongoing provisioning, ongoing monitoring and maintenance, configuration templates, and device and user 360-degree views and serves as the FNF collector for user traffic views using the Prime Assurance Manager module.

For detailed information about Cisco Prime infrastructure, go to http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps12239/index.html.

Advanced Security Features
Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches support advanced security features including but not limited to:
● Protection against attackers:
◦ Port security secures the access to an access or trunk port based on MAC address. It limits the number of learned MAC addresses to deny MAC address flooding.
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 15 of 36 ◦ DHCP snooping prevents malicious users from spoofing a DHCP server and sending out bogus addresses. This feature is used by other primary security features to prevent a number of other attacks such as ARP poisoning.
◦ Dynamic ARP inspection (DAI) helps ensure user integrity by preventing malicious users from exploiting the insecure nature of ARP.
◦ IP source guard prevents a malicious user from spoofing (that is, taking over) another user’s IP address by creating a binding table between the client’s IP and MAC address, port, and VLAN, and by using it to selectively block bogus packets.
◦ The Unicast Reverse Path Forwarding (uRPF) feature helps mitigate problems caused by the introduction of malformed or forged (spoofed) IP source addresses into a network by discarding IP packets that lack a verifiable IP source address.
◦ Bidirectional data support on a SPAN port allows the Cisco intrusion detection system (IDS) to take action when an intruder is detected.
● User authentication:
◦ Flexible authentication that supports multiple authentication mechanisms, including 802.1X, MAC authentication bypass, and web authentication using a single, consistent configuration. ◦ RADIUS change of authorization and downloadable calls for comprehensive policy management capabilities.
◦ Private VLAN edge restricts traffic between hosts in a switch by segregating traffic at Layer 2, turning a broadcast segment into a nonbroadcast multiaccess like segment. Private VLAN edge provides security and isolation between switch ports, which helps ensure that users cannot snoop on other users’ traffic. ◦ Multidomain authentication allows an IP phone and a PC to authenticate on the same switch port while placing them on appropriate voice and data VLAN.
◦ MAC address notification allows administrators to be notified of users added to or removed from the network.
◦ Mobility and security for secure, reliable wireless connectivity and consistent end-user experience.

Increased network availability through proactive blocking of known threats. ◦ IGMP filtering provides multicast authentication by filtering out nonsubscribers and limits the number of concurrent multicast streams available per port.
● ACLs:
◦ Cisco security VLAN ACLs on all VLANs prevent unauthorized data flows from being bridged within VLANs.
◦ Cisco standard and extended IP security router ACLs define security policies on routed interfaces for control-plane and data-plane traffic. IPv6 ACLs can be applied to filter IPv6 traffic. ◦ Port-based ACLs for Layer 2 interfaces allow security policies to be applied on individual switch ports. ● Device access:
◦ Secure Shell (SSH) Protocol, Kerberos, and Simple Network Management Protocol Version 3 (SNMPv3) provide network security by encrypting administrator traffic during Telnet and SNMP sessions.

SSH Protocol, Kerberos, and the cryptographic version of SNMPv3 require a special cryptographic software image because of U.S. export restrictions.
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 16 of 36 ◦ TACACS+ and RADIUS authentication facilitates centralized control of the switch and restricts unauthorized users from altering the configuration.
◦ Multilevel security on console access prevents unauthorized users from altering the switch configuration. ● Bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) Guard shuts down Spanning Tree PortFast-enabled interfaces when BPDUs are received to avoid accidental topology loops.
● Spanning Tree Root Guard (STRG) prevents edge devices not in the network administrator’s control from becoming Spanning Tree Protocol root nodes.
● Wireless end-to-end security offers CAPWAP-compliant DTLS encryption to make sure of encryption between access points and controllers across remote WAN/LAN links.

Resiliency
Borderless networks enable enterprise mobility and business-grade video services. Industry’s first unified network (wired plus wireless) location services enable tracking of mobile assets and the users of those assets for both wired plus wireless devices. The true borderless experience is enabled by the following feature sets in the Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches:
● High availability
● High-performance IP routing
● Superior QoS
High Availability
In addition to StackWise-480 and StackPower11, the Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series supports high-availability features including but not limited to the following:
● Cross-Stack EtherChannel provides the ability to configure Cisco EtherChannel technology across different members of the stack for high resiliency.
● Flexlink provides link redundancy with convergence time less than 100ms. ● IEEE 802.1s Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) provides rapid spanning-tree convergence independent of spanning-tree timers and also offers the benefit of Layer 2 load balancing and distributed processing.
● Per-VLAN Rapid Spanning Tree (PVRST+) allows rapid spanning-tree (IEEE 802.1w) reconvergence on a per-VLAN spanning-tree basis, providing simpler configuration than MSTP. In both MSTP and PVRST+ modes, stacked units behave as a single spanning-tree node. ● Switch-port autorecovery (“err-disable” recovery) automatically attempts to reactivate a link that is disabled because of a network error.
* Stackpower is not supported on the 48-port 10G SFP+ switch model

11 Stackpower is not supported on the 48-port 10G SFP+ switch model © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 17 of 36 High-Performance IP Routing
The Cisco Express Forwarding hardware routing architecture delivers extremely high-performance IP routing in the Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches:
● IP unicast routing protocols (static, Routing Information Protocol Version 1 [RIPv1], and RIPv2, RIPng, Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol [EIGRP] stub) are supported for small-network routing applications with the IP Base feature set. Limited static routing with the LAN Base feature set. Equal-cost routing facilitates Layer 3 load balancing and redundancy across the stack. ● Advanced IP unicast routing protocols (Open Shortest Path First [OSPF], EIGRP, Border Gateway Protocol Version 4 [BGPv4], and Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System Version 4 [IS-ISv4]) are supported for load balancing and constructing scalable LANs. IPv6 routing (OSPFv3, EIGRPv6) is supported in hardware for maximum performance. OSPF for routed access is included in the IP Base image. The IP Services feature set is required for full OSPF, EIGRP, BGPv4, and IS-ISv4. ● Policy-based routing (PBR) allows superior control by facilitating flow redirection regardless of the routing protocol configured. The IP Base feature set is required for PBR. Virtual routing and forwarding (VRF)-Lite enables a service provider to support two or more VPNs, with overlapping IP addresses. The IP Services feature set is required for VRF-Lite.
● Protocol-independent multicast (PIM) for IP multicast routing is supported, including PIM sparse mode (PIM-SM), PIM dense mode (PIM-DM), PIM sparse-dense mode, and source-specific multicast (SSM).

The IP Services feature set is required.
● IPv6 addressing is supported on interfaces with appropriate show commands for monitoring and troubleshooting.

Superior QoS
The Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series offers Gigabit Ethernet speed with intelligent services that keep traffic flowing smoothly, even at 10 times the normal network speed. Industry-leading mechanisms for cross-stack marking, classification, and scheduling deliver superior performance for data, voice, and video traffic, all at wire speed.

The following are some of the QoS features supported in the Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches:
● Granular wireless bandwidth management and fair sharing use Cisco’s proven Cisco IOS Software and UADP ASIC technology to provide hierarchical bandwidth management at line rate (per access point, per radio, per SSID, per client-based policies). Fair sharing across the users within an SSID makes sure that no single user is starved because of other heavy-hitting users. Fair sharing is automatically enabled for wireless at user level as well as SSID level.
● 802.1p CoS and DSCP field classification is provided, using marking and reclassification on a per-packet basis by source and destination IP address, MAC address, or Layer 4 Transmission Control Protocol/User Datagram Protocol (TCP/UDP) port number.
● Shaped round robin (SRR) scheduling helps ensure differential prioritization of packet flows by intelligently servicing the ingress queues and egress queues. Weighted tail drop (WTD) provides congestion avoidance at the ingress and egress queues before a disruption occurs. Strict priority queuing helps ensure that the highest priority packets are serviced ahead of all other traffic. ● The Cisco committed information rate (CIR) function provides bandwidth in increments as low as 8 Kbps. © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 18 of 36 ● Rate limiting is provided based on source and destination IP address, source and destination MAC address, Layer 4 TCP/UDP information, or any combination of these fields, using QoS ACLs (IP ACLs or MAC ACLs), class maps, and policy maps.
● Eight egress queues per port for wired traffic and four egress queues for wireless help enable differentiated management of different traffic types across the stack for wired traffic. Up to 2000 aggregate policers are available per switch.

Application Visibility and Control Using Flexible NetFlow Cisco IOS Software FNF is the next generation in flow visibility technology, allowing optimization of the network infrastructure, reducing operation costs, and improving capacity planning and security incident detection with increased flexibility and scalability. The Cisco Catalyst 3850 provides optimized application visibility with FNF across wired plus wireless. The switch is capable of up to 48,000 flow entries on 48-port models and up to 24,000 flow entries on 12-port and 24-port models across wired plus wireless. With UADP ASIC, Cisco Catalyst 3850 delivers next-generation flow technology with unprecedented flexibility and comprehensive visibility extending from Layer 2 (MAC and VLAN) to Layer 4 (TCP/UDP) flags and so on across wired plus wireless traffic. The Cisco Catalyst 3850 switch is Medianet capable to provide visibility and troubleshooting capabilities across wired plus wireless video traffic. Specific Medianet features will be enabled in future software updates.

The flow data collected by FNF can be exported to an external collector for analysis and reporting or tracked by the EEM. The Cisco Catalyst 3850 enables powerful on-box and customizable event correlation and policy actions with EEM, allowing the switches to trigger customized event alarms or policy actions when the predefined condition is met. With no external appliance required, customers are able to use existing infrastructure to perform traffic monitoring, making traffic analysis economical even on a large IP network.

Details about Cisco FNF are available at
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/prod/collateral/iosswrel/ps6537/ps6555/ps6601/ps6965/product_data_sheet0900aecd 804b590b.html.

High-performance video over wireless integrates Cisco VideoStream technology to optimize the delivery of video applications across the WLAN.

Wired plus wireless IP telephony supports unified communications for improved collaboration through messaging, presence, and conferencing and supports all Cisco Unified Communications wireless IP phones for cost-effective, real-time voice service.

Audio Video Bridging
With Cisco IOS® XE Software Release 16.3, Cisco Catalyst 3850 MultiGigabit and 3850 10G SFP+ now support the IEEE 802.1 AVB standard. This standard provided the means for highly reliable delivery of low-latency, time-synchronized AV streaming services through Layer 2 Ethernet networks. The standard also makes it easier to integrate new services and for AV equipment from different vendors to interoperate. Whether the AV endpoint connections are analog or are inflexible digital one to one, the network transport enables many-to-many transparent plug-and-play connections for multiple AV endpoints.
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 19 of 36 Benefits:
● Improves quality of experience by lowering jitter and latency for time-synchronized delivery of high-quality AV
● Provides scalability of applications across networked deployments, including expansive and complex AV infrastructure
● Lowers total cost of ownership (TCO) with reduced cabling (lowers CapEx) and no license fees (lowers OpEx)
For details about AVB, check http://www.cisco.com/go/AVB.

Deployment Options
Campus
In a campus-type deployment, operating the Cisco Catalyst 3850 in the mobility agent mode and centralizing the mobility controller functionality in a WLC 5760, WLC 5508, or WiSM2 helps achieve better scalability and performance. The Cisco Catalyst 3850 provides CAPWAP termination for access points, uniform policy enforcement for wireless clients, better wireless bandwidth, and uniform Cisco IOS Software-based configuration and monitoring for wired plus wireless features. The mobility controller provides central mobility, RRM, and CleanAir coordination.

Backward compatibility with traditional centralized wireless deployment mode on the WLC 5508, WiSM2, and WLC 5760 helps ensure that customers can migrate to the Cisco Catalyst 3850-based converged access approach in phases, providing a continued controller for existing access points. This migration also provides investment protection on the existing wireless controller infrastructure. A phased adoption of the new Cisco Catalyst 3850 helps ensure that migration to the converged access mode of wireless is seamless. Figure 10 shows a Cisco Catalyst 3850 in the campus type deployment.
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 20 of 36 Figure 10. Mobility Controller (MC) and Mobility Agent (MA) Branch
The Cisco Catalyst 3850 is optimized for branch deployments when it operates in mobility controller mode. In this mode, not only can the switch terminate CAPWAP tunnels from the access points and provide client connectivity, it can also manage mobility within the branch. This eliminates the need for a local controller in every branch in addition to the access-layer switches. Also, complete visibility into the wired plus wireless traffic means that the WAN router can prioritize the right wired plus wireless traffic in and out of the branch. Figure 11 shows a Cisco Catalyst 3850 in a branch access type deployment.
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 21 of 36 Figure 11. Deploying the Cisco Catalyst 3850 in the Branch Access The new 12-port and 24-port SFP+ or SFP-based Cisco Catalyst 3850 models as well as the nonstackable 48-port SFP+ model can also be used in the branch to aggregate traffic from smaller access switches through fiber links for more secure and EMI-sensitive deployments (Figure 12).

Figure 12. Deploying Mixed Copper and Fiber Connections with a Cisco Catalyst 3850 Stack in the Branch © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 22 of 36 Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Specifications
Switch Performance
Table 9 shows Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches performance specifications.

Table 9. Cisco Catalyst 3850 Performance Specifications Performance Numbers for All Switch Models
Switching capacity 176 Gbps on 48-port Gigabit Ethernet model 92 Gbps on 24-port Gigabit Ethernet model
68 Gbps on 12-port Gigabit Ethernet model
640 Gbps on 24-port Multigigabit Ethernet model*
472 Gbps on 48-port Multigigabit Ethernet model
1280 Gbps on 48-port 10 Gigabit Ethernet SFP+ model*
640 Gbps (packet size >= 80 bytes) on 24-port 10 Gigabit Ethernet SFP+ model* 320 Gbps on 12-port 10 Gigabit Ethernet SFP+ model*
* Packet size >= 80 bytes
Stacking bandwidth 480 Gbps
Total number of MAC addresses 32,000
Total number of IPv4 routes (ARP plus learned routes) 24,000 FNF entries 48,000 flow on 48-port Gigabit Ethernet models 24,000 flows on 12-port and 24-port Gigabit Ethernet models 96,000 flows on 48-port 10 Gigabit Ethernet SFP+ model
48,000 flows on 24-port 10 Gigabit Ethernet SFP+ model
24,000 flows on 12-port 10 Gigabit Ethernet SFP+ model
DRAM 4 GB (8 GB on 48-port SFP+ model)
Flash 2 GB (4 GB on 12-port and 24-port SFP+ models, 8 GB on 48-port SFP+ model) VLAN IDs 4,000
Total switched virtual interfaces (SVIs) 1,000
Jumbo frame 9198 bytes
Total routed ports per 3850 stack 208
Wireless
Number of access points per switch/stack 100
Number of wireless clients per switch/stack 2000
Total number of WLANs per switch 64
Wireless bandwidth per switch Up to 40 Gbps on 48-port Gigabit Ethernet model Up to 20 Gbps on 24-port Gigabit Ethernet model
Supported Aironet access point series 3600, 3500, 2600, 1600, 1260, 1140, 1040 Forwarding Rate of Switch Models (with 2 x 10 Gigabit + 2 x 1 Gigabit Ethernet uplinks for 12-Port and 24-Port Models and 4 x 10 Gigabit Ethernet Uplinks for 48‑Port Models)
Model Forwarding Rate
WS-C3850-12S 50.5 Mpps
WS-C3850-24T
WS-C3850-24P
WS-C3850-24S

68.4 Mpps
WS-C3850-48T
WS-C3850-48P
WS-C3850-48F
130.95 Mpps
WS-C3850-24XU 500 Mpps (80B packets)
WS-C3850-12X48U 460 Mpps (64B packets)
WS-C3850-12XS 227.28 Mpps
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 23 of 36 Performance Numbers for All Switch Models
WS-C3850-24XS 454.55 Mpps
WS-C3850-48XS 909 Mpps
Dimensions, Weight, Acoustic, Mean Time between Failure, and Environmental Range Specifications for Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches
Table 10 shows dimensions, weight, acoustic, mean time between failure (MTBF), and environmental range.

Weight does not include an uplink FRU. Weight includes the chassis assembly as it is shipped (with fans), one power supply and, and one power supply slot blank.

Table 10. Dimensions, Weight, Acoustic, MTBF, and Environmental Range12 Dimensions (H x W x D) Inches Centimeters
WS-C3850-12S
WS-C3850-24S
WS-C3850-24T
WS-C3850-24P
WS-C3850-48T
WS-C3850-48P

1.75 x 17.5 x 17.7 4.45 x 44.5 x 45.0
WS-C3850-48F
WS-C3850-48U
WS-C3850-24U
WS-C3850-24XU
WS-C3850-12X48U

1.75 x 17.5 x 19.2 4.45 x 44.5 x 48.8
WS-C3850-12XS
WS-C3850-24XS

1.75 x 17.5 x 17.7 4.45 X 44.5 x 45.0
WS-C3850-48XS 1.75 x 17.5 x 20.1 4.45 X 44.5 x 51.1
Weight Pounds Kilograms
WS-C3850-12S 15.48 7.02
WS-C3850-24S 15.5 7.03
WS-C3850-24T 15.9 7.2
WS-C3850-24P 16.3 7.4
WS-C3850-24U 16.5 7.5
WS-C3850-48T 17.0 7.7
WS-C3850-48P 17.4 7.9
WS-C3850-48F 17.6 8.0
WS-C3850-48U 17.6 8.0
WS-C3850-24XU 17.6 8.0
WS-C3850-12X48U 17.6 8.0
WS-C3850-12XS 12.9 5.8
WS-C3850-24XS 13.5 6.1
WS-C3850-48XS 16.42 7.45
C3850-NM-4-1G 0.66 0.30
C3850-NM-2-10G 0.71 0.32

12 Additional information about the 48-port SFP+ model will be provided at time of shipment. © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 24 of 36 C3850-NM-4-10G 0.75 0.34
C3850-NM-8-10G 0.74 0.34
C3850-NM-2-40G 0.62 0.28
MTBF Hours
WS-C3850-12S 315,840
WS-C3850-24S 300,760
WS-C3850-24T 303,230
WS-C3850-24P 269,450
WS-C3850-24U 237,310
WS-C3850-48T 303,660
WS-C3850-48P 241,050
WS-C3850-48F 241,050
WS-C3850-48U 205,110
WS-C3850-24XU 203,150
WS-C3850-12X48U 202,030
WS-C3850-12XS 371,440
WS-C3850-24XS 307,990
WS-C3850-32XS 307,990
WS-C3850-48XS 286,900
PWR-C1-350WAC 580,710
PWR-C1-715WAC 664,055
PWR-C1-1100WAC 392,174
PWR-C1-440WDC 469,350
C3850-NM-4-1G 7,052,100
C3850-NM-2-10G 4,315,970
C3850-NM-4-10G 3,835,330
C3850-NM-8-10G 6,544,410
C3850-NM-2-40G 9,303,100
Environmental Ranges
With AC power supply
Operating environment and altitude
Normal operating temperature*and altitudes:
● -5ºC to +45ºC, up to 5000 feet (1500m)
● -5ºC to +40ºC, up to 10,000 feet (3000m)
* Minimum ambient temperature for cold start is 32°F (0°C) Short-term*exceptional conditions:
● -5ºC to +50ºC, up to 5000 feet (1500m)
● -5ºC to +45ºC, up to 10,000 feet (3000m)
● -5ºC to +45ºC, at sea level with single fan failure
* Not more than following in one-year period: 96 consecutive hours, or 360 hours total, or 15 occurrences.
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 25 of 36 With DC power supply
Operating environment and altitude (NEBS)
Normal operating temperature and altitudes:
● -5ºC to +45ºC, up to 6000 feet (1800m)
● -5ºC to +40ºC, up to 10,000 feet (3000m)
● -5ºC to +35ºC, up to 13,000 feet (4000m)
Short-term*exceptional conditions:
● -5ºC to +55ºC, up to 6000 feet (1800m)
● -5ºC to +50ºC, up to 10,000 feet (3000m)
● -5ºC to +45ºC, up to 13,000 feet (4000m)
● -5ºC to +45ºC, at sea level with single fan failure
* Not more than following in one-year period: 96 consecutive hours, or 360 hours total, or 15 occurrences.

Relative humidity 10% to 95%, noncondensing
Acoustic noise
Measured per ISO 7779 and declared per ISO
9296
Bystander positions operating to an ambient
temperature of 25°C
With AC or DC power supply (with 24 PoE+ ports loaded):
● LpA: 43dB typical, 45dB maximum
● LwA: 5.2B typical, 5.5B maximum
Typical: Noise emission for a typical configuration
Maximum: Statistical maximum to account for variation in production Storage environment Temperature: -40ºC to 70ºC
Altitude: 15,000 ft
Vibration Operating: 0.41Grms from 3 to 500Hz with spectral break points of 0.0005 G2/Hz at 10Hz and 200Hz 5dB/octave roll off at each end.

Nonoperating: 1.12Grms from 3 to 500Hz with spectral break points of 0.0065 G2/Hz at 10Hz and 100Hz 5dB/octave roll off at each end.

Shock Operating: 30G, 2ms half sine
Nonoperating: 55G, 10ms trapezoid
Connectors for Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series
Table 11 shows the supported connectors.

Table 11. Connectors
Connectors and cabling ● 1000BASE-T ports: RJ-45 connectors, 4-pair Cat-5E UTP cabling ● Multigig-T ports: RJ-45 connectors, 4-pair Cat-5E, Cat-6, Cat6A UTP cabling ● 1000BASE-T SFP-based ports: RJ-45 connectors, 4-pair Cat-5E UTP cabling ● 100BASE-FX, 1000BASE-SX, -LX/LH, -ZX, -BX10, DWDM and CWDM SFP transceivers: LC fiber connectors (single-mode or multimode fiber)
● 10GBASE-SR, LR, LRM, ER, ZR, DWDM SFP+ transceivers: LC fiber connectors (single-mode or multimode fiber)
● CX1 cable assemblies: SFP+ connector
● Cisco StackWise-480 stacking ports: copper-based Cisco StackWise cabling ● Cisco StackPower: Cisco proprietary power stacking cables ● Ethernet management port: RJ-45 connectors, 4-pair Cat-5 UTP cabling ● Management console port: RJ-45-to-DB9 cable for PC connections Power connectors ● Customers can provide power to a switch by using either the internal power or StackPower from another member in the power stack. The connectors are located at the back of the switch. ● Internal power supply connector: The internal power supply is an autoranging unit. The internal power supply supports input voltages between 100 and 240VAC. Use the supplied AC power cord to connect the AC power connector to an AC power outlet.

For the latest Cisco transceiver module compatibility information, refer to http://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/support/interfaces-modules/transceiver-modules/products-device-support-tableslist.html. © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 26 of 36 Management and Standards Support for Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches Table 12 shows management and standards support for the Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series.

Table 12. Management and Standards Support for the Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Description Specification
Management BRIDGE-MIB

CISCO-AUTH-FRAMEWORK-MIB
CISCO-BGP4-MIB, BGP4-MIB

CISCO-BRIDGE-EXT-MIB

CISCO-BULK-FILE-MIB

CISCO-CABLE-DIAG-MIB

CISCO-CALLHOME-MIB

CISCO-CEF-MIB

CISCO-CIRCUIT-INTERFACE-MIB

CISCO-ENTITY-VENDORTYPE-OID-MIB

CISCO-CONTEXT-MAPPING-MIB

CISCO-DEVICE-LOCATION-MIB

CISCO-DHCP-SNOOPING-MIB

CISCO-EIGRP-MIB

CISCO-EMBEDDED-EVENT-MGR-MIB

CISCO-ENTITY-FRU-CONTROL-MIB

CISCO-ENTITY-SENSOR-MIB

ENTITY-MIB

CISCO-ERR-DISABLE-MIB

CISCO-CONFIG-COPY-MIB

CISCO-FLOW-MONITOR-MIB

CISCO-FTP-CLIENT-MIB

CISCO-HSRP-EXT-MIB

CISCO-HSRP-MIB

CISCO-IETF-ISIS-MIB

CISCO-IF-EXTENSION-MIB

CISCO-IGMP-FILTER-MIB

CISCO-CONFIG-MAN-MIB

CISCO-IP-CBR-METRICS-MIB

CISCO-IPMROUTE-MIB

CISCO-IP-STAT-MIB

CISCO-IP-URPF-MIB
CISCO-L2L3-INTERFACE-CONFIG-MIB

CISCO-LAG-MIB

CISCO-LICENSE-MGMT-MIB

CISCO-MAC-AUTH-BYPASS-MIB

CISCO-MAC-NOTIFICATION-MIB

CISCO-MDI-METRICS-MIB

CISCO-FLASH-MIB

CISCO-OSPF-MIB

CISCO-OSPF-TRAP-MIB

CISCO-PAE-MIB

CISCO-PAGP-MIB

CISCO-PIM-MIB

CISCO-PING-MIB

CISCO-PORT-QOS-MIB

CISCO-PORT-SECURITY-MIB

CISCO-PORT-STORM-CONTROL-MIB

CISCO-POWER-ETHERNET-EXT-MIB

CISCO-PRIVATE-VLAN-MIB

CISCO-SNMP-TARGET-EXT-MIB

CISCO-STACKMAKER-MIB

CISCO-MEMORY-POOL-MIB

CISCO-STP-EXTENSIONS-MIB

CISCO-SYSLOG-MIB

CISCO-TCP-MIB

CISCO-UDLDP-MIB

CISCO-VLAN-IFTABLE-RELATIONSHIP-MIB

CISCO-VLAN-MEMBERSHIP-MIB

CISCO-VTP-MIB
EtherLike-MIB

HC-RMON-MIB
IEEE8021-PAE-MIB
IEEE8023-LAG-MIB
IF-MIB

IGMP-MIB

IGMP-STD-MIB

IP-FORWARD-MIB
IP-MIB

IPMROUTE-STD-MIB

LLDP-EXT-MED-MIB

LLDP-MIB

NOTIFICATION-LOG-MIB

OLD-CISCO-MEMORY-MIB

CISCO-CDP-MIB

POWER-ETHERNET-MIB
RMON2-MIB

RMON-MIB

SNMP-COMMUNITY-MIB

SNMP-FRAMEWORK-MIB

SNMP-MPD-MIB

SNMP-NOTIFICATION-MIB

SNMP-PROXY-MIB

SNMP-TARGET-MIB

SNMP-USM-MIB
SNMPv2-MIB

SNMP-VIEW-BASED-ACM-MIB

TCP-MIB

UDP-MIB

CISCO-IMAGE-MIB

CISCO-STACKWISE-MIB

AIRESPMACE-WIRELESS-MIB

CISCO-LWAPP-IDS-MIB

CISCO-LWAPP-AP-MIB

CISCO-LWAPP-CCX-RM-MIB

CISCO-LWAPP-CLIENT-ROAMING-MIB
CISCO-LWAPP-DOT11-CCX-CLIENT-DIAG-MIB
CISCO-LWAPP-DOT11-CCX-CLIENT-MIB
CISCO-LWAPP-DOT11-CLIENT-CCX-REPORTSMIB
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 27 of 36 Description Specification

CISCO-PROCESS-MIB

CISCO-PRODUCTS-MIB

CISCO-RF-MIB

CISCO-RTP-METRICS-MIB

CISCO-RTTMON-MIB

CISCO-SMART-INSTALL-MIB
CISCO-LWAPP-DOT11-CLIENT-MIB
CISCO-LWAPP-DOT11-MIB

CISCO-LWAPP-DOWNLOAD-MIB

CISCO-LWAPP-LINKTEST-MIB

CISCO-LWAPP-MFP-MIB

CISCO-LWAPP-MOBILITY-EXT-MIB

CISCO-LWAPP-QOS-MIB

CISCO-LWAPP-REAP-MIB

CISCO-LWAPP-ROGUE-MIB

CISCO-LWAPP-RRM-MIB

CISCO-LWAPP-SI-MIB

CISCO-LWAPP-TSM-MIB

CISCO-LWAPP-WLAN-MIB

CISCO-LWAPP-WLAN-SECURITY-MIB
Standards IEEE 802.1s
IEEE 802.1w
IEEE 802.11
IEEE 802.1x
IEEE 802.1x-Rev
IEEE 802.3ad
IEEE 802.3af
IEEE 802.3at
IEEE 802.3x full duplex on 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX, and
1000BASE-T ports
IEEE 802.1D Spanning Tree Protocol
IEEE 802.1p CoS prioritization
IEEE 802.1Q VLAN
IEEE 802.3 10BASE-T specification
IEEE 802.3u 100BASE-TX specification
IEEE 802.3ab 1000BASE-T specification
IEEE 802.3z 1000BASE-X specification
RMON I and II standards
SNMPv1, SNMPv2c, and SNMPv3
Power Supply Specifications
Table 13 lists the power specifications for the Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series based on the kind of power supply used.

Table 13. Power Specifications for Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Description Specification
PWR-C1-1100WAC PWR-C1-715WAC PWR-C1-350WAC PWR-C1-440WDC Power supply rated maximum 1100W 715W 350W 440W
Total output BTU (Note: 1000 BTU/hr
= 293W)
3793 BTU/hr, 1100W 2465 BTU/hr, 715W 1207BTU/hr, 350W 1517BTU/hr, 440W Input-voltage range and frequency 115-240VAC,
50-60 Hz
100-240VAC,
50-60 Hz
100-240VAC,
50-60 Hz
-36VDC to -72VDC
Input current 12-6A 10-5A 4-2A <8A at -72VDC
<16A at -36VDC
Output ratings -56V at 19.64A -56V at 12.8A -56V at 6.25A -56V at 7.86A Output holdup time 10 ms minimum at
102.5VAC

16.7 ms minimum at
100VAC

16.7 ms minimum at
100VAC
> 2ms at -48VDC
Power-supply input receptacles IEC 320-C16
(IEC60320-C16)
IEC 320-C16
(IEC60320-C16)
IEC 320-C16
(IEC60320-C16)
Terminal strip
Power cord rating 13A 13A 10A 20A at 100VDC
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 28 of 36 Description Specification
Physical specifications (H x W x D): 1.58 X

3.25 X 13.7 in
Weight: 3 lb
(1.4 kg)
(H x W x D): 1.58 X

3.25 X 12.20 in
Weight: 2.8 lb
(1.3 kg)
(H x W x D): 1.58 X 3.25
X 12.20 in
Weight: 2.6 lb
(1.2 kg)
(H x W x D): 1.58 X 3.25
X 12.20 in
Weight: 2.6 lb
(1.2 kg)
Operating temperature 23 to 113°F (-5 to 45°C)
Storage temperature -40 to 158°F (-40 to 70°C)
Relative humidity operating and
nonoperating noncondensing
5 to 90% noncondensing
Altitude 10,000 ft. (3000 meters), up to 45°C
MTBF Calculated MTBF must be greater than 300,000 using Telcordia SR-332, Method 1, Case 3.

Demonstrated MTBF is 500,000 hr (with 90% confidence level).

EMI and EMC compliance FCC Part 15 (CFR 47) Class A
ICES-003 Class A
EN 55022 Class A
CISPR 22 Class A
AS/NZS 3548 Class A
BSMI Class A (AC input models only)
VCCI Class A
EN 55024, EN300386, EN 50082-1, EN 61000-3-2, EN 61000-3-3 EN61000-4-2, EN61000-4-3, EN61000-4-4, EN61000-4-5, EN61000-4-6, EN 61000-6-1 Safety compliance UL 60950-1, CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 60950-1, EN 60950-1, IEC 60950-1, CCC, CE Marking LED indicators “AC OK”: Input power to the power supply is OK “PS OK”: Output power from the power supply is OK
Power Consumption of Standalone Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches Table 14 shows power consumption of standalone Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches based on Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (ATIS) testing using IMIX distribution stream traffic, with input voltage of 115VAC at 60 Hz and no PoE loading. The values given are the maximum possible power consumption numbers under the respective test scenarios.

Table 14. Power Consumptions (in Watts) of Standalone Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Models Uplink Module Power Consumption (W) (No More Than) 0% Traffic 10% Traffic 100% Traffic Weighted Average
WS-C3850-12S C3850-NM-4-1G 85.84 85.89 86.75 86.0
WS-C3850-24S 104.48 104.25 105.12 104.4
WS-C3850-12S C3850-NM-2-10G 87.95 88.30 90.04 88.4
WS-C3850-24S 106.24 106.58 109.75 106.9
WS-C3850-24T C3850-NM-4-1G 83.47 82.86 83.76 83.04
WS-C3850-24P 86.81 86.22 87.11 86.40
WS-C3850-24U 81.5 81.4 82.1 81.5
WS-C3850-48T 117.74 116.62 117.59 116.89
WS-C3850-48P 125.35 124.15 125.15 124.43
WS-C3850-48F 130.10 128.91 129.85 129.18
WS-C3850-48U 114.8 114.7 115.6 114.8
WS-C3850-24T C3850-NM-2-10G 81.97 81.83 84.97 82.16
WS-C3850-24P 85.22 85.04 88.32 85.39
WS-C3850-24U 82.8 82.6 84.8 82.9
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 29 of 36 Models Uplink Module Power Consumption (W) (No More Than) 0% Traffic 10% Traffic 100% Traffic Weighted Average
WS-C3850-48T 117.56 116.74 120.40 117.23
WS-C3850-48P 123.78 122.90 126.75 123.42
WS-C3850-48F 129.89 129.06 132.36 129.18
WS-C3850-48U 116.8 116.9 119.9 117.2
WS-C3850-48T C3850-NM-4-10G 120.56 120.28 127.24 121.02 WS-C3850-48P 129.59 129.64 135.96 130.27
WS-C3850-48F 137.57 137.06 143.77 137.81
WS-C3850-48U 119.9 121.2 127.7 121.5
WS-C3850-12XS 109.0 109.5 112.7 109.7
WS-C3850-24XU C3850-NM-8-10G 229.7 231.2 248.1 232.7
WS-C3850-12X48U 191.3 193.6 208.1 194.8
WS-C3850-24XS 183.6 185.3 205.5 187.2
WS-C3850-24XS C3850-NM-2-40G 159.2 161.1 177.0 162.5
WS-C3850-48XS None 267.0 268.3 288.1 270.1
Safety and Compliance
Table 15 lists the safety and compliance information for the Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series.

Table 15. Safety and Compliance Information for Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Description Specification
Safety certifications UL 60950-1 Second Edition
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 60950-1 Second Edition
EN 60950-1 Second Edition
IEC 60950-1 Second Edition
NOM (obtained by partners and distributors)
Electromagnetic
emissions certifications
47CFR Part 15 (CFR 47) Class A (FCC Part 15 Class A)
AS/NZS CISPR22 Class A
CISPR22 Class A
EN55022 Class A
ICES003 Class A
VCCI Class A
EN61000-3-2
EN61000-3-3
KN22 Class A
KCC
CNS13438 Class A
EN55024
CISPR24
KN24
Environmental Reduction of Hazardous Substances (ROHS) 5 Noise specifications Office Product Spec: 48dBA at 30°C (refer to ISO 7779) Telco CLEI code
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 30 of 36 Cisco Enhanced Limited Lifetime Hardware Warranty
The Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches come with an E-LLW that includes NBD delivery of replacement hardware where available and 90 days of 8x5 Cisco TAC support.

Your formal warranty statement, including the warranty applicable to Cisco software, appears in the Cisco information packet that accompanies your Cisco product. We encourage you to review carefully the warranty statement shipped with your specific product before use.

Cisco reserves the right to refund the purchase price as its exclusive warranty remedy.

For further information about warranty terms, visit http://www.cisco.com/go/warranty. Table 16 provides information about the E-LLW.

Table 16. E-LLW Details
Cisco E-LLW
Device covered Applies to Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches.

Warranty duration As long as the original customer owns the product.

EoL policy In the event of discontinuance of product manufacture, Cisco warranty support is limited to 5 years from the announcement of discontinuance.

Hardware replacement Cisco or its service center will use commercially reasonable efforts to ship a replacement for NBD delivery, where available. Otherwise, a replacement will be shipped within 10 working days after receipt of the RMA request. Actual delivery times might vary depending on customer location.

Effective date Hardware warranty commences from the date of shipment to customer (and in case of resale by a Cisco reseller, not more than 90 days after original shipment by Cisco).

TAC support Cisco will provide during business hours, 8 hours per day, 5 days per week basic configuration, diagnosis, and troubleshooting of device-level problems for up to a 90-day period from the date of shipment of the originally purchased Cisco Catalyst 3850 product. This support does not include solution or network-level support beyond the specific device under consideration.

Cisco.com access Warranty allows guest access only to Cisco.com.

Licensing for Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches
The three feature sets available with all Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches are:
● LAN Base: Enterprise access layer 2 switching features ● IP Base: Enterprise access layer 3 switching features ● IP Services: Advanced enterprise layer 3 switching (IPv4 and IPv6) features The LAN Base feature set offers enhanced intelligent services that include comprehensive Layer 2 features, with up to 255 VLANs. The IP Base feature set provides entry-level enterprise services in addition to all LAN Base features, with 1K VLANs. IP Base also includes the support for wireless controller functionality (mobility agent and mobility controller role; additional access point license required for mobility controller role), routed access, smart operations, FNF, and so on. The IP Services feature set provides full enterprise services that include advanced Layer 3 features such as EIGRP, OSPF, BGP, PIM, and IPv6 routing such as OSPFv3 and EIGRPv6. All software feature sets support advanced security and MQC-based QoS.

The Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches with LAN Base feature set can only stack with other Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series LAN Base switches. The same applies to IP Base and IP Services as well. A mixed stack of LAN Base switch with IP Base or IP Services feature set is not supported. © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 31 of 36 The 12-port and 24-port SFP+- and SFP-based models as well as the 48-port SFP+ model can only be ordered with IP Base or IP Services licenses. Therefore, in order to stack with LAN Base models, they need to be configured in LAN Base mode from the CLI.

Customers can transparently upgrade the software feature set in the Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches through Cisco IOS Software CLI using the right to use (RTU)-based software upgrade process. Software activation enables the Cisco IOS Software feature sets. Based on the license’s type, Cisco IOS Software activates the appropriate feature set. License types can be changed, or upgraded, to activate a different feature set.

Access Point License for Cisco Catalyst 3850
An access point license is required for Cisco Catalyst 3850 operating in mobility controller mode. No access point license is required for 3850 operating in mobility agent mode. This functionality is included in the IP Base feature set. Other devices that can act as mobility controller are the WLC 5760, WLC 5508, and WiSM2 wireless controllers. Access point licenses can be transferred only between two 3850 switches or between 3850 and 5760 controller and vice versa.

Software Policy for Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches Customers with Cisco Catalyst LAN Base and IP Base software feature sets will be provided with maintenance updates and bug fixes designed to maintain the compliance of the software with published specifications, release notes, and industry standards compliance as long as the original end user continues to own or use the product or up to one year from the end-of-sale date for this product, whichever occurs earlier. Customers with licenses for our IP Services software images require a service support contract such as Cisco SMARTnet™ Service to download updates. This policy supersedes any previous warranty or software statement and is subject to change without notice.

Cisco ONE Software
Cisco ONE Software for Access Switching is available for the Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches.

Cisco ONE Software is a new way for customers to purchase and use our infrastructure software. It offers a simplified consumption model, centered on common customer scenarios in the data center, WANs, and LANs.

Cisco ONE Software and services provide customers with four primary benefits:
● Software suites that address typical customer use scenarios at an attractive price ● Investment protection of their software purchase through software services-enabled license portability ● Access to ongoing innovation and new technology with Cisco Software Support Service (SWSS) ● Flexible licensing models to smoothly distribute customer's software spend over time For ordering information for Cisco ONE Software for the Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Switches, go to http://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/products/software/one-access/switching-part-numbers.html.

Cisco and Partner Services for Next-Generation Cisco Catalyst Fixed Switches Enable the innovative, secure, intelligent edge in the Borderless Network Architecture using personalized services from Cisco and our partners. Through a discovery process that begins with understanding your business objectives, we help you integrate the next-generation Cisco Catalyst fixed switches into your architecture and incorporate network services onto that platform. Sharing knowledge and leading practices, we support your success every step of the way as you deploy, absorb, manage, and scale new technology. © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 32 of 36 Choose from a flexible suite of support services designed to meet your business needs and help you maintain high-quality network performance while controlling operational costs. (See Table 17.) Table 17. Technical Services Available for Cisco Catalyst 3850 Switches Technical Services
Cisco SMARTnet Service
● Around-the-clock, global access to the Cisco TAC
● Unrestricted access to the extensive Cisco.com knowledge base and tools ● Next-business-day, 8x5x4, 24x7x4, and 24x7x2 advance hardware replacement and onsite parts replacement and installation available ● Ongoing operating system software updates within the licensed feature set ● Proactive diagnostics and real-time alerts on Smart Call Home-enabled devices Cisco Smart Foundation Service
● NBD advance hardware replacement as available
● Business hours access to SMB TAC (access levels vary by region) ● Access to Cisco.com SMB knowledge base
● Online technical resources through Smart Foundation Portal ● Operating system software bug fixes and patches
Cisco SP Base Service
● Around-the-clock, global access to the Cisco TAC
● Registered access to Cisco.com
● NBD, 8x5x4, 24x7x4, and 24x7x2 advance hardware replacement; return to factory option available2 ● Ongoing operating system software updates1
Cisco Focused Technical Support Services
● Three levels of premium, high-touch services are available:
◦ Cisco High-Touch Operations Management Service
◦ Cisco High-Touch Technical Support Service
◦ Cisco High-Touch Engineering Service
● Valid Cisco SMARTnet or SP Base contracts on all network equipment are required Notes:
1 Cisco operating system updates include the following: maintenance releases, minor updates, and major updates within the licensed feature set.
2 Advance hardware replacement is available in various service-level combinations. For example, 8x5xNBD indicates that shipment will be initiated during the standard 8-hour business day, 5 days a week (the generally accepted business days within the relevant region), with NBD delivery. Where NBD is not available, same day ship is provided. Restrictions apply; for details, review the appropriate service descriptions.

Ordering Information
Table 18 lists ordering information for the Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series. To place an order, visit the Cisco Ordering homepage at http://www.cisco.com/en/US/ordering/or13/or8/order_customer_help_how_to_order_listing.html.

Table 18. Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Ordering Information Product Number Product Description
Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series
WS-C3850-24T-L Stackable 24 10/100/1000 Ethernet ports, with 350WAC power supply 1 RU, LAN Base feature set (StackPower cables need to be purchased separately) WS-C3850-48T-L Stackable 48 10/100/1000 Ethernet ports, with 350WAC power supply 1 RU, LAN Base feature set (StackPower cables need to be purchased separately) WS-C3850-24P-L Stackable 24 10/100/1000 Ethernet PoE+ ports, with 715WAC power supply 1 RU, LAN Base feature set (StackPower cables need to be purchased separately) WS-C3850-24U-L Stackable 24 10/100/1000 Ethernet UPOE ports, with 1100WAC power supply 1 RU, LAN Base feature set (StackPower cables need to be purchased separately) © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 33 of 36 Product Number Product Description
WS-C3850-48P-L Stackable 48 10/100/1000 Ethernet PoE+ ports, with 715WAC power supply 1 RU, LAN Base feature set (StackPower cables need to be purchased separately) WS-C3850-48F-L Stackable 48 10/100/1000 Ethernet PoE+ ports, with 1100WAC power supply 1 RU, LAN Base feature set (StackPower cables need to be purchased separately) WS-C3850-48U-L Stackable 48 10/100/1000 Ethernet UPOE ports, with 1100WAC power supply 1 RU, LAN Base feature set (StackPower cables need to be purchased separately) WS-C3850-24T-S Stackable 24 10/100/1000 Ethernet ports, with 350WAC power supply 1 RU, IP Base feature set
WS-C3850-48T-S Stackable 48 10/100/1000 Ethernet ports, with 350WAC power supply 1 RU, IP Base feature set
WS-C3850-24P-S Stackable 24 10/100/1000 Ethernet PoE+ ports, with 715WAC power supply 1 RU, IP Base feature set
WS-C3850-24U-S Stackable 24 10/100/1000 Ethernet UPOE ports, with 1100WAC power supply 1 RU, IP Base feature set
WS-C3850-48P-S Stackable 48 10/100/1000 Ethernet PoE+ ports, with 715WAC power supply 1 RU, IP Base feature set
WS-C3850-48F-S Stackable 48 10/100/1000 Ethernet PoE+ ports, with 1100WAC power supply 1 RU, IP Base feature set
WS-C3850-48U-S Stackable 48 10/100/1000 Ethernet UPOE ports, with 1100WAC power supply 1 RU, IP Base feature set
WS-C3850-24T-E Stackable 24 10/100/1000 Ethernet ports, with 350WAC power supply 1 RU, IP Services feature set
WS-C3850-48T-E Stackable 48 10/100/1000 Ethernet ports, with 350WAC power supply 1 RU, IP Services feature set
WS-C3850-24P-E Stackable 24 10/100/1000 Ethernet PoE+ ports, with 715WAC power supply 1 RU, IP Services feature set
WS-C3850-24U-E Stackable 24 10/100/1000 Ethernet UPOE ports, with 1100WAC power supply 1 RU, IP Services feature set
WS-C3850-48P-E Stackable 48 10/100/1000 Ethernet PoE+ ports, with 715WAC power supply 1 RU, IP Services feature set
WS-C3850-48F-E Stackable 48 10/100/1000 Ethernet PoE+ ports, with 1100WAC power supply 1 RU, IP Services feature set
WS-C3850-48U-E Stackable 48 10/100/1000 Ethernet UPOE ports, with 1100WAC power supply 1 RU, IP Services feature set
WS-C3850-12X48U-L Stackable 48 10/100/1000 with 12 100Mbps/1/2.5/5/10 Gbps UPOE Ethernet ports, with 1100W AC power supply 1RU, LAN Base feature set
WS-C3850-12X48U-S Stackable 48 10/100/1000 with 12 100Mbps/1/2.5/5/10 Gbps UPOE Ethernet ports, with 1100W AC power supply 1RU, IP Base feature set
WS-C3850-12X48U-E Stackable 48 10/100/1000 with 12 100Mbps/1/2.5/5/10 Gbps UPOE Ethernet ports, with 1100W AC power supply 1RU, IP Services feature set
WS-C3850-24XU-L Stackable 24 100Mbps/1/2.5/5/10 Gbps UPOE Ethernet ports, with 1100W AC power supply 1RU, LAN Base feature set
WS-C3850-24XU-S Stackable 24 100Mbps/1/2.5/5/10 Gbps UPOE Ethernet ports, with 1100W AC power supply 1RU, IP Base feature set
WS-C3850-24XU-E Stackable 24 100Mbps/1/2.5/5/10 Gbps UPOE Ethernet ports, with 1100W AC power supply 1RU, IP Services feature set
WS-C3850-12S-S Stackable 12 SFP Ethernet ports, with 350WAC power supply 1 RU, IP Base feature set
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 34 of 36 Product Number Product Description
WS-C3850-12S-E Stackable 12 SFP Ethernet ports, with 350WAC power supply 1 RU, IP Services feature set
WS-C3850-24S-S Stackable 24 SFP Ethernet ports, with 350WAC power supply 1 RU, IP Base feature set
WS-C3850-24S-E Stackable 24 SFP Ethernet ports, with 350WAC power supply 1 RU, IP Services feature set
WS-C3850-12XS-S Stackable 12 SFP+ Ethernet ports, with 350WAC power supply 1 RU, IP Base feature set
WS-C3850-12XS-E Stackable 12 SFP+ Ethernet ports, with 350WAC power supply 1 RU, IP Services feature set
WS-C3850-24XS-S Stackable 24 SFP+ Ethernet ports, with 715WAC power supply 1 RU, IP Base feature set
WS-C3850-24XS-E Stackable 24 SFP+ Ethernet ports, with 715WAC power supply 1 RU, IP Services feature set
WS-C3850-48XS-S Standalone, 48 SFP+ and 4 QSFP+ Ethernet ports, with 750WAC front-to-back power supply 1 RU, IP Base feature set
WS-C3850-48XS-E Standalone, 48 SFP+ and 4 QSFP+ Ethernet ports, with 750WAC front-to-back power supply 1 RU, IP Services feature set
WS-C3850-48XS-F-S Standalone, 48 SFP+ and 4 QSFP+ Ethernet ports, with 750WAC back-to-front power supply 1 RU, IP Base feature set
WS-C3850-48XS-F-E Standalone, 48 SFP+ and 4 QSFP+ Ethernet ports, with 750WAC back-to-front power supply 1 RU, IP Services feature set
Cisco Catalyst 3850 Bundles
WS-C3850-24PW-S Cisco Catalyst 3850 24-port PoE IP Base with 5 access point license WS-C3850-48PW-S Cisco Catalyst 3850 48-port PoE IP Base with 5 access point license WS-C3850-24UW-S Cisco Catalyst 3850 24 Port UPOE with 5 access point licenses IP Base WS-C3850-48W-S Cisco Catalyst 3850 48 Port PoE with 5 access point licenses IP Base WS-C3850-48UW-S Cisco Catalyst 3850 48 Port UPOE with 5 access point licenses IP Base WS-C3850-24XUW-S Cisco Catalyst 3850 24 Port UPOE with 24 100Mbps/1/2.5/5/10 Gbps and 5 access point licenses IP Base WS-C3850-12X48UW-S Cisco Catalyst 3850 48 Port UPOE with 12 100Mbps/1/2.5/5/10 Gbps and 5 access point licenses IP Base WS-C3850-16XS-S Cisco Catalyst 3850 12 SFP+ port stackable model, with C3850-NM-4-10G module and 350WAC power supply. 1 RU, IP Base feature set
WS-C3850-16XS-E Cisco Catalyst 3850 12 SFP+ port stackable model, with C3850-NM-4-10G module and 350WAC power supply. 1 RU, IP Services feature set
WS-C3850-32XS-S Cisco Catalyst 3850 24 SFP+ port stackable model, with C3850-NM-8-10G module and 715WAC power supply. 1 RU, IP Base feature set
WS-C3850-32XS-E Cisco Catalyst 3850 24 SFP+ port stackable model, with C3850-NM-8-10G module and 715WAC power supply. 1 RU, IP Services feature set
Network Modules for the Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series
C3850-NM-4-1G= 4 x Gigabit Ethernet network module spare C3850-NM-2-10G= 4 x Gigabit Ethernet/2 x 10 Gigabit Ethernet network module spare C3850-NM-BLANK= Network module blank spare
C3850-NM-4-10G= 4 x Gigabit Ethernet/4 x 10 Gigabit Ethernet network module spare C3850-NM-8-10G= 8 x Gigabit Ethernet/8 x 10 Gigabit Ethernet network module spare C3850-NM-2-40G= 2 x 40 Gigabit Ethernet network module spare Software Licenses
C3850-12-S-E Cisco Catalyst 3850 12-port IP Base to IP Services RTU paper license C3850-24-L-S Cisco Catalyst 3850 24-port Switch LAN Base to IP Base RTU paper license © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 35 of 36 Product Number Product Description
C3850-48-L-S Cisco Catalyst 3850 48-port Switch LAN Base to IP Base RTU paper license C3850-24-L-E Cisco Catalyst 3850 24-port LAN Base to IP Services RTU paper license C3850-48-L-E Cisco Catalyst 3850 48-port LAN Base to IP Services RTU paper license C3850-24-S-E Cisco Catalyst 3850 24-port IP Base to IP Services RTU paper license C3850-48-S-E Cisco Catalyst 3850 48-port IP Base to IP Services RTU paper license L-C3850-24-L-S Cisco Catalyst 3850 24-port LAN Base to IP Base RTU electronic license L-C3850-48-L-S Cisco Catalyst 3850 48-port LAN Base to IP Base RTU electronic license L-C3850-24-L-E Cisco Catalyst 3850 24-port LAN Base to IP Services RTU electronic license L-C3850-48-L-E Cisco Catalyst 3850 48-port LAN Base to IP Services RTU electronic license L-C3850-24-S-E Cisco Catalyst 3850 24-port IP Base to IP Services RTU electronic license L-C3850-48-S-E Cisco Catalyst 3850 48-port IP Base to IP Services RTU electronic license L-C3850-12-S-E Cisco Catalyst 3850 12-port IP Base to IP Services RTU electronic license Access Point Licenses
L-LIC-CT3850-UPG Primary upgrade license SKU for Cisco 3850 wireless controller (e-delivery) L-LIC-CTIOS-1A 1 access point adder license for Cisco IOS Software based wireless controller (e-delivery) LIC-CT3850-UPG Primary upgrade license SKU for Cisco 3850 wireless controller (paper license) LIC-CTIOS-1A 1 access point adder license for the Cisco IOS Software based wireless controller (paper license) Power Supplies and Fan for the Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series PWR-C1-350WAC= 350WAC power supply spare
PWR-C1-715WAC= 715WAC power supply spare
PWR-C1-1100WAC= 1100WAC power supply spare
PWR-C1-440WDC= 440WDC power supply spare
PWR-C1-BLANK= Power supply blank spare
PWR-C3-750WAC-R= 750WAC power supply spare front-to-back airflow for 48XS PWR-C3-750WAC-F= 750WAC power supply spare back-to-front airflow for 48XS PWR-C3-750WDC-R= 750WDC power supply spare front-to-back airflow for 48XS PWR-C3-750WDC-F= 750WDC power supply spare back-to-front airflow for 48XS FAN-T3-R= Fan module spare front-to-back airflow for 48XS FAN-T3-F= Fan module spare back-to-front airflow for 48XS C3850-FAN-T1= Cisco Catalyst 3850 and WLC 5760 Type 1 Fan Module StackWise-480 and StackPower Cables for the Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series STACK-T1-50CM= Cisco StackWise-480 50cm stacking cable spare STACK-T1-1M= Cisco StackWise-480 1m stacking cable spare STACK-T1-3M= Cisco StackWise-480 3m stacking cable spare CAB-SPWR-30CM= Cisco Catalyst 3850 StackPower cable 30cm spare CAB-SPWR-150CM= Cisco Catalyst 3850 StackPower cable 150cm spare Spare Power Cords for the Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series
CAB-TA-NA= AC power cord for Cisco Catalyst 3850 (North America) CAB-TA-AP= AC power cord for Cisco Catalyst 3850 (Australia) CAB-TA-AR= AC power cord for Cisco Catalyst 3850 (Argentina) CAB-TA-SW= AC power cord for Cisco Catalyst 3850 (Switzerland) CAB-TA-UK= AC power cord for Cisco Catalyst 3850 (United Kingdom) CAB-TA-JP= AC power cord for Cisco Catalyst 3850 (Japan) CAB-TA-250VAC-JP= Japan 250VAC power cord for Cisco Catalyst 3850 (Japan) © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 36 of 36 Product Number Product Description
CAB-TA-EU= AC power cord for Cisco Catalyst 3850 (Europe) CAB-TA-IT= AC power cord for Cisco Catalyst 3850 (Italy) CAB-TA-IN= AC power cord for Cisco Catalyst 3850 (India) CAB-TA-CN= AC power cord for Cisco Catalyst 3850 (China) CAB-TA-DN= AC power cord for Cisco Catalyst 3850 (Denmark) CAB-TA-IS= AC power cord for Cisco Catalyst 3850 (Israel) CAB-ACBZ-12A= AC power cord for Cisco Catalyst 3850 (Brazil), 12A/125V BR-3-20 plug up to 12A CAB-ACBZ-10A= AC power cord for Cisco Catalyst 3850 (Brazil), 10A/250V BR-3-10 plug up to 10A CAB-C15-CBN Cabinet jumper power cord, 250 VAC 13A, C14-C15 connectors Spare Accessory and Rack Mount Kits for the Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series C3850-ACC-KIT= Accessory kit for Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series C3850-RAC-KIT= Rack mount kit for Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series C3850-4PT-KIT= Extension rails and brackets for four-point mounting for Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series Optics Compatibility Information
The Cisco Catalyst 3850 Series supports a wide range of optics. Because the list of supported optics is updated on a regular basis, consult the tables available here for the latest QSFP+, SFP+, and SFP compatibility information:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/modules/ps5455/products_device_support_tables_list.html.

Cisco Capital
Financing to Help You Achieve Your Objectives
Cisco Capital can help you acquire the technology you need to achieve your objectives and stay competitive. We can help you reduce CapEx. Accelerate your growth. Optimize your investment dollars and ROI. Cisco Capital financing gives you flexibility in acquiring hardware, software, services, and complementary third-party equipment.

And there’s just one predictable payment. Cisco Capital is available in more than 100 countries. Learn more.

Printed in USA C78-720918-22 11/16
EX77900 Series 1 www.EtherWAN.com
rev. A11
Overview
EtherWAN’s EX77900 Series provides a Hardened Full-Gigabit Managed 28-port switching platform that combines the advantages of Layer 3 routing protocols with robust management features and hardened specifications. With support for static routing, Routing Information Protocol (RIP) V1/V2, and Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP), these switches deliver outstanding flexibility and security in a high performance and cost-effective package.

The EX77900 Series is equipped with twenty-eight gigabit ports, or a combination of twenty-four Gigabit copper ports and four10G SFP+ for connecting the switch to the core network. Mountable on a 1U rack, the switches are equipped with EtherWAN’s Alpha-Ring self-healing technology, providing less than 15ms fault recovery time making it ideal for applications intolerant to interruption.

A broad range of management features and options includes port security, IGMP snooping, port-based VLAN, GARP protocols, link aggregation and ACL, via web browser, telnet, SSH, SNMP, RMON, TFTP, and RS-232 console interfaces. With the hardened specifications, the EX77900 Series is designed to operate at -40°C to 75°C in harsh environments, and is IEC 61850 & IEEE 1613 compliant, capable of operating under high EMI environments, making it an ideal choice for missioncritical applications.

EtherWAN – When Connectivity is Crucial.

Spotlight
• Hardened Grade
◦ Wide operating temperature range for extreme environments ◦ Fanless and ruggedized housing
◦ High shock and electric noise immunity
• 10GbE Connectivity
◦ Four 10G SFP+ for connecting the switch to the core network • Layer 3 Routing
◦ Static IP routing
◦ Routing Information Protocol (RIP) v1/v2
EX77900 Series
Lite L3 Hardened Managed 24-port Gigabit and 4-port 1G/10G SFP+ Ethernet Switch
SFP
Option
EX77900 Series 2 www.EtherWAN.com
rev. A11
Software Features
Management
• Interface
◦ CLI, Telnet and Web Browser
◦ SNMP v1/v2c/v3
• Firmware and configuration upgrade and backup via TFTP • Supports DHCP Server/Client
• RMON (Remote monitoring)
• Port mirroring: TX/RX and both
• NTP (Network Time Protocol) time synchronization
• IEEE802.1ab LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol)
Security
• MAC address filtering
• Enable/disable port
• Storm control (broadcast and multicast types)
• IEEE802.1x LAN access control
• Remote authentication through RADIUS
• SSH for CLI and Telnet security
• SSL for web security
• ACL
Quality of Service (QoS)
• Priority Queues: 4 queues per port
• Traffic classification based on IEEE802.1p CoS, DSCP, WRR (Weighted round robin) and strict mode • Rate Limiting (Ingress/Egress)
Layer 2 Features
• Auto-negotiation for port speed and duplex mode
• Flow Control
• IEEE802.3x full duplex mode
◦ Back-Pressure half duplex mode
• Redundant Protocol
◦ IEEE802.1D Spanning Tree Protocol (STP)
◦ IEEE802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP)
◦ IEEE802.1s Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP)
◦ EtherWAN’s α-Ring network fault recovery (<15ms) and α-Chain • VLANs
◦ Port-based VLANs
◦ IEEE802.1Q Tag VLANs (128 groups, 4096 VID)
◦ GVRP (GARP VLAN Registration Protocol)
◦ GMRP (GARP Multicast Registration Protocol)
• Link Aggregation
◦ Static Trunk (4 groups, support MAC base)
◦ IEEE802.3ad Link Aggregation Control Protocol
• IGMP Snooping
◦ IGMP snooping v1/v2/v3
Layer 3 Features (Available in Q4 2016)
• Routing Protocols
◦ Maximum number of routes in hardware:64 entries
◦ Static routing
◦ RIP V1/V2
• Routing Redundancy
◦ VRRP
EX77900 Series 3 www.EtherWAN.com
rev. A11
Software Features - continued
Performance
• Switching Capability: 128Gbps
• Packet Buffer Size: 12M bits
• MAC Address Table: 16K
• Jumbo Frame: 9216 bytes
Hardware Specifications
Technology
Standards
• IEEE802.3 10BASE-T
• IEEE802.3u 100BASE-TX/100BASE-FX
• IEEE802.3ab 1000BASE-T
• IEEE802.3z 1000BASE-SX/1000BASE-LX
• IEEE802.3x Full duplex and flow control
• IEEE802.1p QoS
• IEEE802.1Q Tag VLANs
• IEEE802.1w RSTP
• IEEE802.1x Port-based Network Access Control
Forward and Filtering Rate
• 14,880pps for 10Mbps
• 148,810pps for 100Mbps
• 1,488,100pps for 1000Mbps
Packet Buffer Memory
• 12M bits
Processing Type
• Store-and-Forward
• Auto-Negotiation
• Half-duplex back-pressure and IEEE802.3x full-duplex flow control
• Auto MDI/MDIX
Address Table Size
• 16K MAC addresses
Power
Input
• Power input can be configured as:

1. ± 48VDC (Terminal Block)

2. 100–240VAC (Terminal Block)

3. 100–240VAC (AC Inlet)

4. ± 48VDC Redundant (Terminal Block)

5. 100–240VAC Redundant (Terminal Block)

6. 100–240VAC Redundant (AC Inlet)
Power Consumption
• 31.08W
Mechanical
Casing
• Metal Case
• IP30
Dimensions
• 430mm (W) x 375mm (D) x 44.2mm (H)
(16.9" (W) x 14.7" (D) x 1.74" (H)
Weight
• 5.27kg
Installation
• Rack mounting
Interface
Ethernet Ports
• 10/100/1000BASE-TX: 24 or 16 ports
• 1000BASE SFP: 8 ports
• 10G SFP+: 4 ports
Console Port
• One DB9 RS-232 port
USB port
• One USB port (Type A connector)
Alarm Contact
• One relay output with current 1A @ 250VAC
LED Indicators
• Per Unit: Power
• Per Port: Link/Activity (Green)
Environment
Operating Temperature
• -40°C to 75°C (-40°F to 167°F)
Storage Temperature
• -45°C to 85°C (-49°F to 185°F)
Ambient Relative Humidity
• 5% to 95% (non-condensing)
Regulatory Approvals
ISO
• Manufactured in an ISO 9001 facility
EMI
FCC Part 15B Class A
VCCI Class A
EN 61000-6-4
EMS
EN 61000-6-2
• EN 61000-4-2 (ESD Standards)
• EN 61000-4-3 (Radiated RFI Standards)
• EN 61000-4-4 (Burst Standards)
• EN 61000-4-5 (Surge Standards)
• EN 61000-4-6 (Induced RFI Standards)
• EN 61000-4-8 (Magnetic Field Standards)
Environmental Test Compliance
IEC 60068-2-6 Fc (Vibration Resistance)
IEC 60068-2-27 Ea (Shock)
FED STD 101C Method 5007.1 (Free fall w/ package)
Industrial Compliance
IEC 61850-3 / IEEE 1613 (pending)
EX77900 Series 4 www.EtherWAN.com
rev. A11
Dimensions

44.2mm
(1.74”)
375mm (14.7”)
430mm (16.9”)
Back
Side Top
Front
EX77900 Series 5 www.EtherWAN.com
rev. A11
Ordering Information
Model
EX77964-8VZ Hardened Managed 16-port 10/100/1000BASE-TX + 8-port 1000BASE SFP Combo + 4-port 1G/10G SFP+ Ethernet Switch
Power Input Interface (Z)
T ± 48VDC (Terminal Block)
W 100–240VAC (Terminal Block)
C 100–240VAC (AC Inlet)
TR ± 48VDC Redundant (Terminal Block)
WR 100–240VAC Redundant (Terminal Block)
CR 100–240VAC Redundant (AC Inlet)
New Product Bulletin
Hirschmann™ Full Gigabit
Ethernet Switch MACH1040:

High-Voltage Resistant, and
Optional Layer 3 Software.

MACH1040 with Layer 3 Wire-speed
Technology
The new Layer 3 software makes it now possible
to use Hirschmann™ Gigabit Ethernet switches
from the MACH1040 family as routers. The
non-blocking architecture delivers extremely
fast functionality; in addition to static and
dynamic routing, this also includes multicast
routing and router redundancy.

The switches of the Hirschmann™ MACH1000
family provide users with the highest level of
both flexibility and security for the future. Its
design features 16 Gigabit combo ports with
a temperature range from -40°C to +70°C as
well as a fanless cooling system. This allows
to build fast data networks under severe EMI
conditions using either twisted-pair or fiberoptic cabling.

Not only strong in the Power Zone:
the MACH1000 Family
Well proven as substation switches, the robust
MACH1000 devices have been specifically
designed to meet the requirements of power
generation and distribution. Yet their capabilities
are not limited to this sector – they also perform
exceptionally well under extreme ambient
conditions and high temperatures in the fields
of transport and industrial automation a well
as in the military sector.

Product Features
• 16 GE ports with non-blocking architecture
• PTP IEEE1588v2 on board, accuracy 30 ns
• Highest flexibility through 16 GE combo ports
• Extensive Layer 2 and Layer 3 software
• Fastest ring recovery times
• Optional 4 PoE ports
• Extremely fast boot time: <10 seconds
• High operational safety through:
– High vibration resistance
– Immunity to electrostatic discharge
and magnetic fields
– Fanless cooling
– Redundant power supply
NP 1019HE
Hirschmann™ MACH1040
Full Gigabit Ethernet Switch
Extremely robust network
solutions for extreme conditions.

P
2 This IP30 Layer 2 switch, which is also optionally
available with Layer 3 software, is highly
vibration-resistant as well as insensitive to
electrostatic discharges and magnetic fields.

The fanless cooling and redundant power supply
systems also contribute to operational safety.

Upon request, circuit boards are available with
a conformal coating for protection against
condensation.

Further features include comprehensive
management and redundancy methods for
configuration and diagnostics. The highperformance Layer 3 version transmits data in real time (wire-speed). Using a USB interface
connected to the auto-configuration adapter
ACA 21-USB, it is possible to save and reuse
all configuration data and the operating
system whenever required.

Managed Gigabit Ethernet-Switch with 16 Ports
Future-proof, highperformance solution
for the power generation
and distribution industries.
sub ring
Fast HIPER ring
< 10ms
sub ring

HIRSCHMANN

HIRSCHMANN

HIRSCHMANN

HIRSCHMANN

HIRSCHMANN

HIRSCHMANN

HIRSCHMANN

HIRSCHMANN

HIRSCHMANN
MACH1000
MACH1000 MACH1000
MACH1000
MACH1000
MACH1000
MACH1000
RSR

RSR RSR
RSR
MACH1000
MACH1000
MACH1000
More Choice through more Versions

1. Design
MAR1040 Full GE-Switch
MAR1042 Full GE-Switch, PoE
MAR1140 Full GE-Switch, backside ports
MAR1142 Full GE-Switch, backside ports, PoE

2. Gigabit Ports
4C4C4C4C9999 16 ports GE combo ports

3. Temperature Range
S 0 °C to +60 °C
T -40 °C to +70 °C
E -40 °C to +70 °C with conformal coating

4. Power Supply 1
L 24/36/48 V/DC
M 110/250 VDC, 110/230 VAC

5. Power Supply 2
9 Empty
L 24/36/48 V/DC
M 110/250 VDC, 110/230 VAC

6. Approvals
H cUL508*, cUL/1604 class 1 DIV* 2, GL*,
IEC 61850, IEEE1613, NEMA TS*

7. Software
P Layer 2 Professional
R Layer 3
* pending
Example
MAR1042 4C4C4C4C9999 E L

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

M H P
3 Technical Data
Product Description
Description Full Gigabit Ethernet Switch managed, industrial switch for 19“ cabinet, fanless design, Software Layer 2 Professional, available with backside ports and 4 PoE ports
Port type and quantity 16 Gigabit Ethernet Combo Ports (1 TX plus related SFP slot), TX Ports support 10/100/1000 BASE TX, SFP slots support FE and GE SFPs Additional Interfaces
V.24 interface 1x RJ11-socket
USB interface 1x USB to connect auto-configuration adapter ACA 21-USB EEC Network Range – Cascadability
Line/star topology Any
Ring structure (HIPER ring) 10/100/200 switches
Fault recovery time <10 ms/<40 ms/<60 ms
Power Supply
Operating voltage 24/36/48 VDC (18–60 V) or 120/250 VDC (77–320 V) and 110/230 VAC (90–265 V) Software
Management Serial interface, web interface, SNMP v1/v2, HiVision, file transfer via HTTP/TFTP Diagnostics LEDs, log file, syslog, relay contact, RMON, port mirroring, Topology Discovery 802.1AB, cable tester (TX), address conflict detection, network error detection, SFP diagnostics (temperature, optical input/output power) Configuration Command line interface (CLI), TELNET, BootP, DHCP, DHCP Option 82, HiDiscovery, auto-configuration adapter (ACA 21-USB), integrated DHCP server, automatic invalid configuration undo Security Port Security (IP und MAC), SNMP V3, SSH, Authentication (802.1x), Radius Authentication for SNMPv3 (Web) Redundancy HIPER-Ring, Fast HIPER-Ring, MRP (IEC-ring functionality), MSTP, RSTP 802.1w, MRP and RSTP in parallel, link aggregation, multiple rings
Filter QoS 8 classes, port priority (IEEE 802.1D/p), VLAN (IEEE 802.1Q), multicast (IGMP snooping/querier), unknown multicast detection, broadcast/unicast/multicast limiter, fast aging, GMRP IEEE 802.1D, flow control 802.3x Synchronization SNTP Server, PTP/IEEE 1588, v1/v2 hardware timestamp with accuracy of 30 ns Layer 3 Full wired speed IPv4 routing with lowest latency, Multinetting (Aliasing), Net directed broadcasts, Port based router interfaces, Proxy ARP, Static routing with ECMP (Equal Cost Multiple Path), VLAN based router interfaces, CIDR (Classless Inter Domain Routing), ICMP Router Discovery (IRDP), Double VLAN Tagging, Protocol based VLANs, Multicast Routing (DVMRP, IGMPv1/v2/v3, Multicast routing and IGMP Unknown Multicast Filtering simultaneously, PIM-DM), Router Redundancy (VRRP, VRRP tracking, HIVRRP, Interface Tracking, OSPFv2, Ping Tracking, RIPv1,RIPv2, Tracking of static routes Ambient Conditions
Operating temperature 0° to +60°C, or
-40°C to +70°C (IEC 60068-2-2 Dry Heat Test +85°C, 16 Hours), optional conformal coating Storage/transport temperature -40°C to +85°C
Relative humidity 10% to 95% (non-condensing)
Approvals
Safety of industrial control equipment cUL 508 (pending) Hazardous location cUL1604 class 1 DIV 2 (pending)
Germanischer Lloyd GL (pending)
Substation IEC 61850-3, IEEE1613
Transport NEMA TS2, EN50121-4, EN50155 (pending)
4 Phone +49 (0)7127/14-1809 www.beldensolutions.com
©Copyright 2010, Belden Inc. NP 1019HE

07.10 Be sure to opt for a complete business solution for your network. In addition to its broad product portfolio, Belden offers you a complete range of manufacturer-independent services. Whether it is consulting, training or support – the Belden® Competence Center provides tailor-made services from one source. No matter which technology you are using.

Our experts will support you from the network design stage to the optimization of operational measures. Up-to-date manufacturing expertise, an international service network and quick access to external specialists guarantee the best possible assistance. Come and arrange your personal service package now!
Belden® Competence Center
Train ng
Consulting
Support
i
Always the Right Solution
Belden is one of the world’s leading suppliers of signal transmission solutions including cable, connectivity and active components for mission-critical applications ranging from industrial automation and alternative power generation through to professional broadcasting. Belden offers an extensive portfolio of highly specialized products for management, control and field level, which the company produces and markets under its proprietary Belden®, Hirschmann™ and Lumberg Automation™ brands.

Be Certain with Belden: Single Source Solutions
All Belden products are designed to interact seamlessly. For optimum result we recommend the combined use of Hirschmann™ switches and Belden copper cables for Industrial Ethernet. Used together they deliver the highest quality performance and the most reliable connection in any industrial application.

Visit www.beldensolutions.com for more information, including brochure NP123E: Belden® Copper Cables for Industrial Ethernet.

ED3175 1 www.EtherWAN.com
rev. A1.1
Overview
The ED3175 Series Managed Ethernet Extender enables the extension of Ethernet connectivity over existing copper pair allowing legacy infrastructure to be leveraged for IP networks and extending the Ethernet distance limitations of 100 meters.

With eight Ethernet LAN ports and two copper VDSL uplink ports, the ED3175 provides excellent network extension flexibility.

Upgrading an existing legacy control or surveillance system to a new IP-based system is a complicated task, especially when existing cable infrastructure is old copper or twisted pair cable. EtherWAN’s ED3175 Series provides Ethernet connection and extension over these existing copper wire cables, minimizing the expense of pulling new cable infrastructure.

The ED3175 Series is built with hardened specifications, providing wide temperature operation range from -40°C to 75°C to overcome severe outdoor environments. The ED3175’s management provides remote login feature to execute configuration changing, link status check and device maintenance. Cooperating with managed switches, the ED3175 performs seamless OAM (Operation, Administration and Maintenance) functions. Incorporating VDSL technology, the ED3175’s RJ11 and terminal block extender ports provide long distance transmission with 50Mbps rate at 300 meters, or 1Mbps at 1900 meters.

Spotlight
• Supports Alpha-ring at Extender Ports
◦ Alpha-ring provides network connection redundancy
◦ Provides 50Mbps transmission rate with 300 meters distances • Managed Functions
◦ Supports IEEE802.3ah OAM standards
◦ Supports SNMPv1, SNMPv2
◦ Supports bandwidth control and VLAN base priority tag • Wide Operating Temperature
◦ -40°C to 75°C wide operating temperature range design is suitable for installation in outdoor cabinet ED3175 Series
Hardened Managed 8-port 10/100BASE-TX Switch with 2-port Copper Pair Extender
Ethernet Extenders over Copper Pair
ED3175 2 www.EtherWAN.com
rev. A1.1
Software Features
Management
• Interface
◦ CLI, Telnet and Web Browser
◦ SNMP v1/v2c/v3
• Firmware and configuration upgrade and backup via TFTP • Supports DHCP Server/Client
• RMON (Remote monitoring): group 1, 2, 3, 9
• Port mirroring: TX/RX and both
• NTP (Network Time Protocol) time synchronization
Security
• MAC address filtering
• Enable/disable port
• Storm control (broadcast and multicast types)
• IEEE802.1x LAN access control
• Remote authentication through RADIUS
• SSH for CLI and Telnet security
• SSL for web security
Quality of Service (QoS)
• Priority Queues: 4 queues per port
• Traffic classification based on IEEE802.1p CoS, DSCP, WRR (Weighted round robin) • Rate Limiting (Ingress/Egress)
Layer 2 Features
• Auto-negotiation for port speed and duplex mode
• Flow Control
◦ IEEE802.3x full duplex mode
◦ Back-Pressure half duplex mode
• Redundant Protocol
◦ IEEE802.1D Spanning Tree Protocol (STP)
◦ IEEE802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP)
◦ IEEE802.1s Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP)
◦ EtherWAN’s Alpha-Ring network fault recovery (<15ms) and Alpha-Chain • VLANs
◦ Port-based VLANs
◦ IEEE802.1Q Tag VLANs (4096 VID)
◦ GVRP (GARP VLAN Registration Protocol)
◦ GMRP (GARP Multicast Registration Protocol)
• Link Aggregation
◦ Static Trunk (2 groups, support MAC base)
• IGMP Snooping
◦ IGMP snooping v1/v2/v3
Performance
• Switching Capability: 900Mbps
• Packet Buffer Size: 256KB
• MAC Address Table: 8K
ED3175 3 www.EtherWAN.com
rev. A1.1
Speed / Distance Reference
Speed Distance
1 1Mbps 1,900m (6,232 ft.)
2 3Mbps 1,800m (5,904 ft.)
3 5Mbps 1,600m (5,249 ft.)
4 10Mbps 1,400m (4,593 ft.)
5 15Mbps 1,200m (3,936 ft.)
6 20Mbps 1,000m (3,280 ft.)
7 25Mbps 800m (2,624 ft.)
8 30Mbps 700m (2,296 ft.)
9 40Mbps 600m (1,968 ft.)
10 50Mbps 300m ( 984 ft.)
Console Port
• Port: One DB9 RS-232 port
DIP-Switch
• One DIP Switch: Local (CO) or Remote (CPE)
Alarm Contact
• One relay output with current 1A @ 24VDC
Environment
Operating Temperature
• -40°C to 75°C (-40°F to 167°F)
Tested @ -40°C to 85°C (-40°F to 185°F)
Storage Temperature
• -40°C to 85°C (-40°F to 185°F)
Ambient Relative Humidity
• 5% to 95% (non-condensing)
Regulatory Approvals
ISO
• Manufactured in an ISO9001 facility
EMI
FCC Part 15B, Class A
EN61000-6-4
EN55022
EN61000-3-2
EN61000-3-3
EMS
EN61000-6-2
• EN61000-4-2 (ESD Standards)
• EN61000-4-3 (Radiated RFI Standards)
• EN61000-4-4 (Burst Standards)
• EN61000-4-5 (Surge Standards)
• EN61000-4-6 (Induced RFI Standards)
• EN61000-4-8 (Magnetic Field Standards)
Environmental Test Compliance
IEC60068-2-6 Fc (Vibration)
IEC60068-2-27 Ea (Shock)
FED STD 101C Method5007.1 (Free fall w/ package)
Hardware Specifications
Technology
Standards
• IEEE802.3 10BASE-T
• IEEE802.3u 100BASE-TX
• IEEE802.3x Full duplex and flow control
• IEEE802.1p QoS
• IEEE802.1Q Tag VLANs
• IEEE802.1w RSTP
• IEEE802.1x Port-based Network Access Control
Forward and Filtering Rate
• 14,880pps for 10Mbps
• 148,810pps for 100Mbps
Packet Buffer Memory
• 2M bits
Processing Type
• Store-and-Forward
• Half-duplex back-pressure and IEEE802.3x full-duplex flow control
Address Table Size
• 8192 MAC addresses
Power
Input Voltage
• 12 to 48VDC (Terminal Block)
• 12VDC (DC Jack)
Power Consumption
• 11W Max. 0.92A @ 12VDC, 0.46A @ 24VDC
Protection
• Over current protection
• Reverse polarity protection
Mechanical
Casing
• Aluminum case, IP30
Dimensions
• 60mm (W) x 125mm (D) x 145mm (H)
(2.36" (W) x 4.92" (D) x 5.7" (H))
Weight
• 1.1Kg (2.42lbs.)
Installation
• DIN-Rail (Top hat type 35mm)
Interface
Ethernet Ports
• 10/100BASE-TX: 8 ports
Ethernet Extender Ports
• RJ-11 and Terminal Block port : 2 ports
• Speed: 1/3/5/10/15/20/25/30/40/50Mbps
• Cable: Telephone wire 24 AWG (Minimum 0.5mm diameter, 1-pair wire) at 1900meters max.

LED Indicators
• Per Unit: Power Status (Power 1, Power 2, Power 3)
• Per Port RJ45: 10/100TX: Link/Activity, Speed
• Per Extender Port: Link
ED3175 4 www.EtherWAN.com
rev. A1.1
Dimensions
Front Side
Top
Bottom
Back
60mm
(2.36”) 125mm (4.92”)
145mm (5.7”)
Application Diagram
α(Alpha)-Ring

CONTROL CENTER
ED3175 Series
RJ11 RJ11
RJ11 RJ11
Cat.5
Ethernet
Tele
Wire
phone
ED3175 5 www.EtherWAN.com
rev. A1.1
Ordering Information
Model
ED3175-82B Hardened Managed 8-port 10/100BASE-TX Switch with 2-port Copper Pair Extender * DIN-Rail mounting kit included
Optional Accessories
KP-AA96-480 Panel mounting kit
KR-BK71000 Rack mounting Kit
MDR-40-48 40W/0.83A DIN-Rail 48VDC Industrial Power Supply (for Terminal Block) DR-30-24 30W/1.5A DIN-Rail 24VDC Industrial Power Supply (for Terminal Block) DR-60-24 60W/2.5A DIN-Rail 24VDC Industrial Power Supply (for Terminal Block) DR-75-24 75W/3.2A DIN-Rail 24VDC Industrial Power Supply (for Terminal Block) DR-120-24 120W/5A DIN-Rail 24VDC Industrial Power Supply (for Terminal Block) 41-136046-X 36W/3A 12VDC hardened power adapter with open wire in aluminum housing (for Terminal Block) (X)=1: US, 2: EU, 3: UK, 4: AU, 5: JP, 6: SA
41-136044-X 36W/3A 12VDC hardened power adapter with latched DC jack in aluminum housing (for DC Jack) (X)=1: US, 2: EU, 3: UK, 4: AU, 5: JP, 6: SA
SFP Modules
Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP)
Copper and Optical Fiber Transceivers
LIFETIME WARRANTY WWW.COMNET.NET TECH SUPPORT: 1.888.678.9427

FEATURES
› Interchangeable SFP for fiber type, distance and connector › IEEE 802.3 compliant
› Conforms to (SFP) Small Form-Factor Pluggable Multi-Source Agreement (MSA) › Operating temperature: -40˚ C to +75˚ C
› Storage temperature: -40˚ C to +85˚ C
› No in-field adjustments required
› Lifetime Warranty
The ComNet selection of MSA Compliant Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP) modules allows for an optical or electrical interface when using a ComNet managed switch, unmanaged switch or media converter. These interchangeable SFP modules are available for use with copper media, multimode optical fiber, or single mode optical fiber. The optical fiber SFP modules are available in Fast Ethernet one and two fiber versions and Gigabit Ethernet one and two fiber versions. They also are available with LC or SC optical connectors. The ComNet SFP modules offer different wavelengths and optical power budget to allow distances from 300 meters to 120 kilometers. These SFP modules are industrially rated to perform in the most difficult operating environments.

A ComNet SFP interface is required for use with all ComNet SFP configurable products to qualify for the ComNet Lifetime Warranty.

SFP Modules Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP) Copper and Optical Fiber Transceivers © 2016 Communication Networks. All Rights Reserved. “ComNet” and the “ComNet Logo” are registered trademarks of Communication Networks. 07 Apr 2016 3 CORPORATE DRIVE | DANBURY, CONNECTICUT 06810 | USA | T: 203.796.5300 | F: 203.796.5303 | TECH SUPPORT: 1.888.678.9427 | [email protected] 8 TURNBERRY PARK ROAD | GILDERSOME | MORLEY | LEEDS, UK LS27 7LE | T: +44 (0)113 307 6400 | F: +44 (0)113 253 7462 | [email protected] Product Number Speed (Mbps)
Transmission
Medium1
TX λ
(nm)
RX λ
(nm) Max. Path Length
TX Power
(dBm)
RX Sensitivity
(dBm)
Opt. Loss
Budget (dBm)
Number
of Fibers Connector
SFP-1 10/100/1000 Copper N/A N/A IEEE 802.3 N/A N/A N/A N/A RJ45 SFP-2 100 Multimode 1310 1310 2 km -19 ≤-30 11 2 LC
SFP-3 100 Single Mode 1310 1310 20 km -15 ≤-31 16 2 LC
SFP-4 100 Single Mode 1310 1310 40 km -14 ≤-34 20 2 LC
SFP-5 100 Single Mode 1550 1550 80 km -5 ≤-31 26 2 LC
SFP-6 1000 Single Mode 1310 1310 15 km -8 ≤-24 16 2 LC
SFP-7 1000 Single Mode 1310 1310 40 km -5 ≤-24 19 2 LC
SFP-8 1000 Single Mode 1550 1550 70 km 0 ≤-24 24 2 LC
SFP-9 1000 Single Mode 1550 1550 120 km 0 ≤-32 32 2 LC
SFP-10A 100 Single Mode 1310 1550 20 km -14 ≤-33 19 1 LC SFP-10B 100 Single Mode 1550 1310 20 km -14 ≤-33 19 1 LC SFP-12A 1000 Single Mode 1310 1550 20 km -8 ≤-22 14 1 LC SFP-12B 1000 Single Mode 1550 1310 20 km -8 ≤-22 14 1 LC SFP-14A 1000 Single Mode 1310 1550 20 km -8 ≤-22 14 1 SC SFP-14B 1000 Single Mode 1550 1310 20 km -8 ≤-22 14 1 SC SFP-16 1000 Multimode 850 850 550 m² -9.5 ≤-17 7.5 2 LC SFP-18A 1000 Single Mode 1310 1550 60 km -1 ≤-26 25 1 LC SFP-18B 1000 Single Mode 1550 1310 60 km -3 ≤-26 23 1 LC SFP-20A 100 Single Mode 1310 1550 60 km -5 ≤-34 29 1 LC SFP-20B 100 Single Mode 1550 1310 60 km -6 ≤-34 28 1 LC SFP-22A 1000 Single Mode 1310 1550 60 km -1 ≤-26 25 1 SC SFP-22B 1000 Single Mode 1550 1310 60 km -3 ≤-26 23 1 SC SFP-24A 100 Single Mode 1310 1550 60 km -5 ≤-34 29 1 SC SFP-24B 100 Single Mode 1550 1310 60 km -6 ≤-34 28 1 SC SFP-26A 100 Multimode 1310 1550 2 km -15 ≤-30 15 1 SC
SFP-26B 100 Multimode 1550 1310 2 km -15 ≤-30 15 1 SC
SFP-36A 100 Single Mode 1310 1550 20 km -15 ≤-34 19 1 SC SFP-36B 100 Single Mode 1550 1310 20 km -15 ≤-34 19 1 SC SFP-46 1000 Multimode 1310 1310 2 km -10 -18 8 2 LC
SFP-SX³ 1000 Multimode 850 850 550 m² -9.5 ≤-17 7.5 2 LC SFP-LX³ 1000 Single Mode 1310 1310 10 km² -9.5 ≤-20 10.5 2 LC SFP-LH³ 1000 SM & MM 1310 1310 20 km / 550 m² -3 ≤-20 17 2 LC SFP-ZX³ 1000 Single Mode 1550 1550 70km 0 ≤-23 23 2 LC
SFP-BXU³ 1000 Single Mode 1310 1490 10km -9 ≤-19.5 10.5 1 LC SFP-BXD³ 1000 Single Mode 1490 1310 10km -9 ≤-19.5 10.5 1 LC SFP-LX/C4 1000 Single Mode 1310 1310 10 km² -9.5 ≤-20 10.5 2 LC SFP-10G-SR 10000 Multimode 850 850 OM2 - 26 m/ OM3 - 300 m -3.5 -8 4.5 2 LC SFP-10G-LRM 10000 Multimode 1310 1310 OM2 - 220 m -4 -7 3 2 LC SFP-10G-LR 10000 Single Mode 1310 1310 10 km -3 -11 8 2 LC SFP-10G-ER 10000 Single Mode 1550 1550 40 km 0 -12 12 2 LC SFP-10G-ZR 10000 Single Mode 1550 1550 80 km +2 -20 22 2 LC SFP-10GBX10-U 10000 Single Mode 1270 1330 10 km -3 -11 8 1 LC SFP-10G-BX10-D 10000 Single Mode 1330 1270 10 km -3 -11 8 1 LC SFP-10G-BX40-U 10000 Single Mode 1270 1330 40 km 0 -12 12 1 LC SFP-10G0BX40-D 10000 Single Mode 1330 1270 40 km 0 -12 12 1 LC [1] Multimode fiber needs to meet or exceed fiber standard ITU-T G.651. Single mode fiber needs to meet or exceed fiber standard ITU-T G.652. [2] 550 m using laser-optimized 50/125 µm fiber; 300 m using 62.5/125 µm fiber. [3] ComNet SFP modules will optically communicate with properly matched Cisco SFPs when Cisco SFPs are installed in a Cisco switch. Note that ComNet SFPs will not operate when installed in a Cisco switch.
[4] The SFP module is 100% compatible with all Cisco SFP based routers and switches, as well as Cisco IOS software. This is not a Cisco OEM brand module.

Complies with FDA Performance Standard for Laser Products, Title 21, Code of Federal Regulations, Subchapter J In a continuing effort to improve and advance technology, product specifications are subject to change without notice.

AGENCY COMPLIANCE

SPECIFICATIONS AND ORDERING INFORMATION
SFP Modules Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP) Copper and Optical Fiber Transceivers LIFETIME WARRANTY WWW.COMNET.NET TECH SUPPORT: 1.888.678.9427

COMPATIBILITY INFORMATION
10/100/1000 Mbps SFP Model (SFP-1) Compatibility*
ComNet Ethernet Model SFP -1
CNGE4US •
CNGE8US •
* SFP-1 is intended for use with the indicated ComNet products.

They may function in other products, but only where both ends are capable of 1 Gbps speed. Contact our Design Center if you have any questions about using this SFP Model in your application. 100 Mbps SFP Model Compatibility
ComNet Ethernet Model SFP-2 SFP- 3 SFP- 4 SFP- 5 SFP- 10A SFP- 10B SFP- 20A SFP- 20B SFP- 24A SFP- 24B SFP- 26A SFP- 26B SFP- 36A SFP- 36B CNGE3FE7MS2 • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE3FE7MS3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE3FE7MS4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE2FE8MSPOE • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE2FE8MSPOE+ • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE2FE16MS • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE8FX4TX4MS • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE5MS • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE8MS • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE12MS • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE20MS • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE24MS • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE28FX4TX24MSPOE2/48 • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
RLGE20FX4TX16MS(LV,HV) • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
RLXE4GE24MODMS/8SFP • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
RL1000GW/ESFP • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
RLGE2FE16R • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CWGE2FE8MSPOE • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CWGE2FE24MODMS/8SFP • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CWGE24MS • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CWGE26FX2TX24MSPOE • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE2+2SMS[POE][HO] • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNFE8FX8US • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNFE8FX4TX4US • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNFE4FX2TX2US • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNFE4FX4US • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
FE2MC-B • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNFE2MC • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNFE2MC[AC]-M • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNFE22MC • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNFE2MC2C[/M] • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNMCSFP/M • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNMCSFP • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNMC2SFP • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
RLMCSFP • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CWFESFPMCPOE30/M • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CWFESFPMCPOE60/M • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNFESFPMCPOE30/M • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNFESFPMCPOE60/M • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNFE2MCPOE[2][/M] • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNMC[2]SFPPOE[/M] • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNFE2DOE2 • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNFE8TCOE • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNFE8RCOE • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
SFP Modules Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP) Copper and Optical Fiber Transceivers LIFETIME WARRANTY WWW.COMNET.NET TECH SUPPORT: 1.888.678.9427 1000 Mbps SFP Model Compatibility
SFP-6 SFP-7 SFP-8 SFP-9 SFP-12A SFP-12B SFP-14A SFP-14B SFP-16 SFP-18A SFP-18B SFP-22A SFP-22B SFP-46 CNGE3FE7MS2 • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE3FE7MS3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE3FE7MS4 • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE2FE8MSPOE • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE2FE8MSPOE+ • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE2FE16MS • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE8FX4TX4MS • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE5MS • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE8MS • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE12MS • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE20MS • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE24MS • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE2FE24MS • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE2FE24MSPOE • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE28FX4TX24MS • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE28FX4TX24MSPOE • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE28FX4TX24MSPOE2/48 • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
RLGE20FX4TX16MS(LV,HV) • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
RLXE4GE24MODMS/1G4SFP • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
RLXE4GE24MODMS/8SFP • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
RL1000GW/ESFP • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
RLGE2FE16R • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CWGE2FE8MSPOE • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CWGE2FE8MSPOE+ • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CWGE9MS • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CWGE2FE24MODMS/CHASSIS • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CWGE24MODMS • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CWGE24MS • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CWGE28FX4TX24MS • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CWGE26FX2TX24MSPOE • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE2FE4SMS[POE][HO] • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE2+2SMS[POE][HO] • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE4US • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE8US • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE2MC • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE2MC-M • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE22MC • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNMCSFP/M • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNMCSFP • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNMC2SFP • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNGE2MCPOEM • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
CNMC[2]SFPPOE[/M] • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
RLMCSFP • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
FVT/FVR40SFP • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
FVT/FVR80SFP • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
FVT/FVR40D2SFP • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
FVT/FVR40D4SFP • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
FVT/FVR80D2SFP • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
FVT/FVR80D4SFP • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
FVT/FVR80D8SFP • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
FVT/FVR8SFP2R • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
FVT/FVR8SFP2RD8 • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
FVT/FVR10D2I1C4E • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
FVT/FVR20D2I1C4E • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
FVT/FVR40D2I1C4E • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
SFP Modules Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP) Copper and Optical Fiber Transceivers LIFETIME WARRANTY WWW.COMNET.NET TECH SUPPORT: 1.888.678.9427 1000 Mbps SFP Cisco-Match Model Compatibility

SFP-SX SFP-LX SFP-LH SFP-ZX SFP-BXU SFP-BXD
CNGE3FE7MS2 • • • • • •
CNGE3FE7MS3 • • • • • •
CNGE3FE7MS4 • • • • • •
CNGE2FE8MSPOE • • • • • •
CNGE2FE8MSPOE+ • • • • • •
CNGE2FE16MS • • • • • •
CNGE8FX4TX4MS • • • • • •
CNGE5MS • • • • • •
CNGE8MS • • • • • •
CNGE12MS • • • • • •
CNGE20MS • • • • • •
CNGE24MS • • • • • •
CNGE2FE24MS • • • • • •
CNGE2FE24MSPOE • • • • • •
CNGE28FX4TX24MS • • • • • •
CNGE28FX4TX24MSPOE • • • • • •
CNGE28FX4TX24MSPOE2/48 • • • • • •
RLGE20FX4TX16MS(LV,HV) • • • • • •
RLXE4GE24MODMS/1G4SFP • • • • • •
RLXE4GE24MODMS/8SFP • • • • • •
RL1000GW/ESFP • • • • • •
RLGE2FE16R • • • • • •
CWGE2FE8MSPOE • • • • • •
CWGE2FE8MSPOE+ • • • • • •
CWGE9MS • • • • • •
CWGE2FE24MODMS/CHASSIS • • • • • •
CWGE24MODMS • • • • • •
CWGE24MS • • • • • •
CWGE28FX4TX24MS • • • • • •
CWGE26FX2TX24MSPOE • • • • • •
CNGE2FE4SMS[POE][HO] • • • • • •
CNGE2+2SMS[POE][HO] • • • • • •
CNGE4US • • • • • •
CNGE8US • • • • • •
CNGE2MC • • • • • •
CNGE2MC-M • • • • • •
CNGE22MC • • • • • •
CNMCSFP/M • • • • • •
CNMCSFP • • • • • •
CNMC2SFP • • • • • •
CNGE2MCPOEM • • • • • •
CNMC[2]SFPPOE[/M] • • • • • •
RLMCSFP • • • • • •
FVT/FVR40SFP • • • • • •
FVT/FVR80SFP • • • • • •
FVT/FVR40D2SFP • • • • • •
FVT/FVR40D4SFP • • • • • •
FVT/FVR80D2SFP • • • • • •
FVT/FVR80D4SFP • • • • • •
FVT/FVR80D8SFP • • • • • •
FVT/FVR8SFP2R • • • • • •
FVT/FVR8SFP2RD8 • • • • • •
FVT/FVR10D2I1C4E • • • • • •
FVT/FVR20D2I1C4E • • • • • •
FVT/FVR40D2I1C4E • • • • • •
SFP Modules Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP) Copper and Optical Fiber Transceivers © 2016 Communication Networks. All Rights Reserved. “ComNet” and the “ComNet Logo” are registered trademarks of Communication Networks. 07 Apr 2016 3 CORPORATE DRIVE | DANBURY, CONNECTICUT 06810 | USA | T: 203.796.5300 | F: 203.796.5303 | TECH SUPPORT: 1.888.678.9427 | [email protected] 8 TURNBERRY PARK ROAD | GILDERSOME | MORLEY | LEEDS, UK LS27 7LE | T: +44 (0)113 307 6400 | F: +44 (0)113 253 7462 | [email protected] 10 Gbps (10000 Mbps) SFP Model Compatibility
ComNet Ethernet Model SFP-10G-SR SFP-10G-LRM SFP-10G-LR SFP-10G-ER SFP-10G-ZR SFP-10GBX10-U SFP-10G-BX10-D SFP-10G-BX40-U SFP-10G0BX40-D RLXE4GE24MODMS/XE2SFP • • • • • • • • •
RLXE4GE24MODMS/XE4SFP • • • • • • • • •
CopperLine® Extended Distance SFP Model Compatibility
Please see the CL-SFP Data Sheet for more information
ComNet Ethernet Model CL-SFP 1 CL-SFP3
CNGE3FE7MS2 • •
CNGE3FE7MS3 • •
CNGE3FE7MS4 • •
CNGE2FE8MSPOE • •
CNGE2FE8MSPOE+ • •
CNGE2FE16MS • •
CNGE8FX4TX4MS • •
CNGE5MS • •
CNGE8MS • •
CNGE12MS • •
CNGE20MS • •
CNGE24MS • •
CNGE28FX4TX24MSPOE2/48 • •
RLGE20FX4TX16MS(LV,HV) • •
RLXE4GE24MODMS/8SFP • •
RLGE2FE16R • •
CWGE2FE8MSPOE • •
CWGE2FE24MODMS/8SFP • •
CWGE24MS • •
CWGE28FX4TX24MS • •
CWGE26FX2TX24MSPOE • •
CNGE2+2SMS[POE][HO] • •
CNFE8FX8US • •
CNFE8FX4TX4US • •
CNFE4FX2TX2US • •
CNFE4FX4US • •
FE2MC-B • •
CNFE2MC • •
CNFE2MC[AC]-M • •
CNFE22MC • •
CNFE2MC2C[/M] • •
CNMCSFP/M • •
CNMCSFP • •
CNMC2SFP • •
RLMCSFP • •
CWFESFPMCPOE30/M • •
CWFESFPMCPOE60/M • •
CNFESFPMCPOE30/M • •
CNFESFPMCPOE60/M • •
CNFE2MCPOE[2][/M] • •
CNMC[2]SFPPOE[/M] • •
CNFE2DOE2 • •
CNFE8TCOE • •
CNFE8RCOE • •
SFP Series 1 www.EtherWAN.com
rev. A8
Spotlight
• All SFPs have been tested with the best operating performance on EtherWAN switches • The characteristics are performed in accordance with Telcordia Specification GR-468-CORE • Single +3.3V Power Supply
• RoHS Compliant and Lead-free
• AC/AC Differential Electrical Interface
• Eye Safety Designed to meet Laser Class 1 compliant with EN60825-1 • Compliant with Multi-Source Agreement (MSA) Small Form Factor Pluggable (SFP) • EMC requirement meets FCC in the United States and CENELEC EN55022 (CISPR 22) in Europe Ordering Information
100BASE SFP Series*
Non-Hardened (Operating Temperature : 0°C to 70°C / 32°F to 158°F) Model Name Distance Cable Type
Connector
Type
Wavelength
Link
Budget
**
Optical Output
Power Sensitivity
EXFE-R1S4-05H1 100 m - TX - - - -
EX-0155NSP-MB2L 2 Km 62.5 / 125 μm, MM Duplex LC 1310 nm 13 dbm -19 to -14 dBm -32 dbm EX-LM38-A3S-TC-N-B3 2 Km 62.5 / 125 μm / 50 / 125 μm, MM Single LC TX:1310 nm / RX:1550 nm 18 dBm -10 to 0 dbm -28 dbm EX-LM48-A3S-TC-N-B5 2 Km 62.5 / 125 μm / 50 / 125 μm, MM Single LC TX:1550 nm / RX:1310 nm 18 dBm -10 to 0 dbm -28 dbm EX-0155TSP-MB5L 15 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Duplex LC 1310 nm 19 dbm -15 to -8 dBm -34 dbm EX-0155TBP-MB5L 20 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX:1310 nm / RX:1550 nm 18 dBm -14 to -8 dBm -32 dbm EX-0155TBP-LB5L 20 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX:1550 nm / RX:1310 nm 18 dBm -14 to -8 dBm -32 dbm EX-0155TSP-MB6L 40 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Duplex LC 1310 nm 30 dBm -5 to 0 dBm -35 dbm SFP Fiber Transceiver Series
SFP Modules
SFP Series 2 www.EtherWAN.com
rev. A8
100BASE SFP Series*
Hardened (Operating Temperature : -40°C to 85°C / -40°F to 185°F) Model Name Distance Cable Type
Connector
Type
Wavelength Link Budget** Optical Output
Power Sensitivity
EX-0155NSP-MB2L-A 2 Km 62.5 / 125 μm, MM Duplex LC 1310nm 13 dBm -19 to -14 dbm -32 dbm EX-LM38-A3S-TI-N-B3 2 Km 62.5 / 25 μm / 50 / 125 μm, MM Single LC TX: 1310 nm / RX:1550 nm 18 dbm -10 to 0 dbm -28 dbm EX-LM48-A3S-TI-N-B5 2 Km 62.5 / 125 μm / 50 / 125 μm, MM Single LC TX: 1550 nm / RX:1310 nm 18 dbm -10 to 0 dbm -28 dbm EX-0155TSP-MB5L-A 15 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Duplex LC 1310nm 19 dbm -15 to -8 dbm -34 dbm EX-0155TBP-MB5L-A 20 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX: 1310 nm / RX:1550 nm 18 dBm -14 to -8 dbm -32 dbm EX-0155TBP-LB5L-A 20 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX: 1550 nm / RX:1310 nm 18 dBm -14 to -8 dbm -32 dbm EX-0155TSP-MB6L-A 40 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Duplex LC 1310nm 29 dbm -5 to 0 dbm -34 dbm EX-0155TBP-MB6L-A 40 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX: 1310 nm / RX:1550 nm 26 dbm -8 to -3 dbm -34 dbm EX-0155TBP-KB6L-A 40 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX: 1550 nm / RX:1310 nm 26 dbm -8 to -3 dbm -34 dbm * More SFP options upon the request
** Link Budget data is based on pair of the same SFP modules Gigabit SFP Series*
Non-Hardened (Operating Temperature : 0°C to 70°C / 32°F to 158°F) Model Name Distance Cable Type
Connector
Type
Wavelength
Link
Budget
**
Optical
Output Power Sensitivity
EX-1250NSP-SB1L S 275 m / 550 m 62.5 / 125 μm / 50 / 125 μm, MM Duplex LC 850 nm 7.5 dBm -9.5 to -4 dBm -17 dBm EX-1250TBP-MB1L S 550 m 62.5 / 125 μm / 50/125 μm, MM Single LC TX: 1310 nm / RX: 1550 nm 7 dBm -10 to -4 dBm -17 dBm EX-1250TBP-LB1L S 550 m 62.5 / 125 μm / 50 / 125 μm, MM Single LC TX: 1550 nm / RX: 1310 nm 7 dBm -10 to -4 dBm -17 dBm EX-1250TSP-MB2L S 2 Km 62.5 / 125 μm, MM Duplex LC 1310 nm 13.5 dBm -9.5 to -3 dBm -23 dBm EX-1250TSP-MB4L S 10 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Duplex LC 1310 nm 11.5 dBm -9.5 to -3 dBm -21 dBm EX-1250TBP-MB4L S 10 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX: 1310 nm / RX: 1550 nm 12 dBm -9 to -3 dBm -21 dBm EX-1250TBP-KB4L S 10 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX: 1550 nm / RX: 1310 nm 12 dBm -9 to -3 dBm -21 dBm EX-1250TSP-MB5L S 20 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Duplex LC 1310 nm 15 dBm -9 to -3 dBm -24 dBm EX-1250TBP-MB5L S 20 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX: 1310 nm / RX: 1550 nm 15 dBm -8 to -3 dBm -23 dBm EX-1250TBP-KB5L S 20 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX: 1550 nm / RX: 1310 nm 15 dBm -8 to -3 dBm -23 dBm EX-LS38-C3L-TC-N-EB
(DDM) 40 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Duplex LC 1310 nm 20 dBm -3 to +2 dBm -23 dBm EX-LS38-C3L-TC-N-CE
(DDM) 40 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX: 1310 nm / RX: 1550 nm 20 dBm -3 to +2 dBm -23 dBm EX-LS48-C3L-TC-N-CE
(DDM) 40 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX: 1550 nm / RX: 1310 nm 20 dBm -3 to +2 dBm -23 dBm EX-LS38-C3U-TC-N-CE
(DDM) 60 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX: 1310 nm / RX: 1550 nm 24 dBm 0 to +5 dBm -24 dBm EX-LS48-C3U-TC-N-CE
(DDM) 60 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX: 1550 nm / RX: 1310 nm 23 dBm -2 to +4 dBm -25 dBm EX-LS48-C3U-TC-N-EB
(DDM) 70 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Duplex LC 1550 nm 23 dBm 0 to +5 dBm -23 dBm EX-LS48-C3U-TC-N51-
CE (1510 nm) (DDM) 80 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX: 1510 nm / RX: 1570 nm 24 dBm -2 to +3 dBm -26 dBm EX-LS48-C3U-TC-N57-
CE (1570 nm) (DDM) 80 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX: 1570 nm / RX: 1510 nm 24 dBm -2 to +3 dBm -26 dBm SFP Series 3 www.EtherWAN.com
rev. A8
Gigabit SFP Series*
Hardened (Operating Temperature : -40°C to 85°C / -40°F to 185°F) Model Name Distance Cable Type
Connector
Type
Wavelength Link Budget** Optical
Output Power Sensitivity
EXGT-R154-05H3 100 m TX TX - - - -
EX-1250NSP-SB1L-A S 275 m/ 550 m 62.5 / 125 μm/ 50/125 μm, MM Duplex LC 850 nm 7.5 dBm -9.5 to -4 dBm -17 dBm EX-1250TBP-MB1L-A S 550 m 62.5 / 125 μm/ 50/125 μm, MM Single LC TX: 1310 nm / RX: 1550 nm
7 dBm -10 to -4 dBm -17 dBm
EX-1250TBP-LB1L-A S 550 m 62.5 / 125 μm/ 50/125 μm, MM Single LC TX: 1550 nm / RX: 1310 nm
7 dBm -10 to -4 dBm -17 dBm
EX-LM38-C3S-TI-N-CE (DDM) 550 m 62.5 / 125 μm, MM Single LC TX: 1310 nm / RX: 1550 nm
8 dBm -10 to +2 dBm -18 dBm
EX-LM48-C3S-TI-N-CE (DDM) 550 m 62.5 / 125 μm, MM Single LC TX: 1550 nm / RX: 1310 nm
10 dBm -8 to 0 dBm -18 dBm
EX-1250TSP-MB2L-A S 2 Km 62.5 / 125 μm, MM Duplex LC 1310 nm 13.5 dBm -9.5 to -3 dBm -23 dBm EX-1250TSP-MB4L-A S 10 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Duplex LC 1310 nm 11.5 dBm -9.5 to -3 dBm -21 dBm EX-1250TBP-MB4L-A S 10 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX: 1310 nm / RX: 1550 nm
12 dBm -9 to -3 dBm -21 dBm
EX-1250TBP-KB4L-A S 10 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX: 1550 nm / RX: 1310 nm
12 dBm -9 to -3 dBm -21 dBm
EX-1250TSP-MB5L-A S 20 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Duplex LC 1310 nm 15 dBm -9 to -3 dBm -24 dBm EX-1250TBP-MB5L-A S 20 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX: 1310 nm / RX: 1550 nm
15 dBm -8 to -3 dBm -23 dBm
EX-1250TBP-KB5L-A S 20 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX: 1550 nm / RX: 1310 nm
15 dBm -8 to -3 dBm -23 dBm
EX-LS38-C3L-TI-N-CE (DDM) 40 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX: 1310 nm / RX: 1550 nm
20 dBm -3 to +2 dBm -23 dBm
EX-LS48-C3L-TI-N-CE (DDM) 40 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX: 1550 nm / RX: 1310 nm
20 dBm -3 to +2 dBm -23 dBm
EX-LS38-C3U-TI-N-CE (DDM) 60 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX: 1310 nm / RX: 1550 nm
24 dBm 0 to +5 dBm -24 dBm
EX-LS48-C3U-TI-N-CE (DDM) 60 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Single LC TX: 1550 nm / RX: 1310 nm
23 dBm -2 to +4 dBm -25 dBm
EX-LS38-C3L-TI-N-EB (DDM) 40 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Duplex LC 1310 nm 20 dBm -3 to +2 dBm -23 dBm EX-LS48-C3U-TI-N-EB (DDM) 70 Km 9 / 125 μm, SM Duplex LC 1550 nm 23 dBm 0 to +5 dBm -23 dBm * More SFP options upon the request
** Link Budget data is based on pair of the same SFP modules 10GBASE SFP Series*
Non-Hardened (Operating Temperature : 0°C to 70°C / 32°F to 158°F) Model Name Distance Cable Type
Connector
Type
Wavelength Link Budget** Optical Output
Power Sensitivity
SFPTIM3AE (DDM) 300 m 62.5 / 125 μm / 50 / 125 μm, MM Duplex LC 850nm 2.8 dBm -7.1 to -1 dBm -9.9 dBm SFPTIS10E (DDM) 10 Km 9/125µm Duplex LC 1310nm 8.4 dBm -6 to 0.5 dBm -14.4 dBm SFP Series 4 www.EtherWAN.com
rev. A8
Hardened (Operating Temperature : -45°C to 85°C / -40°F to 185°F) Model Name Distance Cable Type
Connector
Type
Wavelength Link Budget** Optical Output
Power Sensitivity
SFPTIM3AM (DDM) 300 m 50/125 μm Duplex LC 850 nm 2.9 dBm -7 to -1 dBm -9.9 dBm SFPTIS10M (DDM) 10 Km 9/125 µm Duplex LC 1310 nm 6.4 dBm -8 to 0.5 dBm -14.4 dBm * More SFP options upon the request
** Link Budget data is based on pair of the same SFP modules Data Sheet
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 1 of 18 Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services
Meet the industry’s first adaptive, threat-focused next-generation firewall (NGFW) designed for a new era of threat and advanced malware protection. Cisco® ASA with FirePOWER Services delivers integrated threat defense for the entire attack continuum - before, during, and after an attack. How? By combining the proven security capabilities of the Cisco ASA firewall with the industry-leading Sourcefire® threat and Advanced Malware Protection (AMP) features together in a single device.

The solution uniquely extends the capabilities of the Cisco ASA 5500-X Series NextGeneration Firewalls beyond what today’s NGFW solutions are capable of. Whether you need protection for a small or midsized business, a distributed enterprise, or a single data center, Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services provides the needed scale and context in a NGFW solution.

Superior Multilayered Protection
Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services brings distinctive threat-focused next-generation security services to the Cisco ASA 5500-X Series Next-Generation Firewalls and Cisco ASA 5585-X Adaptive Security Appliance firewall products. It provides comprehensive protection from known and advanced threats, including protection against targeted and persistent malware attacks (Figure 1). Cisco ASA is the world’s most widely deployed, enterpriseclass stateful firewall. Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services features these comprehensive capabilities:
● Site-to-site and remote access VPN and advanced clustering provide highly secure, high-performance access and high availability to help ensure business continuity. ● Granular Application Visibility and Control (AVC) supports more than 4,000 application-layer and risk-based controls that can launch tailored intrusion prevention system (IPS) threat detection policies to optimize security effectiveness.
● The industry-leading Cisco ASA with FirePOWER next-generation IPS (NGIPS) provides highly effective threat prevention and full contextual awareness of users, infrastructure, applications, and content to detect multivector threats and automate defense response.
● Reputation- and category-based URL filtering offer comprehensive alerting and control over suspicious web traffic and enforce policies on hundreds of millions of URLs in more than 80 categories. ● AMP provides industry-leading breach detection effectiveness, sandboxing, a low total cost of ownership, and superior protection value that helps you discover, understand, and stop malware and emerging threats missed by other security layers.
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 2 of 18 Figure 1. Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services: Key Security Features Unprecedented Network Visibility
Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services is centrally managed by the Cisco Firepower Management Center (formerly known as Cisco FireSIGHT Management Center), which provides security teams with comprehensive visibility into and control over activity within the network. Such visibility includes users, devices, communication between virtual machines, vulnerabilities, threats, client-side applications, files, and web sites. Holistic, actionable indications of compromise (IoCs) correlate detailed network and endpoint event information and provide further visibility into malware infections. Cisco’s enterprise-class management tools help administrators reduce complexity with unmatched visibility and control across NGFW deployments. Cisco Firepower Management Center also provides content awareness with malware file trajectory that aids infection scoping and root cause determination to speed time to remediation.

Cisco Security Manager provides scalable and centralized network operations workflow management. It integrates a powerful suite of capabilities; including policy and object management, event management, reporting, and troubleshooting for Cisco ASA firewall functions when utilizing Cisco Firepower Management Center.

For local, on-device management including deployments for small and midsized businesses, Cisco Adaptive Security Device Manager (ASDM) 7.3.x provides, access control and advanced threat defense management.

ASDM V 7.3.x provides an enhanced user interface that provides quick views on trends and the ability to drill down for further analysis.
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 3 of 18 Figure 2. Cisco Firepower Management Center: Intuitive High-Level and Detailed Drill-Down Dashboards Reduced Costs and Complexity
Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services incorporates an integrated approach to threat defense, reducing capital and operating costs and administrative complexity. It smoothly integrates with the existing IT environment, work stream, and network fabric. The appliance family is highly scalable, performs at up to multigigabit speeds, and provides consistent and robust security across branch, Internet edge, and data centers in both physical and virtual environments.

With Cisco Firepower Management Center, administrators can streamline operations to correlate threats, assess their impact, automatically tune security policy, and easily attribute user identities to security events. Cisco Firepower Management Center continually monitors how the network is changing over time. New threats are automatically assessed to determine which ones can affect your business. Responses are then focused on remediation and network defenses are adapted to changing threat conditions. Critical security activities such as policy tuning are automated, saving time and effort, while protections and countermeasures are maintained in an optimal state.

Cisco Firepower Management Center integrates easily with third-party security solutions through the eStreamer API to streamline operation workflows and fit existing network fabrics. © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 4 of 18 Table 1 highlights the best-in-class features and benefits of Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services.

Table 1. Features and Benefits of Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services Feature Benefits
Next-generation firewall Industry’s first threat-focused NGFW; provides ASA firewall functionality, advanced threat protection, and advanced breach detection and remediation combined in a single device Proven ASA firewall Rich routing, stateful firewall, Network Address Translation, and dynamic clustering for high-performance, highly secure, and reliable access with Cisco AnyConnect® VPN Market-leading NGIPS Superior threat prevention and mitigation for both known and unknown threats Advanced malware protection Detection, blocking, tracking, analysis, and remediation to protect the enterprise against targeted and persistent malware attacks
Full contextual awareness Policy enforcement based on complete visibility of users, mobile devices, client-side applications, communication between virtual machines, vulnerabilities, threats, and URLs Application control and URL
filtering
Application-layer control (over applications, geolocations, users, websites) and ability to enforce usage and tailor detection policies based on custom applications and URLs Enterprise-class management Dashboards and drill-down reports of discovered hosts, applications, threats, and indications of compromise for comprehensive visibility
Streamlined operations
automation
Lower operating cost and administrative complexity with threat correlation, impact assessment, automated security policy tuning, and user identification
Purpose-built, scalable Highly scalable security appliance architecture that performs at up to multigigabit speeds; consistent and robust security across small office, branch offices, Internet edge, and data centers in either physical and virtual environments
On-device management Simplifies advanced threat defense management for small and medium sized business with small scale deployments
Remote Access VPN Extends secure corporate network access beyond corporate laptops to personal mobile devices, regardless of physical location; support for Cisco AnyConnect Secure Mobility Solution, with granular, application-level VPN capability, as well as native Apple iOS and Android VPN clients Site-to-site VPN Protect traffic, including VoIP and client-server application data, across the distributed enterprise and branch offices
Integrated wireless access Integrated Wi-Fi is available in the desktop form factor (ASA 5506W-X) for compact and simplified small office deployments
Ruggedized form factor A ruggedized model (ASA 5506H-X), designed specifically for extreme environmental conditions, is available for critical infrastructure and control network applications Third-party technology
ecosystem
Open API that enables the third-party technology ecosystem to integrate with existing customer work streams Integration with Snort and
OpenAppID
Open source security integration with Snort and OpenAppID for access to community resources and ability to easily customize security to address new and specific threats and applications quickly Collective Security intelligence
(CSI)
Unmatched security and web reputation intelligence provides real-time threat intelligence and security protection
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 5 of 18 Product Performance and Specifications
Table 2 details the NGFW capabilities and capacities of the Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services for Cisco ASA 5500-X Series.

Table 2. Cisco ASA 5500-X with FirePOWER Services Capabilities and Capacities Feature Cisco ASA
5506-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5506W-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5506H-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5508-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5516-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5512-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5515-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5525-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5545-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5555-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Maximum
Throughput:

Application
Control (AVC)
250 Mbps 250 Mbps 250 Mbps 450 Mbps 850 Mbps 300 Mbps 500 Mbps 1,100 Mbps
1,500
Mbps
1,750
Mbps
Maximum
Throughput:

Application
Control (AVC)
and IPS
125 Mbps 125 Mbps 125 Mbps 250 Mbps 450 Mbps 150 Mbps 250 Mbps 650 Mbps 1,000 Mbps
1,250
Mbps
Maximum
concurrent
sessions
20,000;
500001
20,000;
500001
50000 100,000 250,000 100,000 250,000 500,000 750,000 1,000,000 Maximum New
Connections
per second
5,000 5,000 5,000 10,000 20,000 10,000 15,000 20,000 30,000 50,000 Supported
applications
More than 3,000
URL categories 80+
Number of
URLs
categorized
More than 280 million
Centralized
configuration,
logging,
monitoring,
and reporting
Multi-device Cisco Security Manager (CSM) and Cisco Firepower Management Center On-Device
Management
ASDM (version 7.3 or higher required) ASDM
1 Higher specifications are associated with the Security Plus license. © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 6 of 18 Table 3 compares the features and capacities of the different ASA 5500-X Series Next-Generation Firewalls for small offices, branch locations, and Internet edge deployments.

Table 3. Cisco ASA 5500-X Series Next-Generation Firewalls Feature Cisco ASA
5506-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5506W-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5506H-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5508-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5516-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5512-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5515-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5525-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5545-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5555-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Stateful
inspection
throughput
(maximum1)
750 Mbps 750 Mbps 750 Mbps 1 Gbps 1.8 Gbps 1 Gbps 1.2 Gbps 2 Gbps 3 Gbps 4 Gbps Stateful
inspection
throughput
(multiprotoco
l
2 )
300 Mbps 300 Mbps 300 Mbps 500 Mbps 900 Mbps 500 Mbps 600 Mbps 1 Gbps 1.5 Gbps 2 Gbps Triple Data
Encryption
Standard/
Advanced
Encryption
Standard
(3DES/AES)
VPN
throughput3
100 Mbps 100 Mbps 100 Mbps 175 Mbps 250 Mbps 200 Mbps 250 Mbps 300 Mbps 400 Mbps 700 Mbps Users/nodes Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited IPsec site-tosite VPN
peers
10; 50410; 50450 100 300 250 250 750 2500 5000
Cisco Cloud
Web Security
users
For detailed sizing guidance see the CWS Connector Sizing for ASA 5500 and ASA 5500-X Cisco
AnyConnect
Plus/Apex
VPN
maximum
simultaneous
connections5
505505505100530052505250575052500550005
Virtual
interfaces
(VLANs)
5; 3045; 30430 50 100 50; 100 100 200 300 500
Security
contexts5
(included;
maximum)
N/A N/A N/A 2; 5 2; 5 0,0; 2,5 2;5 2; 20 2; 50 2; 100
High
availability4
Requires
Security
Plus
License;
Active/
Standby
Requires
Security
Plus
License;
Active/
Standby
Active/
Standby
Active/
Active and
Active/
Standby
Active/
Active and
Active/
Standby
Requires
Security
Plus
License;
Active/
Active and
Active/
Standby
Active/
Active and
Active/
Standby
Active/
Active and
Active/
Standby
Active/
Active and
Active/
Standby
Active/
Active and
Active/
Standby
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 7 of 18 Feature Cisco ASA
5506-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5506W-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5506H-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5508-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5516-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5512-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5515-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5525-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5545-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5555-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Integrated
Wireless
Access Point
(See Cisco AP
702 datasheet
for WiFi
technical
details)
N/A Wireless
Bands
a/b/g/n;
Max n wifi
throughput
54 Mbps;
internal
antenna
only; local
manageme
nt or
centralized
via Cisco
WLC

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Expansion
slot
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 interface
card
1 interface
card
1 interface
card
1 interface
card
1 interface
card
Useraccessible
Flash slot
No No No No No No No 0 - 0
USB 2.0 ports USB port
type ‘A’,
High
Speed 2.0
USB port
type ‘A’,
High
Speed 2.0
USB port
type ‘A’,
High
Speed 2.0
USB port
type ‘A’,
High
Speed 2.0
USB port
type ‘A’,
High
Speed 2.0
2 2 2 2 2
Integrated I/O 8 x 1
Gigabit
Ethernet
(GE)
8 x 1GE 4 x 1GE 8 x 1GE 8 x 1GE 6 GE
copper
6 GE
copper
8 GE
copper
8 GE
copper
8 GE
copper
Expansion
I/O
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 6 GE
copper or
6 GE
copper or
6 GE
copper or
6 GE
copper or
6 GE
copper or
6 GE
Small
FormFactor
Pluggable
(SFP)
6 GE SFP 6 GE SFP 6 GE SFP 6 GE SFP
Dedicated
management
port
Yes (To be
shared
with
FirePOWE
R
Services),
10/100/10
00 Yes (To be
shared
with
FirePOWE
R
Services),
10/100/100
0 Yes (To be
shared
with
FirePOWE
R
Services),
10/100/100
0 Yes (To be
shared
with
FirePOWE
R
Services),
10/100/100
0 Yes (To be
shared
with
FirePOWE
R
Services),
10/100/100
0 Yes
(1 GE)
Yes
(1 GE)
Yes
(1 GE)
Yes
(1 GE)
Yes
(1 GE)
Serial ports 1 RJ-45
and Mini
USB
console
1 RJ-45
and Mini
USB
console
1 RJ-45
and Mini
USB
console
1 RJ-45
and Mini
USB
console
1 RJ-45
and Mini
USB
console
1 RJ-45
console
1 RJ-45
console
1 RJ-45
console
1 RJ-45
console
1 RJ-45
console
Solid-state
drive
50 GB
mSata6
50 GB
mSata6
50 GB
mSata
tested for
heat
80 GB
mSata6
100 GB
mSata6
1 slot, 120
GB
multiline
configurato
r selfencrypting
drive (MLC
SED)
1 slot, 120
GB MLC
SED
1 slot, 2 slots,
RAID 1
2 slots,
RAID 1
120 GB

MLC SED
120 GB

MLC SED
120 GB

MLC SED
Memory 4 GB 4 GB 4 GB 8 GB 8 GB 4 GB 8 GB 8 GB 12 GB 16 GB System flash 8 GB 8 GB 8 GB 8GB 8GB 4 GB 8 GB 8 GB 8 GB 8 GB System bus Multibus
architectur
e
Multibus
architectur
e
Multibus
architectur
e
Multibus
architectur
e
Multibus
architectur
e
Multibus
architectur
e
Multibus
architectur
e
Multibus
architectur
e
Multibus
architectur
e
Multibus
architectur
e
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 8 of 18 Feature Cisco ASA
5506-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5506W-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5506H-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5508-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5516-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5512-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5515-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5525-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5545-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5555-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Operating Parameters
Temperature 32 to
104°F (0
to 40 °C)
32 to
104°F (0 to
40 °C)
-4 to 140°F
(-20 to 60
°C)
32 to
104°F (0 to
40 °C)
32 to
104°F (0 to
40 °C)
23 to
104°F (-5
to 40°C)
23 to
104°F (-5
to 40°C)
23 to
104°F (-5
to 40°C)
23 to
104°F (-5
to 40°C)
23 to
104°F (-5
to 40°C)
Relative
humidity
90 percent
nonconde
nsing
90 percent
nonconden
sing
95 percent
nonconden
sing
10 to 90
percent
nonconden
sing
10 to 90
percent
nonconden
sing
10 to 90
percent
nonconden
sing
10 to 90
percent
nonconden
sing
90 percent 90 percent 90 percent
Altitude Designed
and tested
for 0 to
10,000 ft
(3048 m)
Designed
and tested
for 0 to
10,000 ft
(3048 m)
Designed
and tested
for 0 to
10,000 ft
(3050 m)
Designed
and tested
for 0 to
10,000 ft
(3048 m)
Designed
and tested
for 0 to
10,000 ft
(3048 m)
Designed
and tested
for 0 to
15,000 ft
(4572 m)
Designed
and tested
for 0 to
15,000 ft
(4572 m)
Designed
and tested
for 0 to
10,000 ft
(3050 m)
Designed
and tested
for 0 to
10,000 ft
(3050 m)
Designed
and tested
for 0 to
10,000 ft
(3050 m)
Acoustic
noise
Fanless
0 dBA
Fanless
0 dBA
Fanless
0 dBA

41.6 Aweighted
decibels
(dBA) type

41.6 dBA
type

64.2 dBA
max

64.2 dBA
max

64.2 dBA
max

67.9 dBA
max

67.9 dBA
max

67.2 dBA
max

67.2 dBA
max
Non-operating Parameters
Temperature7-13 to
158ºF (-25
to 70ºC)
-13 to
158ºF (-25
to 70ºC)
-40 to
185ºF (-40
to 85ºC)
-13 to
158ºF (-25
to 70ºC)
-13 to
158ºF (-25
to 70ºC)
-13 to
158ºF (-25
to 70ºC)
-13 to
158ºF (-25
to 70ºC)
-13 to
158°F (-
25 to
70°C)
-13 to
158°F (-
25 to
70°C)
-13 to
158°F (-
25 to
70°C)
Relative
humidity
10 to 90
percent
nonconden
sing
10 to 90
percent
nonconden
sing
10 to 95
percent
nonconden
sing
10 to 90
percent
nonconden
sing
10 to 90
percent
nonconden
sing
10 to 90
percent
nonconden
sing
10 to 90
percent
nonconden
sing
10 to 90
percent
10 to 90
percent
10 to 90
percent
Altitude Designed
and tested
for 0 to
15,000 ft
(4572 m)
Designed
and tested
for 0 to
15,000 ft
(4572 m)
Designed
and tested
for 0 to
15,000 ft
(4572 m)
Designed
and tested
for 0 to
15,000 ft
(4572 m)
Designed
and tested
for 0 to
15,000 ft
(4572 m)
Designed
and tested
for 0 to
15,000 ft
(4570 m)
Designed
and tested
for 0 to
15,000 ft
(4570 m)
Designed
and tested
for 0 to
15,000 ft
(457 2m)
Designed
and tested
for 0 to
15,000 ft
(4572 m)
Designed
and tested
for 0 to
15,000 ft
(4572 m)
Power Input (per power supply)
AC range line
voltage
External,
90 to 240
volts
alternating
current
(VAC)
External,
90 to 240
volts
alternating
current
(VAC)
External,
90 to 240
volts
alternating
current
(VAC)
External,
90 to 240
volts
alternating
current
(VAC)
External,
90 to 240
volts
alternating
current
(VAC)
100 to 240
VAC
100 to 240
VAC
100 to 240
VAC
100 to 240
VAC
100 to 240
VAC
AC normal
line voltage
90 to 240
VAC
90 to 240
VAC
90 to 240
VAC
91 to 240
VAC
92 to 240
VAC
100 to 240
VAC
100 to 240
VAC
100 to 240
VAC
100 to 240
VAC
100 to 240
VAC
AC current N/A N/A N/A 0.25AC
amps

0.25AC
amps

4.85A 4.85A 4.85A 5A, 100 to
120V
5A, 100 to
120V

2.5A, 200
to 240V

2.5A, 200
to 240V
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 9 of 18 Feature Cisco ASA
5506-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5506W-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5506H-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5508-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5516-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5512-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5515-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5525-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5545-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA
5555-X w/
FirePOWER
Services
AC frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz Dual-power
supplies
None None None None None None None None Yes Yes
DC domestic
line voltage
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A -40.5 to 56
volts direct
current
(VDC)
(-48 VDC
nominal)
-40.5 to 56
VDC
(-48 VDC
nominal)
-40.5 to 56
VDC
(-48 VDC
nominal)
-40.5 to 56
VDC
-40.5 to 56
VDC
(-48 VDC
nominal)
(-48 VDC
nominal)
DC
international
line voltage
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A -55 to -72
VDC
-55 to -72
VDC
-55 to -72
VDC
-55 to -72
VDC
-55 to -72
VDC
(-60 VDC
nominal)
(-60 VDC
nominal)
(-60 VDC
nominal)
(-60 VDC
nominal)
(-60 VDC
nominal)
DC current N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 15A
(maximum
input)
15A
(maximum
input)
15A
(maximum
input)
15A
(maximum
input)
15A
(maximum
input)
Output
Steady state 12V
@2.5A
12V @2.5A 5V @3.6A 12V @

3.0A
12V @

3.0A
51W 65W 75W 86W 90W
Maximum
peak
12V @ 5A 12V @ 5A 5V @4.4A 12V @

5.0A
12V @

5.0A
56W 70W 108W 125W 134W
Maximum
heat
dissipation
103 British
thermal
units
(Btu)/hr
103 Btu/hr 103 Btu/hr 123 Btu/hr 123 Btu/hr 192 Btu/hr 239 Btu/hr 369 Btu/hr 427 Btu/hr 458 Btu/hr Form factor Desktop,
rack
mountable
Desktop,
rack
mountable
Desktop,
rack
mountable,
wall
mountable,
DIN-Rail
1 rack unit
(RU), 19-
in. rackmountable
1 rack unit
(RU), 19-
in. rackmountable
1 rack unit
(RU), 19-
in. rackmountable
1RU, 19-
in. rackmountable
1RU, 19-
in. rackmountable
1RU, 19-
in. rackmountable
1RU, 19-
in. rackmountable
Dimensions 1.72 x

7.871 x

9.23 in.

1.72 x

7.871 x

9.23 in.

2.72 x 9.05
x 9.05 in.

1.72 x

17.2 x

11.288 in.

1.72 x

17.2 x

11.288 in.

1.67 x

16.7 x

15.6 in.

1.67 x

16.7 x

15.6 in.

1.75 x

17.5 x

14.25 in.

1.67 x

16.7 x

19.1 in.

1.67 x 16.7 x

19.1 in.
(H x W x D) (4.369 x

19.992 x

23.444
cm)
(4.369 x

19.992 x

23.444 cm)
(6.9 x

23.0 x 23.0
cm)
(4.369 x

43.688 x

28.672
cm)
(4.369 x

43.688 x

28.672
cm)
(4.24 x

42.9 x

39.5 cm)
(4.24 x

42.9 x

39.5 cm)
(4.45 x

20.04 x

36.20 cm)
(4.24 x

42.9 x

48.4 cm)
(4.24 x 42.9 x

48.4 cm)
Weight (with
AC power
supply)
4 lb (1.82
kg)
4 lb (1.82
kg)
7 lb (3.18
kg)
8 lb (3 kg) 8 lb (3 kg) 13.39 lb
(6.07 kg)

13.39 lb
(6.07 kg)

22.0 lb (10
kg)

16.82 lb
(7.63 kg)
with single
power
supply

16.82 lb (7.63
kg) with
single power
supply

18.86 lb
(8.61 kg)
with dual
power
supply

18.86 lb (8.61
kg) with dual
power supply
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 10 of 18 1 Maximum throughput measured with UDP traffic under ideal conditions. 2 Multiprotocol = Traffic profile consisting primarily of TCP-based protocols/applications like HTTP, SMTP, FTP, IMAPv4, BitTorrent, and DNS.
3 VPN throughput and sessions count depend on the ASA device configuration and VPN traffic patterns. These elements should be taken into consideration as part of your capacity planning. 4 Higher specifications are associated with the Security Plus license. 5 Separately licensed feature. For AnyConnect, licenses are purchased based on feature tier (Plus/Apex), term and authorized user license. See ordering guide below for detailed ordering instructions. 6 Usable space dependent upon system software.
7 Derate the maximum operating temperature 1.5°C per 1000 ft above sea level.

Hardware Product Compliance
Current information on ASA with FirePOWER product compliance information can be found on the Cisco Product Approval Status (PAS) link:
http://tools.cisco.com/cse/prdapp.

If you are not registered with Cisco.com, please refer to the registration link located at: http://tools.cisco.com/RPF/register/register.do.

To access information please follow the below steps:

1. Select the Product Certifications by Country radio button select GO

2. Under option 2 enter product ID or part of it in the product name box (one at a time only) for example FPRC9300

3. Under additional filter select or highlight your country of interest or keep all countries selected for full results

4. Select submit

5. Your results will be displayed. Under status select the hyperlink Details

6. Find your corresponding documents
Hardware Product Performance and Specifications
Table 4 provides a comparison of the Cisco ASA with Cisco FirePOWER Security Services Processor (SSP) 10, 20, 40, and 60 hardware blades.

Table 4. Cisco ASA 5585-X with FirePOWER Services Hardware Blade Capabilities and Capacities Feature Cisco ASA 5585-X
SSP-10 w/ FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA 5585-X
SSP-20 w/ FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA 5585-X
SSP-40 w/ FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA 5585-X
SSP-60 w/ FirePOWER
Services
Maximum Throughput:

Application Control (AVC)

4.5 Gbps 7 Gbps 10 Gbps 15 Gbps
Maximum Throughput:

Application Control (AVC)
and IPS
2 Gbps 3.5 Gbps 6 Gbps 10 Gbps
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 11 of 18 Feature Cisco ASA 5585-X
SSP-10 w/ FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA 5585-X
SSP-20 w/ FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA 5585-X
SSP-40 w/ FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA 5585-X
SSP-60 w/ FirePOWER
Services
Maximum concurrent
sessions
500,000 1,000,000 1,800,000 4,000,000
Maximum New Connections
per second
40,000 75,000 120,000 160,000
Supported applications More than 3,000
URL categories 80+
Number of URLs categorized More than 280 million
Centralized configuration,
logging, monitoring, and
reporting
Multi-device Cisco Security Manager and Cisco Firepower Management Center 1 Activating more features will change performance
Product Model Cisco ASA 5585-X
SSP-10 w/ FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA 5585-X
SSP-20 w/ FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA 5585-X
SSP-40 w/ FirePOWER
Services
Cisco ASA 5585-X
SSP-60 w/ FirePOWER
Services
Technical Specifications
Memory 12 GB 24 GB 24 GB 48 GB
Minimum flash 8 GB
Management and monitoring
interface
2 Ethernet 10/100/1000 ports
ASA 5585-X with FirePOWER Services - Extended Performance (EP) Models The Extended Performance (EP) models address the need to run multiple services without sacrificing performance.

As services are activated on the EP models, the performance levels remain predictable and consistent.

Table 5. Cisco ASA 5585-X with FirePOWER Services - Extended Performance (EP) Hardware Blade Capabilities and Capacities
Feature Cisco ASA 5585-X SSP EP 10/40 w/
FirePOWER Services
Cisco ASA 5585-X SSP EP 20/60 w/
FirePOWER Services
Maximum Throughput:

Application Control (AVC)

4.5 Gbps 7 Gbps
Maximum Throughput:

Application Control (AVC) and IPS

4.5 Gbps 7 Gbps
Maximum New Connections per second 50,000 125,000
Supported applications More than 3,000
URL categories 80+
Number of URLs categorized More than 280 million
Centralized configuration, logging, monitoring, and
reporting
Multi-device Cisco Security Manager and Cisco Firepower Management Center Technical Specifications
Memory 24 GB 48 GB
Minimum flash 8 GB
Management and monitoring interface 2 Ethernet 10/100/1000 ports © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 12 of 18 Platform Support/Compatibility
Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services include Cisco ASA firewalling, AVC, URL filtering, NGIPS, and AMP. This unique set of capabilities is available on the Cisco ASA 5500-X Series NGFW platforms: Cisco ASA 5506-X, 5506WX, 5506H-X, 5508-X, 5516-X, 5512-X, 5515-X, 5525-X, 5545-X, 5555-X, and 5585-X with Security Services Processor SSP-10, SSP-20, SSP-40, and SSP-60.

The Cisco ASA 5585-X FirePOWER Services SSP-10, SSP-20, SSP-40, and SSP-60 hardware blades are supported on the Cisco ASA 5585-X platform. Cisco ASA 5585-X SSP-10, SSP-20, SSP-40, and SSP-60 firewalls require Cisco ASA Software Release 9.2.2 and later. Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services software is supported on the Cisco ASA 5500-X Series of next-generation midrange security appliances running Cisco ASA Software Release

9.2.2 and later. Cisco Firepower Management Center and Cisco Security Manager are required to manage Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services ASA 5512-X, 5515-X, 5525-X, 5545-X, 5555-X, and 5585-X with Security Services Processor SSP-10, SSP-20, SSP-40, and SSP-60. ASDM V 7.3.x is available on-device to manage single instance deployments of Cisco ASA 5506-X, 5506W-X, 5506H-X, 5508-X, and 5516-X with FirePOWER Services.

Cisco ASA 5500-X Series 6-Port GE Interface Cards
Cisco ASA 5500-X Series 6-port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Cards extend the I/O profile of the Cisco ASA 5500-X Series appliances*by providing additional GE ports. The cards provide the following benefits:
● Better segmentation of network traffic into separate security zones ● Fiber-optic cable connectivity for long-distance communication ● Load sharing of traffic as well as protection against link failure through the use of EtherChannel ● Support for jumbo Ethernet frames of up to 9000 bytes ● Protection against cable failure for the most demanding active/active failover and full-mesh firewall deployments
Note: *Not available on ASA 5508-X or ASA 5516-X
Table 6 lists the characteristics of the Cisco ASA 5500-X Series 6-port GE interface cards.

Table 6. Characteristics of Cisco ASA 5500-X Series 6-Port GE Interface Cards Feature Cisco ASA 5500-X Series 6-Port 10/100/1000 Cisco ASA 5500-X Series 6-Port GE SFP SX, LH, and LX Technical Specifications
Integrated ports Six 10/100/1000BASE-T Six GE optical SFP 1000BASE-SX, 1000BASE-LX, or 1000BASE-LH transceiver supported
Environmental Operating Ranges
Operating
Temperature 32 to 113ºF (0 to 45ºC) 32 to 113ºF (0 to 45ºC) Relative humidity 5 to 95 percent noncondensing 5 to 95 percent noncondensing Nonoperating
Temperature -40 to 149ºF (-40 to 65ºC) -40 to 149ºF (-40 to 65ºC) Power consumption 25W maximum 25W maximum
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 13 of 18 Feature Cisco ASA 5500-X Series 6-Port 10/100/1000 Cisco ASA 5500-X Series 6-Port GE SFP SX, LH, and LX Physical Specifications
Dimensions
(H x W x D)

1.57 x 5.31 x 9.09 in. (3.99 x 13.49 x 23.09 cm) 1.57 x 5.31 x 9.09 in. (3.99 x 13.49 x 23.09 cm) Weight 1.00 lb (0.45 kg) 1.00 lb (0.45 kg)
Regulatory and Standards Compliance
Safety UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950, EN 60950 IEC 60950, AS/NZS60950
UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950, EN 60950 IEC 60950,
AS/NZS60950
Electromagnetic
compatibility (EMC)
CE marking, FCC Part 15 Class A, AS/NZS CISPR22 Class
A, VCCI Class A, EN55022 Class A, CISPR22 Class A,
EN61000-3-2, EN61000-3-3
CE marking, FCC Part 15 Class A, AS/NZS CISPR22
Class A, VCCI Class A, EN55022 Class A, CISPR22 Class
A, EN61000-3-2, EN61000-3-3
Ordering Information
To place an order, visit the Cisco ordering homepage. Table 5 provides ordering information for Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services.

Table 7. Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services Ordering Information The following table includes Cisco ASA FirePOWER Services bundle SKUs (including hardware and subscription) that offer a convenient mechanism for ordering both the appliances and software subscriptions in a single SKU configuration. It is the recommended mode of configuration for ordering. Standalone AMP license and subscriptions are also available to upgrade an existing TA or TAC subscription license. Please see the ASA with FirePOWER Services Ordering Guide for details.

Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services 5500-X Series Bundles (Hardware and Subscription) ASA 5506-X with FirePOWER Svcs. Chassis and Subs. Bundle ASA5506-FPWR-BUN ASA 5506W-X with FirePOWER Svcs. WiFi Chassis and Subs. Bundle ASA5506W-FPWR-BUN ASA 5508-X with FirePOWER Svcs. Chassis and Subs. Bundle ASA5508-FPWR-BUN ASA 5516-X with FirePOWER Svcs. Chassis and Subs. Bundle ASA5516-FPWR-BUN ASA 5512-X with FirePOWER Svcs. Chassis and Subs. Bundle ASA5512-FPWR-BUN ASA 5515-X with FirePOWER Svcs. Chassis and Subs. Bundle ASA5515-FPWR-BUN ASA 5525-X with FirePOWER Svcs. Chassis and Subs. Bundle ASA5525-FPWR-BUN ASA 5545-X with FirePOWER Svcs. Chassis and Subs. Bundle ASA5545-FPWR-BUN ASA 5555-X with FirePOWER Svcs. Chassis and Subs. Bundle ASA5555-FPWR-BUN Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services 5585-X Bundles (Hardware and Services Subscription) ASA 5585-X SSP-10 with FirePOWER Svcs. Chassis and Subs. ASA5585-S10F10-BUN ASA 5585-X SSP-10X with FirePOWER Svcs. Chassis and Subs. ASA5585-S10F10X-BN ASA 5585-X EP S10F40 with FirePOWER Svcs. Chassis-Subs. ASA5585-S10F40-BUN ASA 5585-X SSP-20 with FirePOWER Svcs. Chassis and Subs. ASA5585-S20F20-BUN ASA 5585-X SSP-20X with FirePOWER Svcs. Chassis and Subs. ASA5585-S20F20X-BN ASA 5585-X EP S20F60 with FirePOWER Svcs. Chassis-Subs. ASA5585-S20F60-BUN ASA 5585-X SSP-40 with FirePOWER Svcs. Chassis and Subs. ASA5585-S40F40-BUN ASA 5585-X SSP-60 with FirePOWER Svcs. Chassis and Subs. ASA5585-S60F60-BUN © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 14 of 18 Product Description Part Number
Cisco ASA 5506-X Series Low-End Appliances (Hardware)
ASA 5506-X with FirePOWER services, 8GE Data, 1GE Mgmt, AC, DES ASA5506-K8 ASA 5506-X with FirePOWER services, 8GE Data, 1GE Mgmt, AC, 3DES/AES
ASA5506-K9
ASA 5506W-A-X with FirePOWER services, WiFi for North America (NOT US), 8GE Data, 1GE Mgmt, AC, 3DES/AES
ASA5506W-A-K9
ASA 5506W-B-X with FirePOWER services, WiFi for US ONLY, 8GE Data, 1GE Mgmt, AC, 3DES/AES
ASA5506W-B-K9
ASA 5506W-E-X with FirePOWER services, WiFi for Europe, 8GE Data, 1GE Mgmt, AC, 3DES/AES
ASA5506W-E-K9
ASA 5506W-Q-X with FirePOWER services, WiFi for Japan, 8GE Data, 1GE Mgmt, AC, 3DES/AES
ASA5506W-Q-K9
ASA 5506W-Z-X with FirePOWER services, WiFi for Australia/New Zealand, 8GE Data, 1GE Mgmt, AC, 3DES/AES
ASA5506W-Z-K9
ASA 5506H-X with FirePOWER services, ruggedized, security plus, 4GE Data, 1GE Mgmt, AC, 3DES/AES
ASA5506H-SP-BUN-K9
ASA 5506H-X with FirePOWER services, ruggedized, security plus, 4GE Data, 1GE Mgmt, AC, DES
ASA5506H-SP-BUN-K8
ASA 5508-X with FirePOWER services, 8GE Data, 1GE Mgmt, AC, DES ASA5508-K8 ASA 5508-X with FirePOWER services, 8GE Data, 1GE Mgmt, AC, 3DES/AES
ASA5508-K9
ASA 5516-X with FirePOWER services, 8GE Data, 1GE Mgmt, AC, DES ASA5516-K8 ASA 5516-X with FirePOWER services, 8GE Data, 1GE Mgmt, AC, 3DES/AES
ASA5516-K9
Cisco ASA 5500-X Series Midrange Appliances (Hardware)
ASA 5512-X with FirePOWER Services, 6GE data, AC, 3DES/AES, SSD ASA5512-FPWR-K9 ASA 5515-X with FirePOWER Services, 6GE data, AC, 3DES/AES, SSD ASA5515-FPWR-K9 ASA 5525-X with FirePOWER Services, 8GE data, AC, 3DES/AES, SSD ASA5525-FPWR-K9 ASA 5545-X with FirePOWER Services, 8GE data, AC, 3DES/AES, 2 SSD ASA5545-FPWR-K9 ASA 5555-X with FirePOWER Services, 8GE data, AC, 3DES/AES, 2 SSD ASA5555-FPWR-K9 Cisco ASA 5585-X Appliances (Hardware)
ASA 5585-X chassis with SSP-10, FirePOWER SSP-10, 16GE, 4SFP+, 1 AC, 3DES/AES
ASA5585-S10F10-K9
ASA 5585-X chassis with SSP-10, FirePOWER SSP-10, 16GE, 4SFP+, 2 AC, 3DES/AES
ASA5585-S10F10XK9
ASA 5585-X EP SSP-10, FP SSP-40, 14GE, 6SFP+, 1AC, 3DES/AES ASA5585-S10F40-K9 ASA 5585-X chassis with SSP-20, FirePOWER SSP-20, 16GE, 4SFP+, 1 AC, 3DES/AES
ASA5585-S20F20-K9
ASA 5585-X chassis with SSP-20, FirePOWER SSP-20, 16GE, 4SFP+, 2 AC, 3DES/AES
ASA5585-S20F20XK9
ASA 5585-X EP SSP-20, FP SSP-60, 14GE, 6SFP+, 1AC, 3DES/AES ASA5585-S20F60-K9 ASA 5585-X chassis with SSP-40, FirePOWER SSP-40, 12GE, 8SFP+, 1 AC, 3DES/AES
ASA5585-S40F40-K9
ASA 5585-X chassis with SSP-60, FirePOWER SSP-60, 12GE, 8 SFP+, 2 AC, 3DES/AES
ASA5585-S60F60-K9
Cisco ASA 5500-X Series Interface Cards
Cisco ASA Interface Card with 6 copper GE data ports for ASA 5512-X and ASA 5515-X
ASA-IC-6GE-CU-A
Cisco ASA Interface Card with 6 copper GE data ports for ASA 5525-X ASA-IC-6GE-CU-B © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 15 of 18 Product Description Part Number
Cisco ASA Interface Card with 6 copper GE data ports for ASA 5545-X and ASA 5555-X
ASA-IC-6GE-CU-C
Cisco ASA Interface Card with 6 SFP GE data ports (SX, LH, and LX) for ASA 5512-X and ASA 5515-X
ASA-IC-6GE-SFP-A
Cisco ASA Interface Card with 6 SFP GE data ports (SX, LH, and LX) for ASA 5525-X
ASA-IC-6GE-SFP-B
Cisco ASA Interface Card with 6 SFP GE data ports (SX, LH, and LX) for ASA 5545-X and ASA 5555-X
ASA-IC-6GE-SFP-C
Cisco ASA Interface Card with 6 copper GE data ports for ASA 5512-X and ASA 5515-X (spare)
ASA-IC-6GE-CU-A=
Cisco ASA Interface Card with 6 copper GE data ports for ASA 5525-X (spare)
ASA-IC-6GE-CU-B=
Cisco ASA Interface Card with 6 copper GE data ports for ASA 5545-X and ASA 5555-X (spare)
ASA-IC-6GE-CU-C=
Cisco ASA Interface Card with 6 SFP GE data ports (SX, LH, and LX) for ASA 5512-X and ASA 5515-X (spare)
ASA-IC-6GE-SFP-A=
Cisco ASA 5500-X Series Accessories
Cisco GE optical SFP connector, 1000BASE-SX short-wavelength transceiver (spare)
GLC-SX-MM=
Cisco GE optical SFP connector, 1000BASE-LX/LH longwavelength/long-haul transceiver (spare)GLC-LH-SM= Cisco GE optical SFP connector, 1000BASE-SX short-wavelength transceiver, digital optical monitoring (DOM) (spare)
GLC-SX-MMD=
Cisco GE optical SFP connector, 1000BASE-LX/LH longwavelength/long-haul transceiver, DOM (spare)GLC-LH-SMD= Cisco ASA 5512-X and 5515-X interface card (blank) (spare) ASA-IC-A-BLANK= Cisco ASA 5525-X interface card slot (blank) (spare) ASA-IC-B-BLANK= Cisco ASA 5545-Xand 5555-X interface card slot (blank) (spare) ASA-IC-C-BLANK= ASA with FirePOWER Services Software Subscriptions: 3-Year Term (1-Year Service Software Bundle Subscriptions Can be Purchased as well as Individual Cisco IPS, AMP, and URL Filtering Service Software Subscriptions with 1-Year and 3-Year Terms) Cisco ASA5506 FirePOWER IPS and Apps 3YR Subscription L-ASA5506-TA= L-ASA5506-TA-3Y Cisco ASA5506 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and URL 3YR Subscription L-ASA5506-TAC= L-ASA5506-TAC-3Y Cisco ASA5506 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and AMP 3YR Subscription L-ASA5506-TAM= L-ASA5506-TAM-3Y Cisco ASA5506 FirePOWER IPS, Apps, AMP and URL 3YR Subscription L-ASA5506-TAMC= L-ASA5506-TAMC-3Y Cisco ASA5506 FirePOWER URL Filtering 3YR Subscription L-ASA5506-URL= L-ASA5506-URL-3Y Cisco ASA5506W FirePOWER IPS and Apps 3YR Subscription L-ASA5506W-TA= L-ASA5506-TA-3Y Cisco ASA5506W FirePOWER IPS, Apps and URL 3YR Subscription L-ASA5506W-TAC= L-ASA5506-TAC-3Y Cisco ASA5506W FirePOWER IPS, Apps and AMP 3YR Subscription L-ASA5506W-TAM= L-ASA5506-TAM-3Y Cisco ASA5506W FirePOWER IPS, Apps, AMP and URL 3YR
Subscription
L-ASA5506W-TAMC= L-ASA5506-TAMC-3Y
Cisco ASA5506W FirePOWER URL Filtering 3YR Subscription L-ASA5506W-URL= L-ASA5506-URL-3Y Cisco ASA5506H FirePOWER IPS and Apps 3YR Subscription L-ASA5506H-TA= L-ASA5506H-TA-3Y Cisco ASA5506H FirePOWER IPS, Apps and URL 3YR Subscription L-ASA5506H-TAC= L-ASA5506H-TAC-3Y Cisco ASA5506H FirePOWER IPS, Apps and AMP 3YR Subscription L-ASA5506H-TAM= L-ASA5506H-TAM-3Y Cisco ASA5506H FirePOWER IPS, Apps, AMP and URL 3YR
Subscription
L-ASA5506H-TAMC= L-ASA5506H-TAMC-3Y
Cisco ASA5508 FirePOWER IPS and Apps 3YR Subscription L-ASA5508-TA= L-ASA5508-TA-3Y Cisco ASA5508 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and URL 3YR Subscription L-ASA5508-TAC= L-ASA5508-TAC-3Y Cisco ASA5508 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and AMP 3YR Subscription L-ASA5508-TAM= L-ASA5508-TAM-3Y Cisco ASA5508 FirePOWER IPS, Apps, AMP and URL 3YR Subscription L-ASA5508-TAMC= L-ASA5508-TAMC-3Y © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 16 of 18 Product Description Part Number
Cisco ASA5508 FirePOWER URL Filtering 3YR Subscription L-ASA5508-URL= L-ASA5508-URL-3Y Cisco ASA5516 FirePOWER IPS and Apps 3YR Subscription L-ASA5516-TA= L-ASA5516-TA-3Y Cisco ASA5516 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and URL 3YR Subscription L-ASA5516-TAC= L-ASA5516-TAC-3Y Cisco ASA5516 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and AMP 3YR Subscription L-ASA5516-TAM= L-ASA5516-TAM-3Y Cisco ASA5516 FirePOWER IPS, Apps, AMP and URL 3YR Subscription L-ASA5516-TAMC= L-ASA5516-TAMC-3Y Cisco ASA5516 FirePOWER URL Filtering 3YR Subscription L-ASA5516-URL= L-ASA5516-URL-3Y Cisco ASA5512 FirePOWER IPS and Apps 3YR Subscription L-ASA5512-TA= L-ASA5512-TA-3Y Cisco ASA5512 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and URL 3YR Subscription L-ASA5512-TAC= L-ASA5512-TAC-3Y Cisco ASA5512 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and AMP 3YR Subscription L-ASA5512-TAM= L-ASA5512-TAM-3Y Cisco ASA5512 FirePOWER IPS, Apps, AMP and URL 3YR Subscription L-ASA5512-TAMC= L-ASA5512-TAMC-3Y Cisco ASA5512 FirePOWER URL Filtering 3YR Subscription L-ASA5512-URL= L-ASA5512-URL-3Y Cisco ASA5515 FirePOWER IPS and Apps 3YR Subscription L-ASA5515-TA= L-ASA5515-TA-3Y Cisco ASA5515 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and URL 3YR Subscription L-ASA5515-TAC= L-ASA5515-TAC-3Y Cisco ASA5515 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and AMP 3YR Subscription L-ASA5515-TAM= L-ASA5515-TAM-3Y Cisco ASA5515 FirePOWER IPS, Apps, AMP and URL 3YR Subscription L-ASA5515-TAMC= L-ASA5515-TAMC-3Y Cisco ASA5515 FirePOWER URL Filtering 3YR Subscription L-ASA5515-URL= L-ASA5515-URL-3Y Cisco ASA5525 FirePOWER IPS and Apps 3YR Subscription L-ASA5525-TA= L-ASA5525-TA-3Y Cisco ASA5525 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and URL 3YR Subscription L-ASA5525-TAC= L-ASA5525-TAC-3Y Cisco ASA5525 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and AMP 3YR Subscription L-ASA5525-TAM= L-ASA5525-TAM-3Y Cisco ASA5525 FirePOWER IPS, Apps, AMP and URL 3YR Subscription L-ASA5525-TAMC= L-ASA5525-TAMC-3Y Cisco ASA5525 FirePOWER URL Filtering 3YR Subscription L-ASA5525-URL= L-ASA5525-URL-3Y Cisco ASA5545 FirePOWER IPS and Apps 3YR Subscription L-ASA5545-TA= L-ASA5545-TA-3Y Cisco ASA5545 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and URL 3YR Subscription L-ASA5545-TAC= L-ASA5545-TAC-3Y Cisco ASA5545 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and AMP 3YR Subscription L-ASA5545-TAM= L-ASA5545-TAM-3Y Cisco ASA5545 FirePOWER IPS, Apps, AMP and URL 3YR Subscription L-ASA5545-TAMC= L-ASA5545-TAMC-3Y Cisco ASA5545 FirePOWER URL Filtering 3YR Subscription L-ASA5545-URL= L-ASA5545-URL-3Y Cisco ASA5555 FirePOWER IPS and Apps 3YR Subscription L-ASA5555-TA= L-ASA5555-TA-3Y Cisco ASA5555 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and URL 3YR Subscription L-ASA5555-TAC= L-ASA5555-TAC-3Y Cisco ASA5555 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and AMP 3YR Subscription L-ASA5555-TAM= L-ASA5555-TAM-3Y Cisco ASA5555 FirePOWER IPS, Apps, AMP and URL 3YR Subscription L-ASA5555-TAMC= L-ASA5555-TAMC-3Y Cisco ASA5555 FirePOWER URL Filtering 3YR Subscription L-ASA5555-URL= L-ASA5555-URL-3Y Cisco ASA5585-10 FirePOWER IPS and Apps 3YR Subscription L-ASA5585-10-TA= L-ASA5585-10-TA-3Y Cisco ASA5585-10 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and URL 3YR Subscription L-ASA5585-10-TAC= L-ASA5585-10-TAC-3Y Cisco ASA5585-10 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and AMP 3YR Subscription L-ASA5585-10-TAM= L-ASA5585-10-TAM-3Y Cisco ASA5585-10 FirePOWER IPS, Apps, AMP and URL 3YR
Subscription
L-ASA5585-10-TAMC= L-ASA5585-10-TAMC-3Y
Cisco ASA5585-10 FirePOWER URL Filtering 3YR Subscription L-ASA5585-10-URL= L-ASA5585-10-URL-3Y Cisco ASA5585-20 FirePOWER IPS and Apps 3YR Subscription L-ASA5585-20-TA= L-ASA5585-20-TA-3Y Cisco ASA5585-20 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and URL 3YR Subscription L-ASA5585-20-TAC= L-ASA5585-20-TAC-3Y Cisco ASA5585-20 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and AMP 3YR Subscription L-ASA5585-20-TAM= L-ASA5585-20-TAM-3Y Cisco ASA5585-20 FirePOWER IPS, Apps, AMP and URL 3YR
Subscription
L-ASA5585-20-TAMC= L-ASA5585-20-TAMC-3Y
Cisco ASA5585-20 FirePOWER URL Filtering 3YR Subscription L-ASA5585-20-URL= L-ASA5585-20-URL-3Y Cisco ASA5585-40 FirePOWER IPS and Apps 3YR Subscription L-ASA5585-40-TA= L-ASA5585-40-TA-3Y Cisco ASA5585-40 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and URL 3YR Subscription L-ASA5585-40-TAC= L-ASA5585-40-TAC-3Y © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 17 of 18 Product Description Part Number
Cisco ASA5585-40 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and AMP 3YR Subscription L-ASA5585-40-TAM= L-ASA5585-40-TAM-3Y Cisco ASA5585-40 FirePOWER IPS, Apps, AMP and URL 3YR
Subscription
L-ASA5585-40-TAMC= L-ASA5585-40-TAMC-3Y
Cisco ASA5585-40 FirePOWER URL Filtering 3YR Subscription L-ASA5585-40-URL= L-ASA5585-40-URL-3Y Cisco ASA5585-60 FirePOWER IPS and Apps 3YR Subscription L-ASA5585-60-TA= L-ASA5585-60-TA-3Y Cisco ASA5585-60 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and URL 3YR Subscription L-ASA5585-60-TAC= L-ASA5585-60-TAC-3Y Cisco ASA5585-60 FirePOWER IPS, Apps and AMP 3YR Subscription L-ASA5585-60-TAM= L-ASA5585-60-TAM-3Y Cisco ASA5585-60 FirePOWER IPS, Apps, AMP and URL 3YR
Subscription
L-ASA5585-60-TAMC= L-ASA5585-60-TAMC-3Y
Cisco ASA5585-60 FirePOWER URL Filtering 3YR Subscription L-ASA5585-60-URL= L-ASA5585-60-URL-3Y To Download the Software
Visit the Cisco Software Center to download Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services Software.

Cisco Capital
Financing Helps You Achieve Your Objectives
Cisco Capital®financing can help you acquire the technology you need to achieve your objectives and stay competitive. We can help you reduce capital expenditures (CapEx), accelerate your growth, and optimize your investment dollars and ROI. Cisco Capital financing gives you flexibility in acquiring hardware, software, services, and complementary third-party equipment. And there’s just one predictable payment. Cisco Capital financing is available in more than 100 countries. Learn more.

For More Information
For more information, please visit the following links:
● Cisco ASA 5500-X Series Next-Generation Firewalls:
http://www.cisco.com/go/asa.
● Cisco Security Manager:
http://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/products/security/security-manager/index.html. ● Cisco Adaptive Security Device Manager:
http://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/products/security/adaptive-security-device-manager/index.html. ● Cisco Security Services: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/svcs/ps2961/ps2952/serv_group_home.html. ● Cisco AnyConnect Secure Mobility Client
http://www.cisco.com/go/anyconnect.
● Cisco AnyConnect Ordering Guide
http://www.cisco.com/c/dam/en/us/products/security/anyconnect-og.pdf. © 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 18 of 18 Printed in USA C78-733916-10 10/16
Palo Alto Networks | PA-500 Specsheet 1
Key Security Features:

Classifies all applications, on all ports, all the time • Identifies the application, regardless of port, encryption (SSL or SSH), or evasive technique employed.
• Uses the application, not the port, as the basis for all of your safe enablement policy decisions: allow, deny,
schedule, inspect and apply traffic-shaping.
• Categorizes unidentified applications for policy control, threat forensics or App-ID™ development.

Enforces security policies for any user, at any location • Deploys consistent policies to local and remote users running on the Windows®, Mac® OS X®, Linux®, Android®,
or Apple® iOS platforms.
• Enables agentless integration with Microsoft® Active
Directory® and Terminal Services, LDAP, Novell®
eDirectory™ and Citrix®.
• Easily integrates your firewall policies with 802.1X wireless, proxies, NAC solutions, and any other source of user
identity information.

Prevent known and unknown threats
• Blocks a range of known threats, including exploits,
malware and spyware, across all ports, regardless of
common threat-evasion tactics employed.
• Limits the unauthorized transfer of files and sensitive data, and safely enables non-work-related web surfing.
• Identifies unknown malware, analyzes it based on
hundreds of malicious behaviors, and then automatically creates and delivers protection.

The controlling element of the PA-500 is PAN-OS®,
a security-specific operating system that natively
classifies all traffic, inclusive of applications, threats and content, and then ties that traffic to the user, regardless of location or device type. The application, content, and user – in other words, the business elements that
run your business –mare then used as the basis of
your security policies, resulting in an improved security posture and a reduction in incident response time.

Palo Alto Networks® PA-500 is a next-generation firewall appliance for enterprise branch offices and medsize businesses.

PA-500
Performance and Capacities1 PA-500
Firewall throughput (App-ID enabled) 250 Mbps
Threat prevention throughput 100 Mbps
IPsec VPN throughput 50 Mbps
New sessions per second 7,500
Max sessions 64,000
1 Performance and capacities are measured under ideal testing conditions.

PA-500
4401 Great America Parkway
Santa Clara, CA 95054
Main: +1.408.753.4000
Sales: +1.866.320.4788
Support: +1.866.898.9087
www.paloaltonetworks.com
© 2016 Palo Alto Networks, Inc. Palo Alto Networks is a registered trademark of Palo Alto Networks. A list of our trademarks can be found at http://www. paloaltonetworks.com/company/trademarks.html. All other marks mentioned herein may be trademarks of their respective companies. pan-ss-pa-500-100516
Networking Features Hardware Specifications
Interface Modes
L2, L3, Tap, Virtual wire (transparent mode)
Routing
OSPFv2/v3 with graceful restart, BGP with graceful restart, RIP, Static routing
Policy-based forwarding
Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE)
Multicast: PIM-SM, PIM-SSM, IGMP v1, v2, and v3
Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD)
IPv6
L2, L3, Tap, Virtual wire (transparent mode)
Features: App-ID, User-ID, Content-ID, WildFire and SSL decryption SLAAC
IPsec VPN
Key exchange: Manual key, IKEv1 and IKEv2 (pre-shared key, certificate-based authentication)
Encryption: 3DES, AES (128-bit, 192-bit, 256-bit)
Authentication: MD5, SHA-1, SHA-256, SHA-384, SHA-512
VLANs
802.1q VLAN tags per device/per interface: 4,094/4,094
Aggregate interfaces (802.3ad), LACP
Network Address Translation (NAT)
NAT modes (IPv4): Static IP, dynamic IP, dynamic IP and port (port address translation)
NAT64, NPTv6
Additional NAT features: Dynamic IP reservation, tunable dynamic IP and port oversubscription
High availability
Modes: Active/Active, Active/Passive
Failure detection: Path monitoring, interface monitoring I/O
(8) 10/100/1000
Management I/O
(1) 10/100/1000 out-of-band management port,
(1) RJ-45 console port
Storage capacity
160GB HDD
Power supply (Avg/Max power consumption)
180W (40W/75W)
Max BTU/hr
256
Input voltage (Input frequency)
100-240VAC (50-60Hz)
Max current consumption
1A@100VAC
Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF)

10.16 years
Max Inrush Current
110A@230VAC; 51A@115VAC
Rack mountable (Dimensions)
1U, 19” standard rack (1.75”H x 10”D x 17”W)
Weight (Stand-alone device/As shipped)
8lbs/13lbs
Safety
cCSAus, CB
EMI
FCC Class A, CE Class A, VCCI Class A
Certifications
See: https://www.paloaltonetworks.com/company/certifications.html Environment
Operating temperature: 32 to 122 F, 0 to 50 C
Non-operating temperature: -4 to 158 F, -20 to 70 C
To view additional information about the features and associated capacities of the PA-500, please visit www.paloaltonetworks. com/products.

PA-500 supports a wide range of networking features that enable you to more easily integrate our security features into your existing network.

OVERVIEW
The ENCOM E-LITE 5GHz unit represents an industry first low cost solution for enterprises and municipalities. Built for high data throughput and backbone applications in mind, the ENCOM E-LITE 5GHz Solution is ideal for Wireless City projects and critical high-speed communications.

PERFORMANCE AND SCALABILITY
ENCOM’s E-LITE Solutions draw on all the strengths of the COMMPAK and Energy solutions to provide standard-setting data rates, enhanced security and the dependability that ENCOM is known for at an affordable price.

ENCOM’S E-LITE Solutions are fully compatible with all ENCOM ENERGY, COMMPAKBB and other manufacturers of 802.11a/n compliant offering you the flexibility to quickly and easily deploy a fast and efficient wireless ecosystem. By adhering to IEEE 802.11 standards and offering features such as Dynamic Frequency Selection, Traffic Prioritization and OFDM technology the COMMPAK 5GHz Broadband Solution is highly resilient to RF interference while providing best-in-class transmission data rates and enhanced security features such as WPA, WPA2, TKIP, AES, MAC and RADIUS authentication.

ENCOM STRATOS+ SOFTWARE
ENCOM’s STRATOS+ software makes setting up
and configuring your wireless network a breeze.

With profile based configurations, built-in
diagnostic and alignment tools as well as
network mapping and robust security features
STRATOS+ makes monitoring and maintaining
your network an easy and centralized process.

ENCOM’s proven wireless hardware solutions
coupled with unparalleled management and
diagnostic software (included free of charge with
all units) provide the fast and reliable networks that
enterprises and municipalities all over North America have come to expect.

E-Lite 5GHz
300 Mbps Wireless Broadband System 5.180-5.825GHz
Key Features:
• Up to 300Mbps
• RSSI LED and Reset
functionality built-in
• High Power 1000 mW
transmitter allows range in
excess of 20 miles (LOS)
• IEEE 802.11a/n standards and
proprietary E-max.
• Every unit supplied with
STRATOS+ diagnostics,
monitoring and maintenance
tool free of charge
• 10/100/1000 PoE interface
Key Benefits:
• Unparalleled software
management tools
• Scaleable and future proof
technology platforms
• Unequalled warranty and
support programs
• Easily defined and measurable
ROI
• Interoperable with solutions
from other vendors
Applications:
• Intelligent Transportation
Systems
• Water/Waste Water
Management
• Utilities
• Industrial SCADA
• Private Networks
WWW.ENCOMWIRELESS.COM
STRATOS+ Management Software
03/22/16
ELITE5GHz-rev2.4
Physical Specifications
Non-Integrated Unit Integrated Antenna Unit Access Point Cluster Dimensions:

Weight:

Environmental:

Antenna Type:

Operating Temperature:

Radio Units:
• 8.6”x8.6”x3.17”
• Weight: 3 lb.
• IP67 Weatherproofing rating
• External Panel, Sector, OMNI
• -40°C to +80°C @ 95% humidity
• Up to 2
• 15.25”x15.25”x4.5”
• Weight: 5 lb.
• IP67 Weatherproof rating
• 20 dBi Panel Antenna
• -40°C to +80°C @ 95% humidity
• Up to 2
• 12.5”x9.3”x5.8”
• Weight: 8 lb.
• IP67 Weatherproof rating
• External Sector Antenna
• -40°C to +85°C @ 95% humidity
• Up to 4
Wireless Interface
Frequency Range 5.150 - 5.825GHz
Peak Transmit Power 30 dBm (1000 mW)
Receive Sensitivity -94 dBm to -74 dBm
Channel Widths 20MHz and 40MHz
Modulations OFDM, BPSK, QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM
Protocol IEEE 802.11a/n, E-max (proprietary)
Data Rate Up to 300Mbps (MCS0-15)
MIMO 2x2
Topology Point-to-point, Point-to-Multipoint
Consumption 14W (single), 18W (dual)
Networking Features
802.11e WMM and QOS
802.11h DFS and TPC
802.1d Ethernet Bridging
802.1p Traffic Prioritization
802.1q VLAN
802.1s Spanning Tree
802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree
802.3-1998 Ethernet
802.3ab Gigabit Ethernet
802.3ac Extended Frame Size for 802.1q & 802.1p support 802.3ad Link Aggregation/Port Bonding/Port Trunking
802.3i 10 Mbps Ethernet
802.3u 100 Mbps Ethernet and Auto-Negotiation
802.3x Full Duplex and Flow Control
IEEE Wireless Networking and Security Features
• Bursting
• Compression
• Dynamic Ack Timeout
• TLS EAP Method
• Passthrough EAP Method
• Hardware Retries
• Preamble Mode
• Periodic Calibration
• Disconnect Timeout
• On-fail Retry
• CSMA Disable
• Station Channel Scan list
• EMAX proprietary protocol
• 802.11i-WPA-PSK
• 802.11i-WPA2-PSK
• 802.11i-WPA-EAP
• 802.11i-WPA2-EAP
• 802.11i-TKIP
• 802.11i-AES-CCM
• 802.11i-802.1x
• 802.11i-RSN
• Radius Authentication
• MAC Access Control List
• FCC 15.247
• IC RSS-210
• RoHS Compliant
ENCOM STRATOS+ (included free with every unit)
• Profile base configurations with SQL database
• Real-Time RSSI, Network Traffic and user-defined color coded link status. • Bandwidth Testing
• Audio Alignment tool
• Client Connection Quality
• System Wide Ping Tool
• IP Discovery Tool
• Network Mapping with Auto-Geo Location for GPS enabled units. • User defined email alerts for maintenance personnel for change in online status, decreased signal levels (dBm), CCQ and changes in data rate • Streamlined device programming and ability to manage all devices from a central location
Additional Networking Features
• OSPF
• FTP/TFTP
• HTTP
• Telnet
• SSH
• SNMP
• RJ45 10/100/1000 PoE+Data Out
• Syslog
• Routing
• Firewall / NAT
• NTP
• VPN
• DHCP Client / Server
Ordering Options
• E-Lite 58 INT: Single Radio with Integrated Dual Polarity Panel Antenna • E-Lite 58 INT Dual: Dual Radio with Integrated Dual Polarity Panel Antenna and (2x) External Type-N Female Connectors
• E-Lite 58 EXT: Single Radio with (2x) External Type-N Female Connectors • E-Lite 58 EXT Dual: Dual Radio with (4x) External Type-N Female Connectors E-Lite 5 GHz

5.150 - 5.825GHz BROADBAND SPECIFICATIONS
*ENCOM Broadband radios require professional installation.

Specifications subject to change without notice. Visit www.encomwireless.com for updates.

Canadian Office
Toll Free: (800)617-3487
Phone: +1 (403) 230-1122
#7 640 42nd Ave NE Calgary
Alberta T2E 7J9
Canada
US Office
Toll Free: (800)617-3487
Phone: +1 (972) 885-5170
3750 Arapaho Rd, Addison
Texas 75001
USA
Email: [email protected]
Data sheet: Tsunami® MP-10100 Series
Performance Matters. Proxim Delivers.
®
Tsunami® MP-10100 series
Very High Throughput Point-to-Multipoint Wireless Solution Proxim Wireless is a leader and an early innovator in wireless technology providing high-speed, long-range and mobile broadband wireless solutions.

Proxim introduces the Tsunami® MP-10100, a very high throughput, high power, extremely reliable and cost-effective, near-line-of-sight point-to-multipoint (PMP) wireless solution.

The Tsunami® MP-10100 supports the following features specifically for last miles access, video surveillance or mobility application that need very high-speed broadband wireless access:

Proxim WORP®, a highly evolved QoS platform
tailored to deliver voice, video and data
applications
Proxim ClearConnect™, a suite of over 13 different
techniques all working together to ensure robust and
reliable radio communications in noisy deployments
Proxim FastConnect™, a High Speed Mobility
solution for Buses, Trains, Metros and Ferries
World Class Performance
Point-to-Multipoint system that delivers up to 866 Mbps data rate and covers distances up to 10 miles (16 km)
Dual IPv4 and IPv6 stack for transparent evolution to tomorrow’s networks Triple level login with monitoring, simplified or advanced web interface Built-in feature rich network protocols for bridging, routing and gateway functionality
High Speed Mobility up to 185 mph (295 km/h)
Frequency Agnostic
Operates in unlicensed bands from 5.150 to 5.925 GHz
Flexible RF planning with 20, 40 and 80 MHz channel size Near-Line-of-Sight and Advanced Features
Features dual Gigabit Ethernet ports with PoE out to power other devices such as surveillance cameras or additional radios
Performs deep packet inspection (DPI) to create unique and sophisticated service rules and tiered service classes with ease
BSU redundancy (500 milliseconds switch over time) and Dynamic Channel Selection to ensure continuity of services whatever the condition Built in spectrum analyzer to analyze frequency bands for interference, and select the best available channel
Carrier-Grade Backhaul
Implements AES encryption and Radius authentication for the most secure outdoor wireless communications in the unlicensed frequency spectrum Utilizes Proxim’s Wireless Outdoor Routing Protocol (WORP®), which prevents snooping, and features highly-secure remote management via SSL/TLS1.2, SSH and SNMPv3
Features Ethernet ports with pass-through IEEE 1588v2 synchronization and support for 9k Jumbo frame
Product Line Compatibility
Connects to all existing Tsunami® MP-8200, MP-820 and MP-830 products Fully integrates within ProximVision® Advanced Cloud Based Carrier Management System and Controller
Increase your multipoint capacity to over 600 Mbps throughput with the all new Tsunami® MP-10100 series Specifications: Tsunami® MP-10100 Series
www.proxim.com Copyright © Proxim Wireless Corporation. All rights reserved.

PRODUCT MODELS PART NUMBERS
MP-10100-BSU Tsunami® MP 10100 Base Station, 866 Mbps, MIMO 2x2, Type-N Connectors 901-00226 MP-10100-BSU-US 901-00227 MP-10100-BSU-WD MP-10150-BS9 Tsunami® MP 10150 Base Station, 866 Mbps, MIMO 2x2, 90° sector antenna 901-00230 MP-10150-BS9-US 901-00231 MP-10150-BS9-WD MP-10150-BS1 Tsunami® MP 10150 Base Station, 866 Mbps, MIMO 2x2, 22 dBi panel antenna 901-00260 MP-10150-BS1-US 901-00261 MP-10150-BS1-WD MP-10100-SUA Tsunami® MP 10100 Subscriber Unit, 866 Mbps, MIMO 2x2, Type-N Connectors 901-00228 MP-10100-SUA-US 901-00229 MP-10100-SUA-WD MP-10150-SUR Tsunami® MP 10150 Subscriber Unit, 866 Mbps, MIMO 2x2, 22 dBi panel antenna 901-00232 MP-10150-SUR-US 901-00233 MP-10150-SUR-WD MP-10150-SUL Tsunami® MP 10150 Subscriber Unit Long-range, 866 Mbps, MIMO 2x2, 28 dBi panel antenna 901-00234 MP-10150-SUL-US 901-00235 MP-10150-SUL-WD

INTERFACES
WIRED ETHERNET Two auto MDI-X RJ45 10/100/1000Mbps Ethernet (Port #1 with PoE in & Data, Port #2 with PoE out & Data) WIRELESS PROTOCOL WORP® (Wireless Outdoor Router Protocol)

RADIO & TX SPECS
MIMO 2x2:2
MODULATION OFDM with BPSK, QPSK, QAM16, QAM64, QAM256
FREQUENCY 5.150 – 5.925 GHz (Subject to Country Regulations) CHANNEL SIZE 80 MHz, 40 MHz and 20 MHz
DATA RATE MCS 0 to 9 with Dynamic Data Rate Selection
TX POWER Up to 28 dBm (dual chain)
TX POWER CONTROL 0 - 27 dB, in 1 dB steps. Automatic TPC with configurable EIRP limit

TX POWER
80 MHz 40 MHz 20 MHz
MCS0: 28 MCS0: 28 MCS0: 29
MCS9: 21 MCS9: 22 MCS8: 25
RX SENSITIVITY (Per=10%) MCS0: -89 MCS0: -93 MCS0: -94
MCS9: -68 MCS9: -71 MCS8: -74
THROUGHPUT Up to 633 Mbps Up to 324 Mbps Up to 137 Mbps OTHER Dynamic Channel Selection (DCS) based on interference detection. Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) based on radar signature . Automatic Transmit Power Control (ATPC) with EIRP limit support

ANTENNA
MP-10100-BSU/SUA Two N-type Connectors with built-in Surge Protection MP-10150-BS9 Integrated 2x2 MIMO 16dBi Dual Polarized 90 degree Sector Antenna MP-10150-BS1/SUR Integrated 2x2 MIMO 22dBi Dual Polarized 1 foot Panel Antenna MP-10150-SUL Integrated 2x2 MIMO 28dBi Dual Polarized 2 feet Panel Antenna

MANAGEMENT
REMOTE Telnet and SSH, Web GUI and SSL/TLS, TFTP, SNMPv3 SNMP SNMP v1-v2c-v3, RFC-1213, RFC-1215, RFC-2790, RFC-2571, RFC-3412, RFC-3414, Private MIB OTHER Syslog, sFlow™ agent, SNTP and local time, Spectrum analyzer

SYNCHRONIZATION
Pass-through IEEE 1588v2 Ethernet Synchronization

SECURITY
ENCRYPTION AES 128
AUTHENTICATION Internal MAC Address Control List, Radius based Authentication (with VLAN and QoS provisioning) QoS
Asymmetric Bandwidth Control Asymmetric UL/DL committed and maximum information rate per service flow Packet Classification Capabilities 802.1p priority, IPTOS, VLAN ID, IP addresses, ports, Ethernet addresses, IP protocol, and EtherType Scheduling Best Effort, Real Time Polling Services

NETWORK
MODES Bridging, Routing (RIP v2 and IP tunneling)
IP STACK IPv4 and IPv6 simultaneously
GATEWAY FEATURES DHCP Server & relay, NAT with Std ALGs, PPPoE end point with Proxy DNS VLAN 802.1Q: Management VLAN. Transparent, Access, Trunk and Mixed mode. QinQ double tagging

POWER INPUT OUTPUT
36 to 57 VDC via Ethernet port1 (Power over Ethernet)
12 VDC via Access port
Power should not be provided simultaneously on both ports. 48 to 57 VDC – 25 Watt on Ethernet port2 (PoE – software controlled) 12 VDC on Access port

POWER CONSUMPTION
17 Watt typical

ENVIRONMENTAL SPECS

OPERATING TEMPERATURE STORAGE TEMPERATURE HUMIDITY, IP RATING, WIND LOADING -40º to 60ºC (-40º to 140º Fahrenheit) -50º to 70ºC (-58º to 158º Fahrenheit) 100% relative humidity, IP67, 180 km/h (112.5 mph)

PHYSICAL SPECS
PRODUCT MODELS DIMENSIONS PACKAGED (per unit) DIMENSIONS UNPACKAGED (per unit) WEIGHT (PACKAGED) WEIGHT (UNPACKAGED) MP-10100-BSU/SUA 14.56 x 13.0 x 7.87 in (370 x 331 x 200 mm) 9.84 x 8.66 x 2.83 in (250 x 220 x 72 mm) 9.92 lbs (4.5 kg) 4.20 lbs (1.9 kg) MP-10150-BS9 18.46 x 7.05 x 21.57 in (469 x 179 x 548 mm) 14 x 14 x 3.40 in (370 x 370 x 85 mm) 13.67 lbs (6.2 kg) 7.27 lbs (3.3 kg) MP-10150-BS1/SUR 14.56 x 13.0 x 7.87 in (370 x 331 x 200 mm) 12 x 12 x 3.40 in (305 x 305 x 85 mm) 10.91 lbs (4.95 kg) 5.30 lbs (2.4 kg) MP-10150-SUL 27.55 x 6.85 x 27.55 in (700 x 174 x 700 mm) 23.62 x 23.62 x 3.85 in (600 x 600 x 92 mm) 23.15 lbs (10.5 kg) 14.33 lbs (6.5 kg)

SAFETY STANDARDS
UL 60950, CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 60950, IEC 60950, EN 60950 (part -1 and -22)

PACKAGE CONTENTS
One Tsunami® MP-10100-BSU/SUA with two N-type surge protected connectors One Wall / Pole mounting kit Or One Tsunami® MP-10150-BS9/BS1/SUR/SUL with integrated dual polarized antenna One Antenna alignment (RJ11) dongle One power injector and country specific power cord One Grounding kit One Connector weatherproofing kit (Includes all recommended weatherproofing material) One Quick Installation Guide

MTBF & WARRANTY
MTBF over 250 000 hours & 2-year warranty with ServPak Extended Support available. www.savari.net // +1 408 833 6369
StreetWAVE Road-Side-Unit (RSU)
Savari is the leading vendor of DSRC-based RSEs in ITS test beds and commercial applications. Savari StreetWAVE™ has proven its reliability from the freezing cold of a Michigan winter to the extreme heat of an Arizona summer. It offers multiple configuration options for DSRC radios, Wi-Fi and GPS, and is compliant with the United States Department of Transprotation (USDOT) RSE 4.0 specification. StreetWAVE comes with the most thoroughly tested and highly regarded RSE software. In fact, the Ann-Arbor Safety Pilot Model Deployment uses Savari RSUs exclusively.

Key Features •
Mobility
• Ease of implementation and deployment
• USDOT specification conformance
• Ease of configuration
• Sturdy mechanical design
Features
• On-board GPS for location services and
synchronization
• PoE with full surge protection
• FCC certified
• USDOT rQPL vendor
• Available SDK for application development
• Available remote management support
• PCAP logging and error reporting and
support for message
DSRC Message support
• WSA Broadcasts
• Traveler Information Messages
• Roadside Alert
• Signal Phase and Timing (SPaT) Messages
• GID/MAP Messages
• RTCM Messages
Standard support
• IEEE 802.11p
• IEEE 1609.2
• IEEE 1609.3
• IEEE 1609.4
• SAE J2735
• NTCIP
Networking
• IPv6 and IPv4 support
• SIT Tunnel support
• SSL
• SSH
• TLS
Applications
Selected V2I Safety (sample)
• I2V - Traffic signal violation warning
• I2V - Curve speed warning
• I2V - Left turn assistant
• I2V - Stop sign movement assistance
• I2V - Red light violation warning
• I2V - Reduced speed zone warning
Components
Processor 533 Mhz
Memory 256 MB DDR DRAM
Storage 8 GB Flash
DSRC Interfaces Dual Radio Support
GPS U-Blox Traking Sensitivity -160dBM
Power Rating 48 VDC
Temperature -40C to +85C
Dimensions 8” (L) x 8 ½” (H) x 2 ¾” (D)
Antenna Connectors N-Type Male
LED’s Power and Status
Standards Compliance SAE J1211 sections 3.2.7 and 3.2.8 FCC Compliance FCC Part 15B/IC ICES-003 Class A,
FCC Rule Part 90, 95L
Traffic Controller Compatibility Compatible with NTCIP compliant traffic controllers
Accessory Kit (Optional) Pole mounting kit PoE (Power
over Ethernet) Controller Kit
SDK (sold separately) Available as VM image for rapid
deployment and testing of
connected vehicle applications.

Sample applications are available
through Comprehensive
Programmers Guide
Standards
ORiNOCO® AP-9100R
Outdoor 802.11ac Access Point
Data sheet: ORiNOCO® AP-9100R
ORiNOCO® AP-9100R takes advantage of Proxim’s expertise in both Wi-Fi and outdoor systems to deliver a dual radio 802.11ac Access Point ready for outdoor use. ORiNOCO® AP-9100R features MIMO 2x2:2 performance with an aggregate data rate of 1166 Mbps and unparalleled flexibility. In addition, it benefits from the robust and IP67 weatherproofed design of Proxim Tsunami® products with unique features such as dual gigabit Ethernet ports with controllable PoE in and out.

Organizations of all sizes encompassing Carriers, Small and Medium Enterprises, Health Care, Governments and Public safety departments, can achieve higher performance than their existing wired and wireless LANs thanks to 802.11ac advantage: significantly higher throughput and longer range.

World Class Performance
ORiNOCO® AP-9100R products enable enterprises of all size to extend their LAN outdoor while providing equivalent performance to their existing Ethernet networks.

High throughput with dual radio rates of 866 + 300 Mbps High power radio delivering up to 28 dBm (2 RF) at 5 GHz Twice the throughput of existing typical WLANs
High reliability for quad play applications
Dual IPv4 and IPv6 stacks for transparent evolution to tomorrow networks Highly Secure
ORiNOCO® AP-9100R provides enterprise class security to ensure full protection of sensitive information.
802.11i/WPA2™ based security with AES 128 encryption and 802.1x Radius based authentication
Rogue scan listing surrounding devices
Secure management (SSL/TLS1.2, SSH and SNMPv3) preventing unwanted configuration changes
IP67 rated metal enclosure and surged protect ethernet and antenna ports Advanced Features
ORiNOCO® AP-9100R is packed with features.

Dual Gigabit Ethernet ports with PoE out to power other devices such as surveillance cameras or additional radios
Multi-SSID with VLAN allocation, plus Ethernet port access and trunk mode 802.11e/WMM® QoS
Public HotSpot integration with Home Page redirect and Walled Garden.

HotSpot 2.0 to automatically discover and seamlessly authenticate to public Wi-Fi networks
Unparalleled Flexibility and Convenience with
Centralized Management
ProximVision® Advanced supports ORiNOCO® devices giving network architects unparalleled flexibility and control of the units.

Rapid Network Deployment: automates configuration processes for faster, more efficient deployment of Proxim Wireless networks
Advanced Configuration Capabilities: gives network managers an option for exhaustive device configuration with a software-based tool Greater Ease of Use and Upgradability: supports a greater number of devices than competitively priced solutions and provides the simplest path to configuration and upgrade
Standalone and Controller-Ready
ORiNOCO® AP-9100R offers the advantages of both architectures:

Standalone operation
Controller based leveraging ProximVision® Advanced
Performance Matters. Proxim Delivers.
®
Proxim introduces the ORiNOCO® AP- 9100R, a dual radio 802.11ac Access Point designed for outdoor use Specifications: ORiNOCO® AP-9100R
www.proxim.com Copyright © Proxim Wireless Corporation. All rights reserved.

PRODUCT MODELS
AP-9100R ORiNOCO® AP-9100R, MIMO 2x2, 802.11 ac + b/g/n dual radio outdoor Access Point

INTERFACES
WIRED ETHERNET Two auto MDI-X RJ45 10/100/1000Mbps Ethernet - Port #1 with PoE in & Data - Port #2 with PoE out & Data WIRELESS PROTOCOL - Radio #1: 802.11a/n/ac - Radio #2: 802.11b/g/n RADIO Radio #1 Radio #2
FREQUENCY 5.150 – 5.925 GHz (Subject to Country Regulations) 2.400 – 2.484 (Subject to Country Regulations) 802.11ac 802.11n 802.11a 802.11n 802.11g 802.11b
MIMO 2x2:2 2x2:2 2x2:2 2x2:2 N/A N/A
MODULATION OFDM BPSK-QAM256 OFDM BPSK-QAM64 OFDM BPSK-QAM64 OFDM BPSK - QAM64 OFDM BPSK-QAM64 DSSS DBPSK-CCK DATA RATE Upto 866 Mbps Upto 300 Mbps Upto 54 Mbps Upto 300Mbps Upto 54Mbps Up to 11Mbps 80 MHz 40 MHz 20 MHz 40 MHz 20 MHz 20 MHz 40 MHz 20 MHz 20 MHz 20 MHz TX POWER MCS0: 28 MCS0: 28 MCS0: 29 MCS0: 28 MCS0: 29 6 Mbps: 29 MCS0/8: 26 MCS0/8: 26 6 Mbps: 26 1 Mbps: 26 MCS9: 21 MCS9: 22 MCS8: 25 MCS7: 22 MCS7: 25 54 Mbps: 27 MCS7/15: 20 MCS7/15: 21 54 Mbps: 22 11 Mbps: 26 RX SENSITIVITY (BER=10-6) MCS0: -89 MCS0: -93 MCS0: -94 MCS0: -93 MSS0: -94 6 Mbps: -94 MCS0/8: -88/90 MCS0/8: -92/91 6 Mbps: -93 1 Mbps: -93 MCS9: -68 MCS9: -71 MCS8: -74 MCS7: -75 MCS7: -77 54 Mbps: -80 MCS7/15: -72/69 MCS7/15: -74/72 54 Mbps: -77 11 Mbps: -89 OTHER Auto Channel Selection (ACS)
Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) based on radar signature Auto Channel Selection (ACS)
THROUGHPUT Radio #1 Radio #2
Up to 450 Mbps Up to 150 Mbps
ANTENNA Radio #1 Radio #2
Two N-type Connectors with built-in Surge Protection Two N-type Connectors with built-in Surge Protection Two 7 dBi, omni-directional antenna provided Two 5 dBi, omni-directional antenna provided

MANAGEMENT
REMOTE Telnet and SSH, Web GUI and SSL/TLS1.2, TFTP, SNMPv3 SNMP SNMP v1-v2c-v3, RFC-1213, RFC-1215, RFC-2790, RFC-2571, RFC-3412, RFC-3414, Private MIB OTHER Syslog, SNTP and local time

NETWORK
IP STACK IPv4 and IPv6 simultaneously
VLAN 802.1Q: Management VLAN. Transparent, Access and Trunk mode. Radius based VLAN assignment

WIRELESS
AP-AP COMMUNICATION WDS with STP loop avoidance
RF ENVIRONMENT Spectrum analyzer
OTHER 802.11d/802.11h Spectrum and Regulatory Features

SECURITY
AUTHENTICATION Enterprise/802.1x, Personal/ PSK (Pre Shared Key) or Open plus Internal MAC Address Control List 802.1X SUPPORT PEAP, LEAP, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-SIM, EAP-AKA, EAP-FAST ENCRYPTION 802.11i/WPA2 and WPA Wireless Security with AES-128, TKIP or WEP QoS
PACKET CLASSIFICATION 802.11e/WMM Enhanced Distributed Channel Access, 4 priority queues 802.1p priority, IPTOS

HOTSPOT
Home Page Redirect with configurable URL and Domain based Walled Garden with wild card support Hotspot 2.0

POWER INPUT OUTPUT
36 to 57 VDC via Ethernet port1 (Power over Ethernet) 48 to 57 VDC - 25 Watt on Ethernet port2 (Power over Ethernet – software controlled) 12 VDC via Access port 12 VDC on Access port
Power should not be provided simultaneously on both ports.

POWER CONSUMPTION
23 Watt typical

ENVIRONMENTAL SPECS

OPERATING TEMPERATURE

STORAGE TEMPERATURE

HUMIDITY - IP RATING

WIND LOADING
-40º to 60ºC (-40º to 140º Fahrenheit)
-50º to 70ºC (-58º to 158º Fahrenheit)
100% relative humidity - IP67
180 km/h (112.5 mph)

PHYSICAL SPECS DIMENSIONS WEIGHT
PACKAGED (per unit) 14.56 x 13.0 x 7.87 in (370 x 331 x 200 mm) 10.91 lbs (4.95 kg) UNPACKAGED (per unit) 9.84 x 8.66 x 2.83 in (250 x 220 x 72 mm) 5.07 lbs (2.3 kg)

SAFETY STANDARDS
UL 60950, CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 60950, IEC 60950, EN 60950 (part -1 and -22)

PACKAGE CONTENTS
One ORiNOCO® AP-9100R with four N-type surge protected connectors One power injector and country specific power cord Two 2.4 GHz, 5 dBi omni antennas One Wall / Pole mounting kit Two 5 GHz, 7 dBi omni antennas One Grounding kit
One Connector weatherproofing kit One Antenna alignment (RJ11) dongle (Includes all recommended weatherproofing material) One Quick Installation Guide

MTBF and WARRANTY
>250 000 hours, 2-year warranty, ServPak Extended Support available. 1 2012-08-26 (update) © 2012 All Rights reserved to Siklu Communication Ltd.

EtherHaul™-1200F-L – Gigabit Ethernet Wireless Solution EtherHaul-1200F Datasheet
EtherHaul™-1200F
The EtherHaul-1200F product provides wireless point-to-point Gigabit Ethernet connectivity operating at the 71-76/81-86GHz lightly licensed E-band spectrum using FDD technology.

Based on Siklu’s revolutionary integrated-silicon technology, EtherHaul-1200F is a highly reliable, small, light-weight field proven solution.

EtherHaul-1200F is designed to meet the growing need of service providers and businesses for secure and reliable high-capacity carrier-grade radio connectivity. It offers Gigabit throughput, MEF-compliant networking and QoS.

The product features enhanced Hitless Adaptive Bandwidth, Coding & Modulation for maximum spectral efficiency, and link availability.

EH1200F supports network synchronization and ring protection, and is optimized for mobile backhaul. EtherHaul1200F includes multiple GbE interfaces, supporting complex network topologies, such as daisy chain, ring and mesh. All in a small and light outdoor package that is fast and simple, and inexpensive to deploy.

Typical Applications
Mobile
backhaul
Backhaul
for
mobile
services

 3G/4G/WiMAX/LTE/LTE+
Business
services
connectivity  Leased
line
replacement
 LAN
and
fiber
extension

LAN
to
LAN

connectivity
High
capacity
and
secure
connectivity

 Healthcare
 Education
 Security
 Disaster
recovery

Temporary
network
deployments
Features & Benefits
• Field
proven technology
and

products

• Reduced
TCO
and
fast
ROI
• High
Performance

ü High
throughput,
low

latency
ü Fiber-­‐like
functionality
• Spectrum
efficient

ü Uncongested,
inexpensive

Eband
license
fees
ü Hitless
Adaptive
Bandwidth

Coding
and
Modulation
for

high
availability

ü High-­‐gain,
pencil-­‐beam

antenna
• Advanced
Layer-­‐2
features:
ü MEF-­‐compliant
QoS
ü VLAN,
Provider
Bridge
ü SLA
assurance
• All-­‐outdoor
small
footprint
ü Small
and
light
ü Quick
and
easy
to
install
• Advanced
AES
encryption
ü Secured
transmission
• Integrated
Silicon
solution
• Zero
touch
instaltion

e-NETSource - Tel: +61 (0)2 800 373 27 - [email protected] - www.e-netsource.com 2 2012-08-08(update) © 2012 All Rights reserved to Siklu Communication Ltd.

EtherHaul™-1200F
EtherHaul™-1200F General Specifications
Frequency and technology • FDD: 71-76/81-86GHz
Modulation • QPSK/QAM16/QAM64
Adaptive modulation • Hitless adaptive bandwidth, coding and modulation, boosting system gain by 25dB Over-the-air throughput • Up to 1000Mbps (FD)
System gain (BER=10-6) • 182dB (including 1ft antennas gain) • 196dB (including 2ft antennas gain)
Interfaces • 4xGbE: 2xcopper+ 2xfiber ports or 1xcopper+ 3xfiber Antenna • Integrated 1ft (31cm), 43dBi
• External 2ft (65cm), 50dBi
Power
• PoE+ (IEEE 802.3at)
• Wide-voltage interface: ±21-57VDC
• Power supply redundancy (PoE and DC input)
Ethernet features
• VLAN (IEEE 802.1q) and VLAN stacking (Q-in-Q, IEEE 802.1ad Provider Bridge) • IEEE 802.1d Transparent Bridging
• QoS, traffic shaping, and policing
• MEF 9,14 and 21 compliant
• Ethernet OAM and CFM (IEEE 802.1ag / ITU-T Y.1731 / IEEE 802.3ah) • Ethernet Ring Protection (ITU-T G.8032)
Synchronization • IEEE 1588 TC
• Synchronous Ethernet ITU-T G.8261/8262/8264
Network topologies • 1+0, 1+1, 2+0, Ring, Daisy-chain and mesh Encryption • AES 128-bit and 256-bit
Management • In-band, out-of-band, embedded CLI, web GUI, SNMPv2/3 Environmental • Operating temperature: -45° ÷ +55°C
• Ingress protection rating: IP67
Regulatory • ETSI EN 302 217-4, CE marked, EMC, safety
Dimensions • ODU (H x W x D) - 24.5 cm x 22.5 cm x 7 cm • ODU + Antenna (Dia. x Depth) -31 cm x 13 cm
Weight • ODU + antenna (31 cm): 4 kg
Contact information
e-NETSource
PO Box 402 Chatswood NSW 2057
Australia
Tel: +61 (0)2 800 373 27
Fax: +61 (0)2 800 704 37
[email protected]
The Siklu logo and EtherHaul™ are trademarks of Siklu Communication Ltd. This brochure is for information purposes only. The details contained in this document, including product and feature specifications, are subject to change without notice. This brochure shall not bind Siklu to provide to anyone a specific product or set of features related thereto. www.e-NETSource.com
e-NETSource - Tel: +61 (0)2 800 373 27 - [email protected] - www.e-netsource.com e-NETSource - Tel: +61 (0)2 800 373 27 - [email protected] - www.e-netsource.com e-NETSource - Tel: +61 (0)2 800 373 27 - [email protected] - www.e-netsource.com Extend
the
Power
of Your
Network
www.ericsson.com/us/connecting-business
wireless fiber
Whether it is permanent high-performance connectivity, temporary ondemand bandwidth or backup to traditional fiber networking that you need, Ericsson Wireless Fiber offers microwave-based solutions that are highly cost-effective, quick to deploy and highly reliable to maximize your network today and protect your investment in the future.

By 2019, mobile
data traffic will grow
by 7x, with >50%
driven by video
>50%
Video
Is Your
Network
Ready?
Ericsson has
deployed >3M
microwave
radios
worldwide
>3M
Ericsson – Your proven
technology leader
www.ericsson.com/us/connecting-business
wireless fiber
Wireless Fiber PT 2020 / 6020
An all-outdoor and zero-footprint
microwave solution based on the
next-generation packet platform
PT 6020
70-80 GHz BAND
PT 2020
6-42 GHz BAND
Indoor or outdoor high capacity, compact
end-node for cost-efficient microwave hop
deployments with split mount solution
(indoor unit)
Wireless Fiber CN 510
• High Performance: Full-duplex technology delivers high transmission rates with simultaneous transmit and receive
• Quick Deployment: Operational in as fast as a couple of weeks, with compact form factors up to 30% smaller than competing solutions • True NLOS: Performance-leading non-line-of-sight solutions at 28 GHz frequencies with 4 to 6 times more capacity than traditional NLOS solutions • Rapid Replacement: Radio replacement service with next business day delivery of spares (optional)
• Reliable: Designed with high-tolerance from interference and to withstand harsh environmental conditions for 99.999% availability • Efficient: Highly-efficient radios consume up to 40% less power than traditional microwave solutions by using dynamic power technology • Leading Technology: Over 40 years of unparalleled experience in microwave technology, strong ongoing investment in R&D and over 3 million radios deployed worldwide
Sierra Wireless EMBEDDED MODULES HL SERIES
sierrawireless.com/routers-gateways
AirLink GX450 Datasheet
Rugged, reliable 4G mobile communications
The AirLink® GX450 is a rugged, secure mobile gateway designed to deliver mission-critical communications for in-vehicle applications. With LTE coverage on major global networks, the GX450 extends broadband connectivity to a wide range of devices and applications. It extends the enterprise network and management to the fleet, ensuring reliable, secure broadband data access for mobile users in the field.

Sierra Wireless® AirLink® GX450 Mobile Gateway
e GX450 Solution
AirLink® GX450 – Rugged, mobile 4G gateway

LICENSE PLATE

RECOGNITION

E-TICKETING

DISPATCH/AVL
AirLink Management
Service
VIDEO
B1744A
B1744A
• Consolidate all communications
over single data plan
• Rugged design for vehicle
environment
• Collect vehicle events, diagnostics
and workforce status
• Congure, monitor and
manage gateways remotely
• Set alerts for critical events and
prevent downtime
• Centrally manage software
upgrades
Reset
GX450
2 of 4

FEATURES
Ÿ State of the art LTE coverage
spanning 11 LTE frequency bands
Ÿ Provides in-vehicle network
connectivity via Ethernet, Serial,
Wi-Fi and USB
Ÿ Supports automatic switching to
Wi-Fi networks at station/depot
Ÿ Rugged vehicle design exceeds
MIL-STD-810G specifications for
shock and vibration
Ÿ Integrated events engine to track
vehicle status and workforce
safety
Ÿ Reliable GPS report store and
forward to multiple redundant
servers
Ÿ Up to 5 VPN tunnels to support
secure communications over
cellular networks
Ÿ Remote configuration, software
update, and monitoring with
AirLink Management Service
(ALMS)
Ÿ Integrated by industry leading
solution partners in the Solution
Exchange
Ÿ Industry leading warranty,
including free software
maintenance and accelerated
hardware replacement
Ÿ Collects and transmits OBD-II
vehicle diagnostics data
AirLink GX450 Mobile Gateway Datasheet
AIRLINK GX450 MODELS

MODEL HARDWARE INTERFACES
GX450 base 1 Ethernet, 1 RS-232 serial, 1 digital I/O,
1 USB, 2 cellular and 1 GPS antenna connectors
Wi-Fi option Adds 802.11 b/g/n Wi-Fi hotspot with simultaneous client mode for cellular offloading
I/O option Adds 4 digital I/O, 4 analog input, and a second RS-232 Serial port
Ethernet option Adds 2 more Ethernet ports for a total of 3 VEHICLE AREA NETWORKING: CONSOLIDATE CONNECTIONS
The GX450 is available in four configurations to provide vehicle-area connectivity tailored for each application environment. The base model provides connectivity for wired Ethernet, Serial and USB devices in the vehicle; an Ethernet option provides additional Ethernet ports. With the Wi-Fi option, the GX450 also includes an 802.11 b/g/n mobile access point for wireless devices and a Wi-Fi client for depot/station communications. An I/O option provides 4 digital input/outputs and 4 analog inputs to monitor external system events and sensor inputs. Consolidating all devices according to your requirements at the vehicle reduces the number of modems, antennas and subscriptions otherwise needed.

RUGGED DESIGN FOR DEMANDING VEHICLE APPLICATIONS
The GX450 is designed from the ground up to withstand the harsh environmental conditions of vehicle use. The die cast aluminum housing is sealed to meet IP64 levels of resistance to dust and water ingress. The product is tested to meet and exceed the MIL-STD-810G specification for shock, vibration, temperature and humidity. Immunity to harsh electrical transients is covered to meet international vehicle use standards.

SECURE MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
The GX450 is loaded with features to secure your critical data. With up to 5 concurrent VPN sessions, you can ensure secure communications to multiple backend systems. Remote authentication management allows you to use enterprise grade systems to manage access to devices in the field. Finally, port filtering and trusted IP protect the devices connected to your GX450 from unwanted access. 3 of 4

BENEFITS
Ÿ Supports present and future highspeed LTE networks
Ÿ Proven reliability, over 1 million
AirLink devices deployed
Ÿ Secure communications from
vehicle to enterprise
Ÿ Advanced situational monitoring
for the mobile workforce
Ÿ Powerful remote management
solution
Ÿ Lower operating costs by
monitoring vehicle health
AirLink GX450 Mobile Gateway Datasheet
REPORT AND ALERT: DON’T JUST COMMUNICATE
As a fleet manager, you need more than just communications. You need to monitor the safety of your mobile workforce and the state of your vehicles. For example, you need to know if a worker has set off a man-down alert or if a police car has engaged the lights and siren. For this, you need the AirLink integrated events engine.

This powerful tool allows you to develop custom event triggers and create tailored reports that communicate what’s happening in the vehicle to third party server platforms - all without any programming. An optional OBD-II Telemetry Accessory Kit allows you to collect engine diagnostic and performance data to monitor the health of your vehicles. Best of all, through the Sierra Wireless Solution Exchange, you have access to a catalogue of world class solution partners that have already integrated this functionality into their AVL and mobile workforce solutions.

MANAGEABILITY: MANAGE, MONITOR AND ADMINISTER YOUR FLEET

REMOTELY
Managing a fleet of mobile gateways is a demanding task. You need to maintain multiple device configurations, update device software, and remotely diagnose reported issues. AirLink Management Service (powered by AirVantage®) is the industry’s leading device management solution. This highly advanced application supports over-the-air device registration, configuration and software updates.

Dashboards display up-to-date views of the entire fleet, and custom reports can be set-up to monitor critical events and prevent downtime.

ABI Research has ranked ALMS as “Best in Class” among competing device management services.

DASHBOARD MONITOR CONNECTIVITY

SOFTWARE UPGRADES/UPDATES SECURITY CONFIGURATION
About Sierra Wireless
Sierra Wireless is building the Internet of Things with intelligent wireless solutions that empower organizations to innovate in the connected world. We offer the industry’s most comprehensive portfolio of 2G, 3G, and 4G embedded modules and gateways, seamlessly integrated with our secure cloud and connectivity services. OEMs and enterprises worldwide trust our innovative solutions to get their connected products and services to market faster.

For more information, visit www.sierrawireless.com.

Specification
SECURITY Remote Authentication (LDAP, RADIUS and TACACS+) DMZ
Inbound and Outbound Port filtering
Inbound and Outbound Trusted IP
MAC Address Filtering
PCI DSS V3.0 compatible

SATELLITE NAVIGATION
(GNSS)
12 Channel GPS and GLONASS Receiver
Acquisition Time: 1s Hot Start
Accuracy: <2m (50%), <5m (90%)
Tracking Sensitivity: -145dBm
GNSS Watchdog
Reports: NMEA 0183 V3.0, TAIP, RAP, XORA
Multiple Redundant Servers
Reliable Store and Forward
EVENTS ENGINE Custom event triggers and reports
Configurable interface, no programming
Event Types: Digital Input, Network Parameters, Data Usage, Timer, Power, Device Temperature
Report Types: RAP, SMS, Email, SNMP Trap, TCP (Binary,

XML, CSV)
Event Actions: Drive Relay Output

AIRLINK MANAGEMENT
SERVICE Secure cloud-based device management application Remote provisioning and airtime activation
Gateway configuration and template management
Configurable monitoring and alerting
Over the air software and radio module firmware updates Auto configuration

MANAGEMENT

INTERFACES
Web-Based User Interface
Device Configuration Templates
Over-the-air software and radio module firmware updates AT Command Line Interface (Telnet/SSH/Serial)
SMS Commands
SNMP

APPLICATION
FRAMEWORK ALEOS Application Framework (AAF)
LUA Scripting Language
Eclipse-based IDE
Integrated with AirVantage®
POWER Analog Ignition Sense and Power Management
Input Voltage: 9 to 36 VDC
Low Power mode triggered on low voltage, timer delay
(ignition sense), or periodic timer
ENVIRONMENTAL Operating Temperature: -30°C to +70°C / -22°F to +158°F Storage Temperature: -40°C to +85°C / -40°F to +185°F
Humidity: 90% RH @ 60°C
Military Spec MIL-STD-810G conformance to shock,
vibration, thermal shock, and humidity
IP64 rated ingress protection

INDUSTRY
CERTIFICATIONS Safety: IECEE Certification Bodies Scheme (CB Scheme) UL 60950
Vehicle Usage: E-Mark (2009/19/EC), ISO7637-2
Hazardous Environments: Class 1 Div 2
Environmental: RoHS, REACH, WEEE

SUPPORT AND
WARRANTY 3 year standard warranty
Optional 2 year warranty extension
Unrestricted device software upgrades
1-day Accelerated Hardware Replacement available through participating resellers
DIMENSIONS 142 x 98 x 41 mm (5.6 x 3.9 x 1.6 in)
397g (14oz.)
Specification
CELLULAR WAN North American Model (Sierra Wireless MC7354) Ÿ Carrier Approvals: Verizon, AT&T, Sprint, T-Mobile USA, US Cellular, Rogers, Bell, Telus
Ÿ Supported Frequency Bands
- LTE: 1900(B2), AWS(B4), 850(B5), 700(B13), 700(B17),
1900(B25)
- WCDMA: 2100(B1), 1900(B2), AWS(B4), 850(B5),
900(B8)
- EV-DO/CDMA: 800(BC0), 1900(BC1), 1700(BC10)
- GSM/GPRS/EDGE: Quad-band
Ÿ Industry Approvals: FCC, IC, PTCRB
Ÿ SIM Interface (2FF)
International Model (Sierra Wireless MC7304)
Ÿ Supported Frequency Bands
- LTE: 2100(B1), 1800(B3), 2600(B7), 900(B8), 800(B20)
- WCDMA: 2100(B1), 1900(B2), 850(B5), 900(B8)
- GSM/GPRS/EDGE: Quad-band
Ÿ Industry Approvals: CE, RCM, GCF, R&TTE
Ÿ Automatic SIM based network operator switching
Ÿ SIM Interface (2FF)
HOST INTERFACES 10/100 Base-T RJ45 Ethernet port (Ethernet option includes 3 ports)
RS-232 Serial Port on DB-9 Connector (I/O option includes additional Serial Port)
USB 2.0 Client (Micro-B Connector)
3 SMA antenna connectors (Primary, Secondary/Diversity, GPS)
Active GPS antenna support
INPUT/OUTPUT Configurable I/O pin on power connector
Ÿ Digital Input ON Voltage: 3.3 to 30 VDC
Ÿ Digital Input OFF Voltage: 0 to 1.2 VDC
Ÿ Digital Output > 200mA @ 30VDC
I/O Model Only
Ÿ 5 configurable digital I/O
Ÿ 4 configurable analog input (input voltage 0 to 30 VDC) Vehicle Telemetry
Ÿ OBD-II with Telemetry Accessory Kit (requires Serial Port) LAN (ETHERNET/USB) DNS, DNS Proxy
DHCP Server
IP Passthrough
VLAN
Host Interface Watchdog
PPPoE
SERIAL TCP/UDP PAD Mode
Modbus (ASCII, RTU, Variable)
PPP
Reverse Telnet
Garmin FMI
WI-FI On Wi-Fi Model Only
Ÿ IEEE 802.11 b/g/n
Ÿ Adjustable output power (Max:15dBm)
Ÿ Access point for up to 8 clients
Ÿ Simultaneous access point/client mode
Ÿ WEP, WPA-PSK, WPA2-PSK Security
NETWORK AND ROUTING Network Address Translation (NAT)
Port Forwarding
Host Port Routing

NEMO/DMNR
VRRP
Reliable Static Route
Dynamic DNS
VPN IPsec, GRE, and SSL VPN Client
Up to 5 concurrent tunnels
Split Tunnel
Dead Peer Detection (DPD)
Multiple Subnets
VPN Failover
Sierra Wireless
AIRLINK GX450
Sierra Wireless, the Sierra Wireless logo, AirLink, and the red wave design are trademarks of Sierra Wireless. Other registered trademarks that appear on this brochure are the property of the respective owners. © 2015 Sierra Wireless, Inc. 2016.05.26 SolarWinds Network
Performance Monitor

NETWORK AVAILABILITY AND PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
We know the challenges you face, because we’re network
engineers and system administrators just like you. We
know what it takes to manage complex, evolving networks.

In fact, we pooled all of our “what if’s” to design SolarWinds Network Performance Monitor (NPM) — a powerful,
yet easy-to-use, network availability and performance
management solution that delivers the critical information you need to stay on top of your evolving network.

SolarWinds NPM enables you to quickly detect, diagnose, and resolve network performance problems and outages.

And SolarWinds NPM is the easiest product of its kind to deploy, use, and maintain. That means you can spend your time actually managing your network, not supporting your network management software. Plus, with one-hour, doit-yourself deployment, you’ll be monitoring immediately, instead of filling out statements of work for more
consultants. See how easy network management can be
with SolarWinds NPM!
SolarWinds NPM Highlights:
• Comprehensive Network Availability & Performance Monitoring and reporting for MultiVendor Networks - Monitor, track the up/down status, and analyze real-time, in-depth, network performance statistics for routers, switches, wireless access points, servers, virtualized environments and any other SNMP-enabled device through an intuitive web-based user interface that provides device-by-device drill down and detailed system information. • Automated Network Discovery & Mapping – Automatically scan your network for changes and begin monitoring new devices immediately. Display your network pictorially and visually track device status.
• Intelligent Network Alerting – Receive alerts on real issues using sophisticated alert conditions such as correlated events and sustained conditions. • Flexible Service Status Management - Dynamically group your network resources to model your critical services and start managing end to end services in addition to your network infrastructure.

SolarWinds NPM Features
Network Availability & Performance Monitoring
SolarWinds NPM is a comprehensive performance monitoring, fault management, and network availability tool to help ensure that your network is always running at peak performance. Via a cutting-edge, customizable web interface, SolarWinds NPM gives you a unified view into the performance of thousands of SolarWinds is trusted by Simplify your Network Performance Monitoring NetFlow Traffic Analyzer | Orion Module
“I have continued to watch this
product evolve since version 7.0 and
have always found the interface
and built in tools helpful and well
thought out. The drill downs into
more detailed reports on interfaces,
nodes and resources have made this
product a mainstay in the network...

Definitely the best NPM product I
have ever worked with.”
- eusbreeves posted
on solarwinds.com
nodes and interfaces on your network. From a single web page, you can drill into any element on your network to see exactly what’s happening in real time.

SolarWinds NPM’s web interface provides real-time views of network performance and availability statistics, as well as detailed monitoring and analysis of data from routers, switches, servers, and any other SNMPenabled devices. This performance monitoring data alerts you to poor network conditions like slow traffic, loss of packets, or impaired devices.

With SolarWinds NPM, you can also automatically monitor and set alerts on disk space, CPU load, and memory utilization for your network devices. With out-of-the-box support for many vendors and operating systems, SolarWinds NPM ensures that you can easily collect and alert on conditions that could potentially cause a network outage or performance degradation.

Automated Network Device Discovery
When you first deploy SolarWinds NPM, you can
automatically discover all SNMP-enabled devices on your network with our Network Sonar wizard and then begin
monitoring immediately. Regular scans can be scheduled
to automatically discover new devices that are added to your network thus saving you valuable time by eliminating manual database entries.

Multi-Vendor Device Support
SolarWinds NPM was designed to provide out-of-the-box multi-vendor device support for today’s complex network environments. SolarWinds NPM monitors availability and performance statistics for any routers, switches, firewall, VPN concentrator, wireless access point and more that support standard protocols.

ConnectNow Network Mapping
SolarWinds NPM’s built-in Network Atlas allows you to view your network pictorially and visually track performance statistics in real time via dynamic network maps. With ConnectNow technology, you can even automatically display the connections between network devices on your maps. Choose from several built-in geographic map templates or import a logical image of your own network based on floor, building, department, or larger geographic location. Multiple network maps can also be nested to provide drill-down capabilities.

In literally seconds, you can drag and drop devices into their appropriate locations on the network map so that you can view the health of all network devices at a specific location; then simply click the ConnectNow button to automatically discover and display the connections between your devices. Plus, Network Atlas enables you to create your network map locally on your desktop and then export the map to SolarWinds NPM where it is immediately updated with the current status of the added nodes.

SolarWinds NPM can also display specific network maps (and specific types of network information indicated on those maps) based on the viewer’s authorization level or responsibility for particular regions of the network.

For example, if a device fails within a particular subnet that a user is not authorized to access, then that user’s map view will not go into alert condition, as the device is outside their scope of authorization.

LUCID Web Interface
SolarWinds NPM simplifies network troubleshooting with a Web interface that is LUCID (Logical, Useable, Customizable, Interactive, & Drill-down) allowing you to manage by exception and focus on highlighted issues that cross predefined thresholds as well as customizing and viewing data in graphs, tables, maps, and top 10 lists.

Based on feedback from thousands of engineers just like you, we have identified and implemented five critical interface attributes that simplify network troubleshooting. • Logical – The SolarWinds LUCID interface presents network performance information in a logical and intuitive manner to help you quickly make informed decisions about your network. The interface precisely presents the information you need to quickly determine if your network is suffering from poor performance.

NetFlow Traffic Analyzer | Orion Module
• Useable – SolarWinds NPM provides a tremendous breadth of information in every view, yet the interface is very useable. Administrator tasks have all been designed to allow you to maintain SolarWinds NPM with just a few clicks of your mouse. • Customizable – Rearrange Web resources, Top 10 views, modify time periods, and customize resources to meet your specific network environment. Easily tailor SolarWinds NPM’s maps to match so you can quickly discover any performance related issues. • Interactive – SolarWinds NPM automatically updates your network’s latest performance indicators to help you quickly determine if any network issues could potentially impact users. • Drill-down – View detailed information on virtually every device, performance indicator, and status link by simply drilling into respective hot performance indicators.

Centralized Message Center
The SolarWinds NPM Message Center is your central view
for all of the notification messages about your network’s performance. This consolidated view allows you to quickly troubleshoot network performance issues by analyzing
SNMP trap and Syslog data from a single interface, instead of by polling various machines. Events and alerts are also routed to this interface, allowing you to perform manual event correlation and basic root cause analysis.

Intelligent Network Alerting
SolarWinds NPM enables you to quickly and easily configure powerful network alert engines to respond to hundreds of different network scenarios, including multiple condition checks. These network alerts help you recognize and correct issues before your users experience performance degradation or availability issues.

With alerting support for correlated events and sustained conditions, SolarWinds NPM ensures that you don’t get paged at 3am unless there is a critical issue.

Additionally, SolarWinds NPM can automatically escalate network alerts until a problem is resolved.

SolarWinds NPM includes more than sixteen built-in network alert delivery methods and responses, including email, pages, SNMP traps, text-to-speech, syslog messages, and the launching of an external application.

Dynamic Service Groups
Simplify monitoring for large and complex IT environments by grouping network devices, interfaces, servers, or volumes by virtually any category. With dynamic service groups, you can monitor and aggregate views of servers, routers, switches, interfaces, and application groups by service such as email, location, department or manufacturer.

Customizable Performance & Availability Reports
SolarWinds NPM’s advanced reporting engine enables you to quickly generate custom network reports that can be printed or viewed on the web. Shipping with hundreds of built-in reports, SolarWinds NPM makes it easy to report on performance data over specific time periods or by network segment.

If you can’t find a network report that matches your criteria, check out thwack, SolarWinds online community, where customers have generated hundreds of reports that you can easily import into SolarWinds NPM. Plus, you can quickly customize built-in network reports and community-generated templates using SolarWinds NPM’s web interface, or you can even create completely customized reports using SQL commands.

SolarWinds NPM’s reports can be modified to limit the information contained in the report by user profile, enabling you to generate reports for specific departments or recipients.

NetFlow Traffic Analyzer | Orion Module
Integrated Wireless Polling
SolarWinds NPM’s Integrated Wireless Poller enables you to easily manage wireless thin and autonomous access points and their associated clients. Now SolarWinds NPM can monitor your wireless devices alongside your wired devices and provide you with alerts, reports, and Top 10 lists for your wireless infrastructure! Custom MIB Poller
Out of the box, SolarWinds NPM ships with MIB support
that includes a MIB database that covers the vast majority of common network devices. But for that handful of odd
devices that are in your network – or for newer devices that have MIB tables – you can now collect valuable and highly detailed management data.

SolarWinds NPM makes it easy to create a custom poller
to monitor any SNMP-enabled device value that has a MIB, including virtually any statistic that a network device records. Examples include monitoring temperature on a switch, fan speed on a router, and battery status on a UPS. In addition to creating custom MIB pollers, SolarWinds has an extensive database of MIB information to determine the English name for each OID and the MIB to which it belongs.

You can also customize how you want the collected data displayed for graphing, alerting, and reporting purposes. And, using the MIB Transformation Wizard, you can convert MIB values into the units of measurement that are most useful to you. Choose from a list of common transformations, such as converting monitored CPU temperatures from Celsius to Fahrenheit, or create your own multi-MIB formulas to display, for example, the average interface throughput on a router.

Additionally, you can collect detailed information stored in device MIB tables and easily create formulas such as the min, max, average, or sum of MIB entries in the same column. You can even export MIB pollers or transformations you’ve created, or import those created by others.

Microsoft Active Directory™ Integration
Leverage your existing Microsoft Active Directory user
accounts to allow users to log into SolarWinds NPM.

Users and groups can automatically login using custom
username/password or optionally use an AD pass-through
login to bypass the login screens altogether.

As an administrator, you can customize each account and specify which types of information are displayed within the SolarWinds NPM interface for a particular department, group, or user. This ensures that only the people who need to view specific information have access to it, providing an increased level of internal security.

VSAN Monitoring and Reporting
With dedicated views into VSAN devices, you’ll be able to quickly see how much traffic is passing through each device and interface, which ports belong to which VSANs, which type of media each device is leveraging, and much more. Threshold-based alerting allows you to get ahead of any VSAN performance issues so you’re the first to find (and fix) any issues.

Cisco Unified Computing System Support
By uniting computing, networking, storage access, and virtualization into a next - generation data center platform, Cisco’s Unified Computing System (UCS) revolutionizes the virtualized environment. SolarWinds NPM simplifies the management of your Cisco Unified Computing System components by providing a unified view of data center network health through a single pane of glass. © 2012 SolarWinds Worldwide, LLC. All rights reserved. SOLARWINDS, SOLARWINDS & Design and other SolarWinds marks, identified on the SolarWinds website, as updated from SolarWinds from time to time and incorporated herein, are registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and may be registered or pending registration in other countries. All other SolarWinds trademarks may be common law marks or registered or pending registration in the United States or in other countries. All other trademarks or registered trademarks contained and/or mentioned herein are used for identification purposes only and may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.

DS-1205
For additional information, please contact SolarWinds at 866.530.8100 or e-mail [email protected].

To locate an international reseller near you, visit http://www.solarwinds.com/partners/reseller_locator.aspx “The web-based interface provides
instant, constant updates as to the
status of our network to helpdesk
staff, tech staff and management.”
- pob posted on solarwinds.com
model manages:

SL100 Up to 100 elements
SL250 Up to 250 elements
SL500 Up to 500 elements
SL2000 Up to 2000 elements
SLX Unlimited elements
system requirements
CPU
Speed:

3.0 GHz
Hard Drive
Space 20 GB
Memory 3 GB
Operating
System
Windows 2003 and
2008 Server (32-bit or
64- bit) including R2,
with IIS installed, running
in 32-bit mode; .NET 3.5
Framework
Database
SQL Server 2005 SP1/
2008 (Express, Standard,
or Enterprise)
Mobile Views
With SolarWinds NPM’s mobile views, you can monitor network performance from popular mobile Web browsers including iPhone®, Blackberry®, and Android.

Do-It-Yourself Deployment
Deploying SolarWinds NPM is a simple three-step process. First, install and configure SolarWinds NPM using a simple wizard interface. Next, let SolarWinds NPM automatically discover your network. Finally, begin monitoring your network for fault and performance issues. You’ll be done in less than an hour.

Even better, with SolarWinds NPM’s intuitive web interface, you won’t need to attend training classes, read books with large animals on the cover, or pour through manuals to start being productive with NPM from day one.

SolarWinds NPM Complementary Solutions
SolarWinds complementary solutions provide integration points with SolarWinds NPM allowing you to extend the capabilities of SolarWinds NPM to network traffic analysis, network change and configuration management, IP address management, user tracking, VoIP infrastructure & WAN performance monitoring, server & application monitoring, and end-user experience monitoring all in a customizable, fully integrated web console.
• NetFlow Traffic Analyzer
• Network Configuration Manager
• IP Address Manager
• User Device Tracker
• IP SLA Manager
• Server & Application Monitor
• Synthetic End User Monitor
WhatsUp Gold Interactive Map
WhatsUp® Gold 2017
TotalView Plus Edition
Powerful Unified Application, Server and Network Monitoring Your IT team gets the control, insight and automated resolution needed to:
› Find and fix problems before your users are impacted
› Assure bandwidth is optimized for critical apps and services › Automate discovery, mapping, monitoring and alerting, inventory and reporting Automated Discovery & Mapping
WhatsUp Gold Layer 2/3 Discovery identifies all of the devices on your network including your routers, switches, servers, access points and more. WhatsUp Gold features Seed Scan technology which discovers all devices on the network by automatically learning your network topology.

It can also discover the network using an IP Range Scan, from a Start and End IP Address and discovers all port-to-port connectivity and network dependencies.

WhatsUp Gold automatically generates Layer 2/3 network maps of your core infrastructure, Windows® infrastructure, wireless infrastructure and more. It monitors wireless LAN Controllers, Access Points, servers, printers and more. The unique interactive network map displays your entire IT environment from end-to-end, quickly showing the status of every device and letting you see your end-to-end
network health at
a glance. Network
administrators can
click on any device to
instantly display its
status, properties and
assigned monitors,
or they can drilldown to dashboards
displaying detailed
performance data.

TOTALVIEW PLUS FEATURES
› Discovery
› Availability & Status
› Performance Monitoring
› Alerting
› Reporting
› Inventory
› Advanced Monitoring (WMI,

SSH, HTTPS)
› Wireless Monitoring
› Flow Monitoring
› Virtual Monitoring
› Application & Web Monitoring
› Network Configuration
Management
› Two Scalability Pollers
Ipswitch® WhatsUp Gold 2017 TotalView Plus Edition is powerful, easy to try, buy and use software for unified application, server and network monitoring.

WhatsUp Gold Network Traffic Analysis
WhatsUp Gold Application Monitoring
Manage & Monitor Your Infrastructure
WhatsUp Gold continuously monitors the availability and performance of your infrastructure from routers, switches, and firewalls through to your servers and applications and your VMware virtual machines. In short, WhatsUp Gold can monitor anything with an IP address that can be accessed with standard monitoring protocols including ICMP, SNMP, WMI, and SSH.

Application Monitoring
WhatsUp Gold provides turnkey Application Profiles
that let you easily monitor availability performance
of popular Microsoft applications such as Exchange,
SharePoint®, Dynamics, Lync®, SQL Server®, DNS,
Internet Information Services (IIS), Active Directory®
and Hyper-V® as well as Linux systems and Apache
web servers (Linux or Microsoft based). You can also
easily create profiles for your in-house applications
with an easy-to-use profile tool.

Network Traffic Analysis
WhatsUp Gold collects network traffic flow records
using Cisco NetFlow, NetFlow-Lite and NSEL,
Juniper J-Flow, sFlow, and IPFIX protocols for
extensive multi-vendor networks. This allows you
to optimize network performance, isolate network
traffic anomalies and bottlenecks and establish
bandwidth usage policies. WhatsUp Gold monitors,
alerts, and reports on interface traffic and bandwidth
utilization. It provides detailed and actionable
data on the top senders, receivers, conversations,
applications, and protocols consuming network
bandwidth.
“WhatsUp Gold is a proven solution with powerful discovery, mapping, SNMP and WMI monitoring, alerting, notification and reporting capabilities. WhatsUp Gold provides us with 360° visibility into actionable intelligence about our IT infrastructure and complete control of all aspects of our multi-site network.”
PETER
Global IT Service and Infrastructure Manager
“The choice to go with WhatsUp Gold was an extremely easy one to make. The product offered us everything we needed in terms of functionality and saved us a significant amount of money when considering the cost to purchase, deploy and operate.”
DOUG
IT Manager
Virtual Monitoring
WhatsUp Gold discovers, maps, monitors, alerts
and reports on performance for virtual hosts and
guests in real-time. It keeps an up-to-date list of
all virtual hosts and attributes. It monitors the
performance and resource consumption of hosts
and guests, including CPU, Memory, Disk and
Interface Utilization. It monitors the availability and performance of virtual servers and collects event logs
using both VMware and Hyper-V technologies.

Configuration & Change Management
WhatsUp Gold automates configuration and change management for the routers, switches and firewalls on your network. It archives and audits network configurations, and alerts and reports on any changes. Network Administrators can ensure that all devices are running authorized configurations to secure the network and comply with regulatory standards. This reduces the time and costs associated with manual and repetitive configuration and change management tasks. Regular audits can be scheduled to run on network devices in order to prove compliance with archived configurations with out-of-the-box configuration templates.

WhatsUp Gold Virtual Monitoring
WhatsUp Gold Configuration Management
Copyright © 2016, Ipswitch, Inc. All rights reserved. Ipswitch and WhatsUp are registered trademarks of Ipswitch, Inc. Other products or company names are or may be trademarks or registered trademarks and are the property of their respective holders. 83 Hartwell Avenue
Lexington, MA 02421
(781) 676-5700
Kingsfordweg 151
1043 GR Amsterdam
The Netherlands
Ipswitch Japan 株式会社
〒106-0047
東京都港区南麻布4-11-22
南麻布T&Fビル８階
For a free 30-day trial please visit: www.ipswitch.com/forms/free-trials/whatsup-gold BasicView
Network monitoring
essentials to get you
started
TotalView
Visibility across your
entire infrastructure
and apps
ProView
Step up to proactive
server and network
monitoring
TotalView Plus
Infrastructure, apps
and more
Ipswitch WhatsUp Gold Editions
Smart Alerting & Actions
WhatsUp Gold provides real-time alerts via email, text, and logging. Alerts empower you to proactively respond
to problems before they impact users, applications and
the business. WhatsUp Gold issues an alert when a device or monitor changes state (e.g., from an up state to a down state) or when a performance threshold is exceeded – for example, when memory utilization exceeds 75 percent.

WhatsUp Gold’s “smart” alerting uses the network
dependencies automatically identified in the discovery
process to eliminate alert storms and quickly identify the root causes of network problems. The WhatsUp Gold
Alert Center displays threshold-based alerts in a
single dashboard.

You can create action policies for alerts including event logging, email, texting, and automated self-healing actions such as restarting an application service or any other action that can be initiated by a PowerShell script. WhatsUp Gold even allows you to respond to issues with automated network configuration management actions like backing up or restoring a network device configuration.

Reporting & Inventory
WhatsUp Gold delivers an easy-to-customize reporting environment. You can select from hundreds of out-of-the-box views or easily create drag-and-drop dashboards that provide a quick assessment of overall IT health – even detailed drill-down dashboards to isolate the root causes of performance problems. These dashboards can help you quickly resolve performance problems across your organization.

WhatsUp Gold also features integrated inventory reporting including hardware inventory, reports on installed software and updates, warranty reports, and more. These reports save both time and money and can decrease year-end IT inventory activities from weeks to minutes. The reports will also help you find under-utilized hardware resources that can be re-deployed and identify unlicensed software to avoid expensive true-up costs.

WhatsUp Gold Alert Center
Data Sheet
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 1 of 18 Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services
Meet the industry’s first adaptive, threat-focused next-generation firewall (NGFW) designed for a new era of threat and advanced malware protection. Cisco® ASA with FirePOWER Services delivers integrated threat defense for the entire attack continuum - before, during, and after an attack. How? By combining the proven security capabilities of the Cisco ASA firewall with the industry-leading Sourcefire® threat and Advanced Malware Protection (AMP) features together in a single device.

The solution uniquely extends the capabilities of the Cisco ASA 5500-X Series NextGeneration Firewalls beyond what today’s NGFW solutions are capable of. Whether you need protection for a small or midsized business, a distributed enterprise, or a single data center, Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services provides the needed scale and context in a NGFW solution.

Superior Multilayered Protection
Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services brings distinctive threat-focused next-generation security services to the Cisco ASA 5500-X Series Next-Generation Firewalls and Cisco ASA 5585-X Adaptive Security Appliance firewall products. It provides comprehensive protection from known and advanced threats, including protection against targeted and persistent malware attacks (Figure 1). Cisco ASA is the world’s most widely deployed, enterpriseclass stateful firewall. Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services features these comprehensive capabilities:
● Site-to-site and remote access VPN and advanced clustering provide highly secure, high-performance access and high availability to help ensure business continuity. ● Granular Application Visibility and Control (AVC) supports more than 4,000 application-layer and risk-based controls that can launch tailored intrusion prevention system (IPS) threat detection policies to optimize security effectiveness.
● The industry-leading Cisco ASA with FirePOWER next-generation IPS (NGIPS) provides highly effective threat prevention and full contextual awareness of users, infrastructure, applications, and content to detect multivector threats and automate defense response.
● Reputation- and category-based URL filtering offer comprehensive alerting and control over suspicious web traffic and enforce policies on hundreds of millions of URLs in more than 80 categories. ● AMP provides industry-leading breach detection effectiveness, sandboxing, a low total cost of ownership, and superior protection value that helps you discover, understand, and stop malware and emerging threats missed by other security layers.
© 2016 Cisco and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. This document is Cisco Public Information. Page 2 of 18 Figure 1. Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services: Key Security Features Unprecedented Network Visibility
Cisco ASA with FirePOWER Services is centrally managed by the Cisco Firepower Management Center (formerly known as Cisco FireSIGHT Management Center), which provides security teams with comprehensive visibility into and control over activity within the network. Such visibility includes users, devices, communication between virtual machines, vulnerabilities, threats, client-side applications, files, and web sites. Holistic, actionable indications of compromise (IoCs) correlate detailed network and endpoint event information and provide further visibility into malware infections. Cisco’s enterprise-class management tools help administrators reduce complexity with unmatched visibility and control across NGFW deployments. Cisco Firepower Management Center also provides content awareness with malware file trajectory that aids infection scoping and root cause determination to speed time to remediation.

Cisco Security Manager provides scalable and centralized network operations workflow management. It integrates a powerful suite of capabilities; including policy and object management, event management, reporting, and troubleshooting for Cisco ASA firewall functions when utilizing Cisco Firepower Management Center.

For local, on-device management including deployments for small and midsized businesses, Cisco Adaptive Security Device Manager (ASDM) 7.3.x provides, access control and advanced threat defense management.

ASDM V 7.3.x provides an enhanced user interface that provides quick views on trends and the ability to drill down for further analysis.

Palo Alto Networks | Next-Generation Firewall Overview Datasheet 1 Historically, you were left with two basic choices – either block everything in the interest of network security, or enable everything in the interest of your business. These choices left little room for compromise. The Palo Alto Networks® Next-Generation Security Platform provides you with a way to safely enable the applications your users need by allowing access while preventing cybersecurity threats.

Our Next-Generation Firewall is the core of the NextGeneration Security Platform, designed from the ground up to address the most sophisticated threats. The Next-Generation Firewall inspects all traffic - inclusive of applications, threats and content – and ties it to the user, regardless of location or device type. The application, content and user – the elements that run your business – become integral components of your enterprise security policy. The result is the ability to align security with your key business initiatives. With our Next-Generation Security Platform, you reduce response times to incidents, discover unknown threats, and streamline security network deployment. • Safely enable applications, users, and content by classifying all traffic, determining the business use case, and assigning policies to allow and protect access to relevant applications, including software-as-a-service (SaaS) applications.
• Prevent threats by eliminating unwanted applications to reduce your threat footprint and apply targeted security polices to block known vulnerability exploits, viruses, spyware, botnets and unknown malware (APTs).
• Protect your data centers through the validation of
applications, isolation of data, control over rogue
applications and high-speed threat prevention.
• Secure public and private cloud computing environments with increased visibility and control; deploy, enforce and maintain security policies at the same pace as your virtual machines.
• Embrace safe mobile computing by extending the
Next-Generation Security Platform to users and devices
no matter where they are located.

Palo Alto Networks Next-Generation Firewall
Fundamental shifts in application usage, user behavior, and complex, convoluted network infrastructure create a threat landscape that exposes weaknesses in traditional port-based network security. Your users want access to an increasing number of applications, operating across a wide range of device types, often with little regard for the business or security risks. Meanwhile, data center expansion, network segmentation, virtualization, and mobility initiatives are forcing you to rethink how to enable access to applications and data, while protecting your network from a new, more sophisticated class of advanced threats that evade traditional security mechanisms.

FIREWALL

OVERVIEW
Figure 1: Palo Alto Networks Next-Generation Security Platform

NEXT-GENERATION

FIREWALL

THREAT INTELLIGENCE
CLOUD

AUTOMATED

NATIVELY EXTENSIBLE

INTEGRATED

ADVANCED ENDPOINT

PROTECTION
CLOUD

NETWORK

ENDPOINT
• Streamline device, network and policy management
with intuitive management features to match your
organizational structure.

The Next-Generation Security Platform helps your organization address a spectrum of security requirements based upon a common principle. By using a balanced combination of network security with global threat intelligence and endpoint protection, your organization can support
business initiatives while improving your overall security posture, and reducing security-incident response time.

Using Security to Empower Your Business
Our Next-Generation Security Platform allows you to
empower your business with policies that revolve around applications, users and content. It uses a positive control model, a design unique to our platform that permits you to enable specific applications or functions and block all else (implicitly or explicitly). The Next-Generation Firewall performs a full stack, single pass inspection of all traffic across all ports, thus providing complete context of the application, associated content, and user identity as the basis for your security policy decisions.
• Classify all traffic, across all ports, all the time. Today, applications and their associated content can easily bypass a port-based firewall using a variety of techniques. Our Next-Generation Security Platform natively applies multiple classification mechanisms to the traffic stream to identify applications, threats and malware. All traffic is classified, regardless of port, encryption (SSL or SSH), or evasive techniques employed. Unidentified applications – typically a small percentage of traffic, yet high in potential risk – are automatically categorized for systematic management.
• Reduce the threat footprint; prevent cyberattacks. Once traffic is fully classified, you can reduce the network threat footprint by allowing specific applications and denying all others. Coordinated cyberattack prevention can then be applied to block known malware sites and prevent
vulnerability exploits, viruses, spyware and malicious DNS queries. Any custom or unknown malware is analyzed and
identified by executing the files and directly observing their malicious behavior in a virtualized sandbox environment. When new malware is discovered, a signature for the infecting file and related malware traffic is automatically generated and delivered to you. • Map application traffic and associated threats to users and devices. To improve your security posture and reduce incident response times, it’s critical to map application usage to user and device type – and be able to apply
that context to your security policies. Integration with a wide range of enterprise user repositories provides
Palo Alto Networks | Next-Generation Firewall Overview Datasheet 2 EXE
Authorized
IT User
Authorized User
Authorized Marketing User
Authorized User
Exploit
Confidential Data
Exploit
Confidential Data
Malicious URL
EXE
Figure 2: Applications, content, users and devices – all under your control Branch Offices
GP
Mobile
Users Internal Datacenter
Perimeter
Internal Users
Headquarters
Internet
Hypervisor
VM-Series

WEB APP DB
vSwitch
VM- Series
Public and
Private Cloud
Figure 1: Deploy safe enablement policies accross the
entire organization
Palo Alto Networks | Next-Generation Firewall Overview Datasheet 3 the identity of the Microsoft® Windows®, Mac® OS X®,
Linux®, Android®, or iOS user and device accessing the
application. The combined visibility and control over both users and devices means you can safely enable the use of any application traversing your network, no matter where the user is or the type of device being used.

Establishing the context of the specific applications in use, the content or threat they may carry, and the associated user or device helps you streamline policy management, improve your security posture, and accelerate incident investigation.

Complete Context Means Tighter Security Policies
Security best practices dictate that the decisions you make regarding policies, your ability to report on network activity, and your forensics capacity depend on context. The context of the application in use, the website visited, the associated payload, and the user are all valuable data points in your effort to protect your network. When you know exactly which applications are traversing your Internet gateway, operating within your data center or cloud environment, or being used by remote users, you can apply specific policies to those applications, complete with coordinated threat protection.

The knowledge of who the user is, not just their IP address, adds another contextual element that empowers you to be more granular in your policy assignment.

A rich set of highly interactive visualization and log filtering tools provides you with the context of the application activity, the associated content or threat, who the user is, and on what type of device. Each of these data points by itself paints a partial picture of your network, yet when taken in complete context provides a full view of the potential security risk, allowing you to make more-informed policy decisions. All traffic is continuously classified. As the state changes, the changes are logged for analysis, and the graphical summaries are dynamically updated, displaying the information in an easy-to-use, web-based interface. • At the Internet gateway, you can investigate new or
unfamiliar applications to quickly see a description of the application, its behavioral characteristics, and who is using it. Additional visibility into URL categories, threats, and data patterns provides a more well-rounded picture of network traffic traversing the gateway.
• All files analyzed for unknown malware by WildFire™ are logged on-box with full access to details, including the application used, the user, the file type, target OS and malicious behaviors observed.
• Within the data center, verify all applications under use, and ensure that they are only being used by authorized
users. Added visibility into data center activity can confirm that there are no misconfigured applications or rogue uses of SSH or RDP.
• Threat analysis, forensics and hunting workflows are accelerated with the AutoFocus™ threat intelligence service, providing unique contextual threat data directly in
PAN-OS® from the device.
• In public and private cloud environments, enforce policy and protect applications with the Next-Generation
Security Platform while keeping pace with the creation and movement of your virtual servers.
• Across all deployment scenarios, unknown applications – typically a small percentage on every network – can be categorized for analysis and systematic management.

In many cases, you may not be fully aware of which applications are in use, how heavily they are used, or by whom.

Complete visibility into the business-relevant aspects of your network traffic – the application, the content and the user – is the first step toward more-informed policy control.

Figure 3: View application activity in a clear, easy-to-read format. Add and remove filters to learn more about the application, its functions and who is using them Palo Alto Networks | Next-Generation Firewall Overview Datasheet 4 Reducing Risk by Enabling Applications
Traditionally, the process of reducing risk meant that you had to limit access to network services and possibly hinder your business. Today, risk reduction means safely enabling applications using a business-centric approach that helps you strike a balance between the traditional deny-everything approach and the allow-all approach.
• Use application groups and SSL decryption to limit webmail and instant messaging to a few specific application variants; inspect them for all threats and upload unknown suspect files (EXE, DLL, ZIP files, PDF documents, office documents, Java®, and Android® APK) to WildFire for
analysis and signature development.
• Control web-surfing for all users by allowing and scanning traffic to business-related websites and blocking access to obvious non-work related websites; “coach” access to questionable sites through customized block pages.
• Explicitly block all peer-to-peer file transfer applications for all users using dynamic application filters.
• Understand SaaS application usage in your organization, establish granular access and usage controls for each
application, and prevent the delivery of malware through these applications.
• Embrace mobile devices by extending your Internet
gateway policies and threat prevention capabilities to
remote users with GlobalProtect™ mobile security service.

In the data center, use context to confirm that your data center applications are running on their standard ports, find rogue applications, validate users, isolate data, and protect business-critical data from threats. Examples may include:
• Using security zones, isolate the credit card number
repository based on Oracle® forcing the Oracle traffic
across its standard ports while inspecting the traffic for inbound threats and limiting access only to the finance group. • Create a remote management application group (e.g., SSH, RDP, Telnet) for only the IT department to use within the data center.
• In your virtual data center, use dynamic objects to help automate security policy creation as SharePoint® virtual machines are established, taken down, or travel across
your virtual environment.

Protecting Enabled Applications and Content
When you apply threat prevention and content scanning
policies, the context of the application and the user become integral components of your security policy. Full context within your threat prevention policies neutralizes evasion tactics such as port-hopping and tunneling. Reduce the threat target surface area by enabling a select set of applications, and then apply threat prevention and content scanning policies to that traffic.

Threat protection and content scanning elements available within your policies include:
• Prevent known threats using IPS and network antivirus/ anti-spyware. Protection from a range of known threats is accomplished with single pass inspection using a uniform signature format and a stream-based scanning engine.

Intrusion prevention system (IPS) features block network and application layer vulnerability exploits, buffer overflows, DoS attacks and port scans. Antivirus/antispyware protection blocks millions of malware variants, including those hidden within compressed files or web
traffic (compressed HTTP/HTTPS), as well as known PDF
viruses. For traffic encrypted with SSL, you can selectively apply policy-based decryption and then inspect the traffic for threats, regardless of port.
• Block unknown or targeted malware with WildFire.

Unknown or targeted malware (e.g., advanced persistent
threats) hidden within files can be identified and analyzed by WildFire across multiple operating systems and application versions which directly observes and executes unknown files in a virtualized sandbox environment in the cloud or on the WF-500 appliance. WildFire monitors more than 420 malicious behaviors and, if malware is found, a signature is automatically developed and delivered to you in as little as 5 minutes. All major file types are supported by WildFire including: PE files; Microsoft Office .doc, .xls, and .ppt; Portable Document Format (PDF); Java Applet
Figure 4: Unified policy editor enables the rapid creation and deployment of policies that control applications, users and content
Palo Alto Networks | Next-Generation Firewall Overview Datasheet 5 (jar and class); and Android Application Package (APK).

In addition, WildFire analyzes links in email to stop spear phishing attacks.
• Identify bot-infected hosts and disrupt network activity from malware. Complete, contextual classification of
all applications, across all ports, including any unknown traffic, can often expose anomalies or threats in your
network. Use command and control App-ID™, behavioral
botnet report, DNS sinkholing, and passive DNS to quickly correlate unknown traffic, suspicious DNS, and URL
queries with infected hosts. Apply global intelligence to intercept and sinkhole DNS queries for malicious domains. • Limit unauthorized file and data transfers. Data filtering features enable your administrators to implement policies that will reduce the risks associated with unauthorized file and data transfers. File transfers can be controlled by looking inside the file (as opposed to looking only at the file extension) to determine if the transfer action should be allowed or not. Executable files, typically found in drive-by downloads, can be blocked, thereby protecting
your network from unseen malware propagation. Data
filtering features can detect and control the flow of
confidential data patterns (credit card or Social Security numbers, as well as custom patterns).
• Control web surfing. A fully integrated, customizable URL filtering engine allows your administrators to apply granular web-browsing policies, complementing application visibility and control policies that safeguard the enterprise from a full spectrum of legal regulatory, and productivity risks. • Device-based policy for application access. Using
GlobalProtect, an organization can set specific policies to control which devices can access particular applications and network resources. For example, ensure that laptops are compliant with the corporate image before allowing
access to the data center. Check if the mobile device is up to date, corporate-owned, and fully patched before
accessing sensitive data.
• Automatically confirm compromised hosts. An automated correlation engine looks for predefined indicators of
compromise network-wide, correlates matches, and automatically highlights compromised hosts, reducing the need for manual data mining.

Network Security Management
The Next-Generation Security Platform can be managed
individually via a command-line interface (CLI) or through a full-featured browser-based interface. For large-scale deployments, you can use Panorama™ to globally deliver
visibility, policy editing, reporting, and logging features for all of your hardware and virtual appliance firewalls. Panorama provides you the same level of contextual control over your global deployment as you have over a single appliance.

Role-based administration, combined with pre- and postrules, allows you to balance centralized control with the need Figure 5: Content and threat visibility – view URL, threat and file/data transfer activity as well as compromised hosts in a clear, easy-to-read format that is highly customizable. Add and remove filters to learn more about individual elements
4401 Great America Parkway
Santa Clara, CA 95054
Main: +1.408.753.4000
Sales: +1.866.320.4788
Support: +1.866.898.9087
www.paloaltonetworks.com
© 2016 Palo Alto Networks, Inc. Palo Alto Networks is a registered trademark of Palo Alto Networks. A list of our trademarks can be found at http://www. paloaltonetworks.com/company/trademarks.html. All other marks mentioned herein may be trademarks of their respective companies. pan-nextgeneration-firewall-overview-ds-050616 for local policy editing and device configuration flexibility.

Whether using the device’s web interface or the Panorama one, the interface look and feel is identical, ensuring that there is no learning curve when moving from one to another. Your administrators can use any of the provided interfaces to make changes at any time without needing to worry about synchronization issues. Additional support for standards-based tools, such as SNMP and REST-based APIs, allows you to integrate with third-party management tools.

Reporting and Logging
Security best practice means striking a balance between ongoing management efforts and being reactive, which may involve investigating and analyzing security incidents or generating day-to-day reports.
• Reporting: Predefined reports can be used as-is, customized, or grouped together as one report in order to suit the specific requirements. All reports can be exported to CSV or PDF format and can be executed and emailed on a
scheduled basis.
• Logging: Real-time log filtering facilitates rapid forensic investigation into every session traversing your network.

Complete context of the application, the content – including malware detected by WildFire – and the user can be used as a filter criteria, and the results can be exported to a CSV file or sent to a syslog server for offline archiving or additional analysis. Logs that have been aggregated by Panorama can also be sent to a syslog server for added
analysis or archival purposes.
• Threat hunting: Threat intelligence from the AutoFocus service is made directly accessible in PAN-OS, speeding threat analysis and hunting workflows, without additional specialized resources. When further analysis is required, users can sweep between AutoFocus and PAN-OS, with
pre-populated searches for both systems.

In addition to the reporting and logging capabilities provided by the Palo Alto Networks Next-Generation Security Platform, integration is available with third-party SIEM tools, such as Splunk® for Palo Alto Networks. These tools provide further reporting and data visualization capabilities, and they enable you to correlate security events across multiple systems in your enterprise.

Purpose-Built Hardware or Virtualized Platforms
Our Next-Generation Firewall is available in either a purpose-built hardware platform that scales from an enterprise branch office to a high-speed data center or in a virtualized form factor to support your cloud-based computing initiatives.

We support the broadest range of virtual platforms to cover your diverse, virtualized data center and public and private cloud requirements. The VM-Series firewall platform is available for VMware® ESXiTM, NSXTM, Citrix® SDXTM, Microsoft Hyper-V®, Amazon® Web Services (AWS), Microsoft Azure™, and KVM hypervisors. When you deploy our platforms in
either hardware or virtual form factors, you can use Panorama for centralized management.

MANAGER
VM M-100 M500
LOG COLLECTOR VM M-100 M500LOG COLLECTOR VM M-100 M500LOG COLLECTOR VM M-100 M500 Figure 6: Panorama can be deployed on a dedicated appliance or in a distributed manner to maximize scalability savari.net // +1 408 833 6369
V2X Applications Overview
Vehicle-to-Vehicle (V2V) Communications
Savari’s hardware product families and software stack enable a range of V2X applications, which are displayed on the vehicle’s infotainment platform or on the drivers tablet or smartphone.

V2X applications include Vehicle-to-Vehicle (V2V), Vehicle-to-Infrastructure (V2I) and Vehicle-to-Phone (V2P) applications, all aimed at increasing traffic safety and efficiency. The goal is to eliminate traffic-related fatalities by deploying life-saving V2X applications in all cars.

Savari’s V2V applications feature graphical representations of the traffic scenario, using host vehicles (HVs) and remote vehicles (RVs), and displaying alerts through the app to the driver in the host vehicle. All apps are tested and approved by Volpe and the U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT). Many scenarios can only be achieved through radio-based sensors, which do not require line of sight. A rich feature set makes Savari’s offering unique:

Intersection Movement Assist (IMA)
What is it? IMA warns drivers when it’s unsafe to enter an intersection due to high collision probability with other vehicles at intersections.

How it works: Location information from the “cross traffic” vehicle (RV-1) enables the vehicle attempting to cross the intersection (HV) to avoid danger, even if the view is
blocked (RV-2).

Electronic Emergency Brake Light (EEBL)
What is it? EEBL enables a vehicle to broadcast a selfgenerated emergency brake event to surrounding vehicles.

How it works: Upon receiving the event information, the receiving vehicle determines the relevance of the event and, if appropriate, provides a warning to the driver, helping to prevent a crash.

Forward Collission Warning (FCW)
What is it? FCW warns drivers of an impending rear-end
collision with another vehicle ahead in traffic, in the same lane and moving in the same direction.

How it works: The app uses data received from other
vehicles to determine if a forward collision is imminent and to warn drivers to avoid rear-end vehicle collisions.

HV RV-2 RV-1
HV RV$2 RV$1
HV
RV$1
RV$2
• Radio agnostic solutions supporting leading radio vendors • Numerous applications
• Trial bed and market experience
• Built-in IP for positioning, map matching, target
filtering and tracking at multiple levels
• Built-in IP for accurate situational awareness
savari.net // +1 408 833 6369
V2X Applications Overview
Vehicle-to-Vehicle (V2V) Communications
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) and Lange Change Warning (LCW) What is it? BSW and LCW features warn drivers during a
lane change attempt if the blind-spot zone into which the vehicle intends to switch is, or will soon be, occupied by another vehicle traveling in the same direction.

How it works: The HV displays an advisory message
indicating a vehicle in the blind spot zone. When attempting to merge into the same lane as the RV, the app sends a
warning to the HV’s driver.

At the left, the top image displays BSW and the bottom
image displays LCW.

Do Not Pass Warning (DNPW)
What it is? DNPW warns drivers during a passing
maneuver attempt when a slower-moving vehicle ahead
cannot be passed safely using a passing zone, because the passing zone is occupied by vehicles moving in the opposite direction.

How it works: Provides advisory information that the
passing zone is occupied when a vehicle is ahead and in the same lane, even if a passing maneuver is not being
attempted.

Left Turn Assist (LTA)
What it is? LTA warns drivers during a left turn attempt when it is not safe to enter an intersection or continue in the left turn attempt, due to a car approaching the same path with no intent of stopping.

How it works: This application can provide collision
warning information to the vehicle operational systems, which may perform actions to reduce the likelihood of
crashes at intersections and left turns.

According to the German Federal Statistical Office,
inattentiveness when turning off a road or performing a U-turn is one of the leading causes of accidents on the country’s roads.

RV#2
HV
RV#1
savari.net // +1 408 833 6369
V2X Applications Overview
Vehicle-to-Infrastructure (V2I) Communications
Savari’s hardware product families and software stack enable a range of V2X applications, which are displayed on a vehicle’s infotainment platform or on the driver’s tablet or smartphone.

V2X applications include Vehicle-to-Vehicle (V2V), Vehicle-to-Infrastructure (V2I) and Vehicle-to-Phone (V2P) applications, all aimed at increasing traffic safety and efficiency. The goal is to eliminate traffic related fatalities by deploying life-saving V2X applications in all cars.

Savari’s V2I applications feature graphical rapresentations of the traffic scenario, using host vehicles (HVs) and remote vehicles (RVs), and displaying alerts through the app to the driver in the host vehicle. All apps are developed in collaboration with the Crash Avoidance Metrics Partnership (CAMP) consortium. Many of the scenarios can only be achieved through radio-based sensors, which do not require line of sight. A rich feature set makes Savari’s offering unique:

Curve Speed Warning (CSW)
What is it? CSW enables connected vehicles to receive information that it is approaching a curve, along with information for computing the safe speed.

How it works? This capability enables the vehicle and infrastructure to provide a warning to the driver regarding the curve and its recommended speed.

Reduced Speed Zone Warning (RSZW)
What is it? The RSZW app sends information to vehicles about workzones.

How it works? The user receives a warning when the vehicle is approaching a workzone. Well before moving into workzone, the user receives lane closure information.

Red Light Violation Warning (RLVW)
What is it? RLVW provides information about the signal phase and timing of the traffic light intersection from the Road-Side-Unit (RSU).

How it works? The RSU broadcasts a Signal Phase and Timing (SPaT) message, Geometric Intersection Description (GID) and GPS correction to the vehicle. An in-vehicle device determines if the vehicle is in danger of violating a red light and displays it on the dashboard. • Radio-agnostic solutions supporting leading radio vendors • Numerous applications
• Trial bed and market experience
• Built-in IP for positioning, map matching, target
filtering and tracking at multiple levels
• Built-in IP for accurate situational awareness
23 Delivering advanced services to vehicles
Opening up new opportunities and diverse business models for MNOs 1 Road Side Units
App Server
e.g. traffic management
V2I
(PC5)
V2V mostly for safety and
ADAS services
Most use cases use a
combination of interfaces
V2N provides over-the-top
cloud services V2I
(Uu)
V2N
(Uu)
RSUs can be eNodeBs or
standalone roadside devices
RSUs1 can connect to
network for cloud services
V2I allows RSUs to monitor
traffic, e.g. traffic signals, tolls
V2V
(PC5)
Uu Interface
PC5 Interface
U.S. Department of Transportation
CONNECTED VEHICLES:

VEHICLE-TO-PEDESTRIAN COMMUNICATIONS
In 2013, there were 32,719 people killed in motor vehicle traffic crashes in the United States. Pedestrians, bicyclists, and other nonvehicle occupants made up 17 percent of these deaths. Despite a steady decline in the number of roadway fatalities in recent years, the number of pedestrian and bicyclist fatalities has remained relatively consistent. The U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT) understands that these vulnerable groups have special safety needs and challenges that must be addressed.

Thus, the protection of pedestrians, bicyclists, and other nonvehicle occupants is part of the Department’s ongoing efforts in the areas of connected and automated vehicle research.

Vehicle-to-Pedestrian Communications Research
For the past decade, the USDOT has been researching and testing a system of vehicles that can sense the environment around them and communicate that information to other vehicles, infrastructure, and our personal mobile devices. This connected vehicle communication will enable safety, mobility, and environmental advancements that current technologies are unable to provide. The technology is expected to reduce unimpaired vehicle crashes by 80 percent.

Currently, the connected vehicle environment includes three major approaches to communication:

1. Vehicle to vehicle (V2V)

2. Vehicle to infrastructure (V2I)

3. Vehicle to pedestrian (V2P).

The V2P approach encompasses a broad set of road users including people walking, children being pushed in strollers, people using wheelchairs or other mobility devices, passengers embarking and disembarking buses and trains, and people riding bicycles.

The USDOT’s research into V2P communications will include:
• Pedestrians and bicyclists
• Various vehicle types, including passenger vehicles, transit (buses and trains), and commercial vehicles
• Technologies that notify drivers and/or non-motorists • Domestic and international approaches
• Technologies specifically intended for V2P, and others that may be used innovatively.

Photo Source: USDOT
Photo Source: USDOT
Photo Source: USDOT
SAFETY
For more information about this initiative, please contact:

Kevin Dopart, Program Manager, Vehicle Safety and Automation ITS Joint Program Office | (202) 366-5004 | [email protected] | www.its.dot.gov FHWA-JPO-15-242
V2P Devices and Applications
Pedestrian detection systems can be implemented in vehicles, in the infrastructure, or with pedestrians themselves to provide warnings to drivers, pedestrians, or both:
• In-Vehicle Systems: In-vehicle warning systems are
becoming more and more commonplace (e.g., blind spot
warning, forward collision warning). The current field of V2V communications is providing the development of
even more advanced warning systems (e.g., intersection
movement assist, left turn assist). In-vehicle warnings to the presence of a pedestrian in the roadway might be logical. • Handheld Devices (for pedestrians): Perhaps the simplest and most apparent warning system for pedestrians is a
handheld device.

Some of the V2P applications in development include:
• Mobile Accessible
Pedestrian Signal
System: An application
that allows for an
automated call from
the smart phone of
a pedestrian who is
blind or has low-vision
to the traffic signal. In
addition, drivers attempting to make a turn are alerted to the presence of a pedestrian at the crosswalk.
• Pedestrian in Signalized Crosswalk Warning (Transit):

An application that warns transit bus operators when
pedestrians, within the crosswalk of a signalized
intersection, are in the intended path of the bus
In terms of automated technologies, the Department has been researching systems that can automatically brake a vehicle to avoid striking a pedestrian, referred to as pedestrian crash avoidance and mitigation systems. The National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration estimates that these systems could potentially address up to 46 percent of pedestrian crashes.

The USDOT plans to test V2P technologies at the Turner Fairbank Highway Research Center intersection test bed for market readiness and real-world implementation. Both intersection and non-intersection (i.e., mid-block) crashes will be tested.

V2P research has developed the
following technology categories based
on their ability to detect and notify the
driver and/or pedestrian:
• Unilateral Pedestrian Detection and Driver
Notification: Technologies that provide collision alerts only to the driver
• Unilateral Vehicle Detection and Pedestrian
Notification: Technologies that provide collision alerts only to the pedestrian.
• Bilateral Detection and Notification Systems:

Technologies that provide collision alerts to both
drivers and pedestrians in parallel
Each of these systems could be enhanced by
communicating with infrastructure. That is, a pedestrian device that communicates with various infrastructure
components has the potential to more accurately
interpret and predict pedestrian movement than a
pedestrian device that only communicates with vehicles
within a short range.

Photo Source: USDOT
Photo Source: USDOT
December 2024
Appendix C:

Roadside ITS Technologies
www.mccain-inc.com
®
170E
170 ATC HC11
Cabinets
Controllers
Signals
Signs
Software
Specialty
Overview
Benefits Product Description
McCain’s 170 Controllers are industry standard controllers in compliance with applicable Caltrans Transportation Electrical Equipment Specification (TEES) standards. Built to McCain’s high quality standards, the controllers’ rugged and dependable construction is reliable and capable of operating in harsh environments. The controllers’ 19-inch Electronics Industry Alliance (EIA) rack mount form allows them to easily fit any standard EIA-based cabinet. Built on a modular design, McCain’s 170 line of controllers easily accommodate the interchange of modules and components. • Multi-purpose microcomputer
• Operates in harsh environments
• Vertical board design
• Accepts two plug-in communications modules
• Low maintenance
• Low wattage, removable power supply
The McCain 170E, 170E HC11, and 170 ATC HC11 controllers’ primary design function is to operate eight-phase dual ring intersections. Based on the software control package utilized, the 170’s control applications can expand to include: ramp metering, variable message signs, sprinklers, pumps, and changeable lane control.

McCain’s proven and reliable 170 controllers are used
extensively throughout the United States and abroad. The controllers are economically designed, allowing for large scale deployment at reasonable rates. The printed circuit boards (PCBs) are mounted vertically, maximizing usable space and ease of maintenance.

McCain offers a variety of compatible software programs that integrate 170 controllers into an overall Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) solution.
170 Controllers
170E
170E HC11
170 ATC HC11
© 2012 McCain Inc. Updated 02/07/12. McCain reserves the right to change product specifications without notice.

For the most up-to-date information, please contact McCain.

To learn more about
McCain’s Integrated Traffic
Solutions, please contact
[email protected] or
call (760) 727-8100
2365 OAK RIDGE WAY // VISTA, CALIFORNIA 92081 // USA // WWW.MCCAIN-INC.COM ® 170 Controllers
Interfaces
Communication interfaces
• RS232 serial ports (4)
• Modem slots (2 slots for the 170 E and 170 E HC11 and 4 slots for the 170 ATC HC11)
Front panel interface:
• Display: 6 seven segment LED display plus 10 call active LEDs
• Keyboard: 4 x 4 keypad
Cabinet interfaces
• Rear connectors C1S, C2S, C20S, C30S, C40S, and T1
• Rear connector C12S (170 ATC HC11 only)
Software
Compatible with McCain’s 233 intersection control, 245 arterial master control, 242 ramp metering control, and 247 reversible lane control software. Also compatible with 170 compliant third party software. (See separate data sheets for details on McCain’s software control programs).

General Specifications
Dimensions: 19 “ W x 7” H x 13” D (rounded to the nearest inch) Form Factor: EIA rack mount compatible
Power: 120VAC, 60Hz (typical), 40 watts
+5 V Logic ± 0.1 V 2.4 A
+5 V External ± 0.25 V 300 mA
+5 V Front Panel ± 0.25 V 500 mA
-5 V Spare ± 0.25 V 300 mA
+12 V Modem ± 0.6 V 1.0 A
-12 V Modem ± 0.6 V 300 mA
Environment: Operating Temperature: -37o C to +74o C
Humidity: 0 to 95% (non-condensing)
Weight: ± 15 lbs (based on final module selection)
Options
• McCain control software
• Available modules
• 412F PROM module (170 E and 170 E HC11)
• 412C PROM module (170 E and 170 E HC11)
• Ethernet module
• GPS (Global Positioning System) module
• Modem module
• Diagnostic software
• Loop-back cables (used with diagnostic software)
Standard Features
Operating System
• None
Modules (standard, included)
• CPU Module
• Input Module
• Output Module
• Front Panel Module
• Power Supply
Microprocessors
• 170E: 6802 operating at 3 or 6 MHz
• 170 E HC11 & 170 ATC HC11: 68HC11 operating at 9.8 MHz (typical)
Memory
• EPROM:
• 32KB (170 E)
• 128KB EPROM, 2 banks of 32KB (170 E HC11 and
170 ATC HC11)
• RAM: 32KB
Backup real-time clock (170 E HC11 and 170 ATC HC11)
Applicable standards
• Compatible with applicable Caltrans TEES standards
www.mccain-inc.com
®
TS 2 Type 1 TS 2 Type 2
Cabinets
Controllers
Signals
Signs
Software
Specialty
Overview
Benefits Product Description
McCain’s ATC eX NEMA controller is an advanced, multi-application controller that simultaneously supports multiple software applications through a single platform. Designed from the ground-up based on NEMA TS 2 and ATC 5.2b standards, the ATC eX NEMA controller provides revolutionary flexibility and control. Best of all, the single ATC eX compliant housing can be configured for either TS 2 Type 1 or TS 2 Type 2 applications and is backward compatible with TS 1. This allows end users to upgrade existing intersections to a modern, high-performance platform without replacing cabinet hardware. • Compliant with NEMA and ATC standards
• Powerful CPU and generous memory configurations
• Multi-tasking ability minimizes the amount of
hardware required at intersections
• Robust, open-architecture Linux platform supports
application software from multiple vendors
• Wide variety of communication options for
connectivity in any environment
• Multiple configuration options include
NEMA TS 1, TS 2 Type 1, and TS 2 Type 2
The McCain ATC eX NEMA controller is a revolutionary, multiapplication controller, compliant with the latest NEMA and ATC standards.

The ATC eX NEMA controller features a wide variety of
communications options, including a standard 3-port
hardened switch, four USB ports, serial, and Ethernet for secure connectivity in any kind of environment. Quick data transfers, firmware upgrades, and log retrievals can be done via USB.

Each controller is built to McCain’s stringent, high-quality manufacturing standards, ensuring long-lasting performance in all environments.

The controller’s Linux operating system provides a robust, flexible, open-architecture platform that can support application software from multiple vendors.

ATC eX
NEMA Controllers
TS 2 Type 1
TS 2 Type 2
To learn more about
McCain’s Integrated Traffic
Solutions, please contact
[email protected] or
call (760) 727-8100
®
© 2012 McCain Inc. Updated 11/16/12. McCain reserves the right to change product specifications without notice.

For the most up-to-date information, please contact McCain. 2365 OAK RIDGE WAY // VISTA, CALIFORNIA 92081 // USA // WWW.MCCAIN-INC.COM ATC eX NEMA Controllers
Controller Interfaces
Communication interfaces
• SDLC ports (2) including SP3 routed to NEMA TS 2 Port 1 • Serial (asynchronous) on front panel (3)
• Serial (asynchronous) on 2070 compatible modem slot (2) • ENET 1: 100 Base-T Ethernet switch, 1 uplink, and 3 additional ports
• ENET 2: 100 Base-T Ethernet port dedicated for local communications (i.e. laptop or similar)
• USB ports (4)
Front panel interface
• Display: 16 lines x 40 characters
• Keyboard: 7 x 4 keypad (28 key)
Cabinet interfaces
• NEMA TS 2 Type 1 Port 1 (SDLC)
• NEMA TS 2 Type 1 A connector
• NEMA TS 2 Type 2 A, B, C and D connectors
General Specifications
Style: TS 2 Type 1, TS 2 Type 2
Dimensions: TS 2 Type 1: 7” H x 10” W x 10.5” D
TS 2 Type 2: 10” H x 10” W x 10.5” D
(rounded to the nearest 0.1”)
Form Factor: Shelf mount configuration
Power: 89 VAC to 135 VAC, 60 Hz (± 3 Hz)
Environment: Operating Temperature: -37°C to +74°C
Humidity: 0 to 95% (non-condensing)
Weight: TS 2 Type 1: 7 lbs
TS 2 Type 2: 10 lbs
Options
• 256MB DDR memory expansion
• Optional modules
• Various communication modules (2070 form factor)
• GPS module
• Custom D connectors
• International Input Voltage: 190VAC to 253VAC, 50 Hz (± 3 Hz) Hardware Features
Operating system
• Linux
Microprocessor
• Freescale PowerQUICC II Pro microprocessor
Memory
• 16MB Flash memory
• 128MB DDR RAM (expandable)
• 2MB Non-volatile SRAM
Backup Real-Time Clock (RTC)
Applicable standards
• NEMA TS 2-2003 v2.06
• ATC 5.2b
• All applicable NTCIP base standards
At A Glance
▷ Revolutionary, large seven-inch
color TFT LCD display
▷ Touch-screen display for
intuitive, graphical programming
▷ High brightness and contrast
display for better outdoor
readability than any other
controller on the market
▷ Linux, open architecture realtime multi-tasking operating system
▷ Alternative Web browser-based
user interface allows remote
programming and status
observation (with appropriate
network connection)
About Cobalt
The traffic signal controller represents one of the most important intelligent technology and communication
components of a signalized intersection. As such, today’s advanced traffic signal controller must integrate leading edge electronics, while supporting industry standards and specifications. Econolite continues its tradition of offering the most advanced and innovative technologies with the Cobalt™ family of Advanced Transportation Controllers (ATC).

Fully meeting the industry’s ATC standard 5.2b and proposed standard 6.10, Cobalt is designed to provide an unmatched combination of ATC controller open architecture functionality with the latest handheld technology and applications.

Cobalt also features a breakthrough hardened seven-inch touchscreen user interface matched with a Linux-based
operating system, making programming and access to
functions easiest in the industry.

Cobalt ATC Traffic Controller
▷ ▷ an unmatched combination of ATC controller open architecture functionality with the latest handheld technology & applications Cobalt ATC Hardware
Cobalt ATC controllers may be configured with Econolite’s robust Cobalt Touch or Cobalt ASC application software
package, or other Linux application software meeting
current ATC standards. OS software upgrades can be
made easily by USB memory stick, SD card, or Ethernet via Econolite’s Windows software installation application.

Cobalt includes a high-power, Linux-based Engine Board that is compliant with the ATC 5.2b and proposed 6.10 standard for a NEMA standard TS2 Type-1 or Type-2 I/O connectors:
four Ethernet ports, two USB ports, and an SD Card slot.

Additionally, Cobalt’s seven-inch color, high brightness TFT LCD module with touch screen capabilities is readable in direct sunlight, can be operated with gloved hands, and is not affected by condensation or water drops.

Hardware Details
• Supports Econolite Linux-based software or other pre-qualified ATC/Linux software
• ATC Engine Board
- Fully compliant with the ATC Standard version 5.2b and proposed ATC Standard 6.10
- 233MHz PowerQUICC II Pro-processor that provides 10 times more processing power than previous generation controller processor
- 128Mbytes of DDR2 DRAM memory for application and OS
program execution
- 64 Mbytes of FLASH for storage of OS Software and user applications
- 2MB of SRAM memory for non-volatile parameter storage • Two integral Ethernet switches for two networks, ENET1 and ENET2• Advanced Graphics Controller
- Enables Cobalt’s enhanced graphics user interface
- Touch screen capability means the keyboard never has to be used
- Replaces traditional text menu selection with graphical selections
• Two USB 2.0 ports used to:
- Update application software
- Upload or download configuration
- Upload logged data
• Datakey socket for an optional 3.3V Datakey, 2 through 32MB • SD Memory Card socket
• CPU Active LED
• Three communications ports standard:
- NEMA-ATC SDLC serial port 1
- 25 pin serial port 2
- 9 pin console serial port
• Built in speaker for enhanced audio controller feedback • Integral carrying handle in back of controller
• Power Supply
- Meets all requirements of ATC standard v6.10.
- External 24VDC protected by a self-resetting electronic fuse • Operating system
- Linux 2.6.3x or later kernel and Board Support Package (BSP)
- Compliant to ATC Standard V. 5.2.b Annex B specifications Hardware Options
• Two user interface options:
- Advanced Display with graphics and touch-screen
(Standard)
- Basic Display with text and textual menus only—no touch or graphics (Option)
• Two models,
- TS2 type 2 connectors
- TS2 type 1 connector
• Communications module options:
- FSK Module that can be configured for RS232 operation - 2070 TEES 2009 standard 6A, 6B, and 7A plug-in modules • Datakey 3.3V, 2 through 32MB
Econolite Traffic Controllers
Capabilities
Control Features
• 16 phases, 8 configurable concurrent groups in 4 timing rings • 16 pedestrian phases that can be configured as pedestrian overlaps • Exclusive pedestrian operation
• Dynamic max operation
• Extendable walk and pedestrian clearance
• Advanced Walk
• Bike input and green timing
• Adaptive red clearance
Coordination Features
• 120 coordination patterns, each with its own cycle, offsets and split plan selection
• 120 split plans, each with its own coordinated phases, vehicle and pedestrian recall and phase omits
• Offset and split entries displayed in percent or seconds • Automatic permissive periods
• Fixed or floating force-off
• Crossing arterial coordination
• Quick-sync feature
Preemption Features
• Ten preemption sequences. Each may be configured as priority, first-come-first-serve, or bus preemption operation
• ECPI interlock to provide added monitoring
• Railroad gate-down input and timing.
• Conditional delay when entering preemption
• Multiple exit preemption options
- Exit to selected exit phase
- Exit to coordination (no transition)
- Exit to interrupted pedestrian phase
- Exit to interrupted vehicle phase
- Use timing from an exit timing plan once, then the normal timing plan
- Exit to a selected phase first then to free or coordination (selectable)
- Exit free for one complete cycle then resume coordination (no transition)
- Exit to the phases where the most drivers have waited the longest
Time Base Features
• 200 schedule programs, configurable for any combination of months, days of the week, and days of the month
• Fixed or floating exception day programs that override the day plan event on a specific day
• 50 day plan events that can use any of the 100 action plans • 100 action plans that can be used by any of the 50 day plans Status Display Features
• Keyboard selection of detailed dynamic status displays for each of the main controller unit functions including: controller, coordinator, preemptor, time base, detectors, and MMU
Detector Features
• 64 vehicle detectors
• 16 system or speed detectors
• Unique detector types and operation
• Individually assignable to phase and functions
• Lock/non-lock function by detector
• 4 detector plans
• 4 detector diagnostics plans
• Logging of volume and/or occupancy assignable by detector • 4 pedestrian diagnostic plans
Logging Features
• Separate buffers for detector activity, detector failures, controller events, and MMU events
• Logged data can be:
- Viewed on front panel
- Retrieved via a RS-232 terminal port, USB flash drive, or SD Card
- Transferred via telemetry to a traffic management center Systems
• NTCIP level 2 compliance
• Supports Centracs®, Aries® and TS2 NTCIP Level 2-compliant central applications
Cobalt ATC Datasheet
3360 E La Palma Avenue, Anaheim, CA 92806 ∙ 714-630-3700 ∙ [email protected] ∙ www.econolite.com © 2017 Econolite Control Products, Inc. All rights reserved. Econolite Control Products, Inc. is an Econolite Group, Inc. company, and reserves the right to change or update these specifications at any time without prior notification.

Econolite Traffic Controllers
Cobalt Software Options
Cobalt Touch Software (requires Cobalt ATC
hardware including the Advanced Graphics
Controller)
• All the ASC/3-LX Software features, plus the following:
- Full-color graphic interface with touch-screen capability - Provides menu selection using touch selections.
- Programming uses touch data entry allowing touch gestures to select yes/no, select enable/disable, pull-down list selections and more
- Screen can be swiped to advance to another screen
ASC/3-LX Software (General)
• Field-proven for over 8 years
• Allows for an agency-specific default database
• Automatic backup of controller database to optional Datakey or manual back up to USB flash drive
• Context sensitive help
• Hyperlink feature allows jumping from a status field to the screen where data is defined
• 100-statement logic processor to test inputs, outputs or timers and take actions based on the results
Optional Software
• Transit Signal Priority
• Centracs Adaptive
Basic Specifications
▷ Temperature
◉ -34.6°F to +165°F (-37°C to +74°C)
▷ Power
◉ 110VAC @ 50/60 HZ or optional 220/240
VAC @ 50/60 HZ
◉ Fuse protection for either 110 or 220/240V
◉ Protection for the 24VDC supply is provided
by a resettable electronic fuse
▷ Dimensions
◉ 14.84”W x 8.50”H x 6.13”D
382130916-6
Cobalt ATC Datasheet
www.mccain-inc.com
®
Cabinets
Controllers
Signals
Signs
Software
Specialty
Overview
Benefits Product Description
McCain’s 170 ATC ColdFire Controller is a modernized version of the 170 family of controllers featuring a Freescale ColdFire 32 Bit micro-controller. The 170 ATC ColdFire is a drop-in replacement for 170 controllers with superior computing power and performance. The controller is a cost-effective alternative to 2070 controllers. • Better performance than a 2070 controller
• Menu driven LCD front panel (2070 compatible)
• Onboard temperature sensor provides internal
controller temperature readings.
• Custom Built-in Operating System
• True Ethernet capability
• USB mass-storage device interface
The McCain 170 ATC ColdFire Controller is a low-cost upgrade alternative to other modern traffic controllers. It is fully hardware compatible with existing 170 cabinet infrastructure.

The controller eliminates the need for external memory
modules as used in standard 170 controllers by incorporating on-board flash and EEPROM memory technology. It also
features a menu-driven display, improved serial port operation, an onboard Ethernet port, and a USB interface.

Together with McCain’s intersection control application software the 170 ATC ColdFire offers state-of-the-art modern technology without jeopardizing the rugged reliability that the 170 family of controllers are known for.
170 ATC ColdFire
Controller
© 2009 McCain Inc. Updated 01/27/09. McCain reserves the right to change product specifications without notice.

For the most up-to-date information, please contact McCain.

To learn more about
McCain’s Integrated Traffic
Solutions, please contact
[email protected] or
call (760) 727-8100
2365 OAK RIDGE WAY // VISTA, CALIFORNIA 92081 // USA // WWW.MCCAIN-INC.COM ® 170 ATC ColdFire Controller
Interfaces
Communication interfaces
• RS232 Serial ports (4) of which (1) can be rerouted to FPA • Modem slots (2)
• Ethernet port
• USB port
Front panel interface
• Display: 8 lines x 40 characters
• Keyboards: 3 x 4 navigation and 4 x 4 data entry keypads Cabinet interfaces
• Rear connectors C1S, C2S, C20S, C30S, C40S, and T1
Software
Compatible with McCain’s 750 intersection control software program. (See separate data sheets for details on McCain’s software control programs).

General Specifications
Dimensions: 19 “ W x 7” H x 13” D (rounded to the nearest inch) Form Factor: EIA rack mount compatible
Power: 120 VAC, 60 Hz (typical), 40 watts
+ 5 V Logic ± 0.1 V 2.4 A
+ 5 V External ± 0.25 V 300 mA
+ 5 V Front Panel ± 0.25 V 500 mA
- 5 V Spare ± 0.25 V 300 mA
+ 12 V Modem ±0.6 V 1.0 A
- 12 V Modem ± 0.6 V 300 mA
Environment: Operating Temperature: -37o C to +74o C
Humidity: 0 to 95% (non-condensing)
Weight: ± 15 lbs (based on final module selection)
Options
• McCain control software
• Available modules
• GPS (Global Positioning System) module
• Modem module
Standard Features
Operating system
• Uses a custom BIOS
• Application program interface (API) available from McCain for third party software development
Modules (standard, included)
• CPU Module
• Input Module
• Output Module
• LCD/Front Panel Module
• Power Supply
Microprocessors
• CPU Module: Freescale MCF5282CVM66, 32 Bit MCU
Memory
• 16 MB SDRAM
• 64 KB SRAM
• 32 KB Serial EEPROM
• 8 MB Flash memory
Backup real-time clock (RTC)
Applicable standards
• Compatible with Caltrans TEES standards as applicable to 170 controllers
Crystal control and AC line tracking via software PLL
www.mccain-inc.com
®
Cabinets
Controllers
Signals
Signs
Software
Specialty
Overview
Benefits Product Description
McCain’s 2070E Controller, designed in full compliance with the 2009 Caltrans Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications (TEES), is a ruggedized, multi-tasking field processor and communications system configurable for a variety of traffic management applications. It is interchangeable with standard 170 controllers, allowing users to upgrade existing intersections to a higher performance platform without replacing cabinet hardware. • Support a variety of applications through modular
design
• Upgrade to more modern platform without replacing
cabinet hardware
• Compatible with off-the-shelf products and
intersection control software
• Compliant with 2009 Caltrans TEES
The McCain 2070E Controller is designed to control traffic intersections, though it can be used for a multitude of applications. Based on the software control package utilized, the control applications can expand to include: ramp metering, variable message signs, sprinklers, pumps, and changeable lane control.

The controller’s modular design allows various configurations based on the desired application.

An OS-9 real-time operating system affords a robust, flexible, and expandable platform that is compatible with multi-vendor application control software.

McCain offers a variety of compatible software programs (sold separately).
2070E Controller
© 2015 McCain Inc. Updated 06/29/2015. McCain reserves the right to change product specifications without notice.

For the most up-to-date information, please contact McCain.

To learn more about
McCain’s Integrated Traffic
Solutions, please contact
[email protected] or
call (760) 727-8100
2365 OAK RIDGE WAY // VISTA, CALIFORNIA 92081 // USA // WWW.MCCAIN-INC.COM ® 2070E Controller
Interfaces
Communication interfaces
• SDLC ports (2)
• ACIA ports (5)
• 10/100 Mb Ethernet (4), 4 LEDs
• Datakey removable storage device, 8Mbits, (blue color) Front panel interface
• Display: 8 lines x 40 characters
• Keyboards: 3 x 4 navigation and 4 x 4 data entry keypads • C50J connector
Cabinet interfaces
• Rear connectors C1S, C11S, and C12S
Software
Compatible with McCain’s 2033 intersection control, 2045 arterial master control, and 2042 ramp metering control software. Also compatible with any 2070E compliant third party software. (See separate data sheets for details on McCain’s software control programs).

General Specifications
Dimensions: 19 “ W x 7” H x 12” D (rounded to the nearest inch) Form Factor: EIA rack mount compatible
Power: 95 VAC to 135 VAC, 60 Hz (± 3 Hz)
+5.0 VDC 10.0 A
+12.0 VDC Serial 0.5 A
–12.0 VDC Serial 0.5 A
+12.0 VDC ISO 1.0 A
Environment: Operating Temperature: -37°C to +74°C
Humidity: 0 to 95% (non-condensing)
Weight: 12 lbs (based on final module selection)
Options
• McCain control software
• Available modules
• 2070-2B field I/O module for ITS (SP5) / NEMA (SP3)
cabinet applications
• 2070-3A large 4 x 40 character display
• 2070-4A-220 international voltage: 190VAC to 253VAC,
50 Hz (± 3 Hz)
• 2070-6A dual 1200 baud modem
• 2070-6B dual 9600 baud modem
• 2070-7A async comm module
• 2070-7B sync comm module
• 2070-8 NEMA adapter
Standard Features
Operating system
• Microware OS-9 real-time operating system (RTOS)
Modules (standard, included)
• 2070-1E CPU Module
• 2070-2E Field I/O Module
• 2070-3B LCD/Front Panel Module
• 2070-4A Power Supply
Microprocessors
• CPU Module: Freescale MC68EN360, 32 Bit, 24.576 MHz
microprocessor
• I/O Module: Freescale microprocessor, running at 24 MHz Memory
• 8MB Flash memory
• 32MB PSRAM
• 2MB non-volatile SRAM
Backup real-time clock (RTC)
Applicable standards
• Meets or exceeds Caltrans TEES 2009 standards
www.q-free.com | [email protected]

HARDWARE CONFIGURATIONS
I/O module options
• 2070-2A/2E/2E+ field I/O module for parallel
interface to 35X/34X/33X cabinets
• 2070-2N includes a field I/O module for serial
interface with ITS and NEMA TS-2 type 1 cabinets
• 2070-N includes 2070-N1 extensions for TS-1 &
TS-2 type 2 cabinets
• 2070-2B/2C field I/O module for interface to ITS
cabinets and other RS-485 peripherals

TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS
2070LX CONTROLLER
35X/34X/33X/170 STYLE TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROLLER

OVERVIEW
The 2070LX controller is part of Intelight’s industryleading ATC compliant Linux hardware platform.

The 2070LX chassis meets and exceeds the current
2009 TEES and includes an ATC-compliant 2070-1C
CPU module.

The 2070LX can be configured for ITS, 2070, 170, 170E,
and NEMA TS-1 or TS-2 cabinet I/O configurations and
is listed on the Caltrans QPL.

INTELIGHT IS A Q-FREE BRAND.

Product specifications may change at any time without notice and may not be available in all markets.

Copyright © 2021 Q-Free. All rights reserved. Revised 19 May 2021. www.q-free.com | [email protected]

PLATFORM
• Complies with latest ATC 6.25 (v06.A compliant) and
Caltrans 2009 TEES (2070-LC)
• Uses open Linux O/S architecture for hosting various
2070 software applications
• Includes ATC 5401 API as an option
• Uses runtime libraries per ATC5.2b (ATC 6.25)
• Full supports all required ATC 6.25 software drivers
under the latest Linux kernel release v 3.2
• Environmentally hardened (operating ambient
temperature from -40C to +80 C)
2070LX CONTROLLER PRODUCT SHEET
2070-1C CPU CARD
2070-1X slot carrier module with front panel support for:
• 3.3v DataKey socket
• 4x 10/100 RJ45 Ethernet ports w/activity and speed
LEDs
• TEES compliant D type 25 pin C13S port
• Fully qualified to latest Caltrans TEES 2070
specifications
• 1 USB port
Engine board CPU module:
• Fully 2070 hardware and software compliant with latest national ITE/NEMA/AASHTO ATC standard
• Motorola (Freescale) MPC8248, 32-bit, 400 MHz,
PowerPC Instruction
• 64MB of DRAM (128MB option)
• IMB SRAM (2MB option)
• 64MB of flash memory
• 7 serial ports (SP1-6, SP8)
• RTC time reference
Additional hardware
• Heavy-duty model 2070-4A power supply
• 2070-3B standard 8 line x 40 character LCD display
• RJ45 and DB9 serial connectors
www.mccain-inc.com
®
Cabinets
Controllers
Signals
Signs
Software
Specialty
Overview
Benefits Product Description
McCain’s ATC eX 2070 Controller is an advanced, multi-application controller that simultaneously supports multiple software applications through a single platform. Designed from the ground-up based on ATC 5.2b standard, the ATC eX 2070 Controller provides revolutionary flexibility and control. The controller is available as a new 2070 style controller with the 2070 ATC CPU module already installed or as a direct, plug-in replacement for the 2070-1B CPU module. This allows end users to upgrade existing intersections to a modern, high-performance platform by either replacing the entire controller or by just replacing the 2070-1B CPU module in an existing 2070 installation with the 2070 ATC CPU module and upgrading an NTCIP compliant local control software.
• Provides means to easily upgrade 170 or 2070
controllers/cabinets without the need to replace
cabinet hardware
• Supports multiple vendor application software
through robust, open-architecture Linux platform
• Minimizes hardware requirements at intersections
with multi-tasking ability
• Connects in any environment through a wide variety
of communication options
• Meets ATC 5.2b standards
The McCain ATC eX 2070 Controller is a revolutionary, multiapplication controller designed in full compliance with the ATC 5.2b standard.

The controller features a wide variety of communications options, including a standard 3-port hardened switch, four USB ports, serial, and Ethernet, for secure connectivity in any kind of environment. Quick data transfers, firmware upgrades, and log retrievals can be done via USB.

Each controller is built to McCain’s stringent manufacturing standards, ensuring long-lasting performance in all
environments.

The controller’s Linux operating system provides a robust, flexible, open-architecture platform that can support application software from multiple vendors.

ATC eX 2070 Controller
To learn more about
McCain’s Integrated Traffic
Solutions, please contact
[email protected] or
call (760) 727-8100
®
© 2016 McCain Inc. Updated 04/07/2016. McCain reserves the right to change product specifications without notice.

For the most up-to-date information, please contact McCain. 2365 OAK RIDGE WAY // VISTA, CALIFORNIA 92081 // USA // WWW.MCCAIN-INC.COM 2070 ATC CPU module
ATC eX 2070 Controller
Interfaces
Communication interfaces
• SDLC ports (2)
• Serial (asynchronous) (4)
• ENET 1: 100 Base-T Ethernet switch, 1 uplink, and 3 additional ports
• ENET 2: 100 Base-T Ethernet port dedicated for local
communications (i.e. laptop or similar)
• USB ports (2)
Front panel interface
• Display: 8 lines x 40 characters
• Keyboard: 3 x 4 navigation and 4 x 4 data entry keypads Cabinet interfaces
• Rear connectors C1S, C11S, C12S
General Specifications
Dimensions: 7” H x 19” W x 13” D
(rounded to the nearest inch)
Form Factor: EIA rack mount compatible
Power: 89 VAC to 135 VAC, 60 Hz (± 3 Hz)
Environment: Operating Temperature: -37°C to +74°C
Humidity: 0 to 95% (non-condensing)
Weight: 12 lbs (± based on module configuration)
Options
• 256MB DDR memory expansion
• Optional modules
• 2070-4A-220 international voltage power supply:
190VAC to 253VAC, 50 Hz (± 3 Hz)
• 2070-6A Dual 1200 baud modem
• 2070-6B Dual 9600 baud modem
• 2070-7A Dual RS232 serial ports
• GPS module
Standard Features
Operating system
• Linux
Modules (standard, included)
• 2070 ATC CPU module
• 2070-2B or 2070-2E Field I/O module
• 2070-3B LCD front panel module
• 2070-4A Power supply
Microprocessors
• Freescale PowerQUICC II Pro microprocessor
Memory
• 16MB Flash memory
• 128MB DDR RAM (expandable)
• 2MB Non-volatile SRAM
Backup Real-Time Clock (RTC)
Applicable standards
• ATC 5.2b
• Caltrans TEES (where applicable)
• NTCIP base standards (where applicable)
At A Glance
▷ Revolutionary, large seven-inch
color TFT LCD display
▷ Touch-screen display for
intuitive, graphical programming
▷ High brightness and contrast
display for better outdoor
readability than any other
controller on the market
▷ Linux, open architecture realtime multi-tasking operating system
▷ Alternative Web browser-based
user interface allows remote
programming and status
observation (with appropriate
network connection)
About Cobalt RackMount
Today’s advanced traffic signal controller must integrate leading edge electronics, while supporting industry standards and specifications. Econolite continues its tradition of offering the most advanced and innovative technologies with the
Cobalt family of Advanced Transportation Controllers (ATC).

Fully meeting the industry’s ATC standard 5.2b and proposed standard 6.10, Cobalt is designed to provide an unmatched combination of ATC controller open architecture functionality with the latest handheld technology and applications.

Cobalt also features a breakthrough hardened seven-inch touchscreen user interface matched with a Linux based
operating system, making programming and access to
functions easiest in the industry.
▷ ▷ An unmatched combination of ATC controller open architecture functionality with the latest handheld technology and applications.

Cobalt RackMount
Hardware
Cobalt’s RackMount ATC controllers may be configured with Econolite’s robust Cobalt Touch application software package, or other pre-qualified ATC/Linux software application software meeting current ATC standards. OS and software upgrades can be made easily by USB memory stick.

Cobalt RackMount controllers include an advanced, Linux-based Engine Board that is compliant with the ATC 5.2b and proposed

6.10 standard provides connectors that support integration into 33x, ITS or NEMA TS 2 Type-1 cabinets.: four Ethernet ports, two USB ports, and an SD Card slot. Additionally, Cobalt’s seveninch color, high brightness TFT LCD module with touch screen capabilities is readable in direct sunlight, can be operated with gloved hands, and is not affected by condensation or water drops. Optional cards can be purchased for twisted-pair copper (FSK) or serial (RS232) system interconnect.

Hardware Details
• Caltrans C1/C11 cabinet interface to replace 170 or 2070 controllers in 33X cabinets..
• Synchronous Data Link Communications (SDLC) for
hybrid or NEMA standard TS2 Type-1 cabinets.
• Supports Econolite Linux-based software or other
prequalified ATC/Linux software
• ATC Engine Board
- Fully compliant with the ATC Standard version 5.2b and proposed ATC Standard 6.10
- 266MHz PowerQUICC II Pro-processor that provides 10
times more processing power than our previous generation controller processor
- 128Mbytes of DDR2 DRAM memory for application and OS
program execution
- 64 Mbytes of FLASH for storage of OS Software and user applications
- 2MB of SRAM memory for non-volatile parameter storage • Two Ethernet switches provide additional ports and some level of management for networks ENET1 and ENET2
• Advanced Graphics Controller
- Enables Cobalt’s enhanced graphics user interface
- Touch screen capability means the keyboard never has to be used
- Replaces traditional text menu selection with graphical selections
• Two USB 2.0 ports used to:
- Update application software
- Upload or download configuration
- Upload logged data
• Datakey socket for an optional 3.3V Datakey, 8MB
• SD Memory Card socket
- The SD Card stores configuration and logs and provides automatic backup of configuration
• CPU Active LED
• Built in speaker for enhanced audio controller feedback • Recessed front panel Aux switch
• Serial Ports
- Front panel mounted, 9-pin, C50s / Console port
- Rear panel mounted:
- 15-Pin NEMA Port 1, SDLC
- 25-Pin, NEMA, Port 2, Terminal
- 25-Pin ATC, C12S
- One slot for optional ATC / 2070 communications module for access to SP1 and SP2
• Parallel Ports
- Rear panel mounted:
- C1S
- C11S
• Power Supply
- Meets all requirements of ATC standard v6.10.
- Recessed front panel AC power switch
• Operating system
- Linux 2.6.3x or later kernel and Board Support Package (BSP)
- Compliant to ATC Standard V. 5.2.b Annex B specifications Hardware Options
• Power Connection options:
- A permanently attached cable and cable wraps for use in 170 or 2070 replacement applications.
- A NEMA TS2-Type 1, “A”, MS connector which facilitates a detachable power cord for use in Econolite Hybrid cabinets. - A 220VAC assembly
• Communications module options:
- FSK Module that can be configured for RS232 operation and use a 9 or 25 pin D connector
- 2070 TEES 2009 standard 6A, 6B, and 7A plug-in modules • Optional datakey 3.3V, 8MB
Capabilities
Control Features
• 16 phases, 8 configurable concurrent groups in 4 timing rings • 16 vehicle overlaps that can be configured as normal, -green/ yellow, PPLT/FYA or Econolite
• 16 pedestrian phases that can be configured as pedestrian overlaps • Exclusive pedestrian operation
• Dynamic max operation
• Extendable walk and pedestrian clearance
• Advanced Walk
• Bike input and green timing
• Adaptive red clearance
• Transit Signal Priority
Coordination Features
• 120 coordination event plans, each with its own cycle, offsets, split timing, coordinated phases, vehicle and pedestrian recall and phase omits
• Offset and split entries displayed in percent or seconds • Automatic permissive periods
• Fixed or floating force-off
• Crossing arterial coordination
• Quick-sync feature
Preemption Features
• Ten preemption sequences. Each may be configured as priority, first-come-first-serve, or bus preemption operation
• ECPI interlock to provide added monitoring
• Railroad gate-down input and timing.
• Conditional delay when entering preemption
• Multiple exit preemption options
- Exit to selected exit phase
- Exit to coordination (no transition)
- Exit to interrupted pedestrian phase
- Exit to interrupted vehicle phase
- Use timing from an exit timing plan once, then the normal timing plan
- Exit to a selected phase first then to free or coordination (selectable)
- Exit free for one complete cycle then resume coordination (no transition)
- Exit to the phases where the most drivers have waited the longest
Time Base Features
• 200 schedule programs, configurable for any combination of months, days of the week, and days of the month
• Fixed or floating exception day programs that override the day plan event on a specific day
• 16 day plans that can use any of the 100 event plans
Status Display Features
• Touch selection of detailed dynamic status display for the main controller unit functions including: controller, coordinator, preemptor, time base, detectors, and MMU
Detector Features
• 64 vehicle detectors
• 16 system or speed detectors
• Unique detector types and operation
• Individually assignable to phase and functions
• Lock/non-lock function by detector
• 4 detector plans
• 4 detector diagnostics plans
• Logging of volume and/or occupancy assignable by any or all of the 64 detector
• 4 pedestrian diagnostic plans
Logging Features
• Separate buffers for detector activity, detector failures, controller events, and MMU events
• Logged data can be:
- Viewed on front panel
- Retrieved via a RS-232 terminal port, USB
- Transferred via communications to a traffic management center
Systems
• NTCIP level 2 compliance
• Supports Centracs®, Aries® and TS2 NTCIP Level 2-compliant pre-qualified central applications
Cobalt ATC Datasheet
3360 E La Palma Avenue, Anaheim, CA 92806 ∙ 714-630-3700 ∙ [email protected] ∙ www.safetran-traffic.com © 2017 Econolite Control Products, Inc. All rights reserved. Econolite Control Products, Inc. is an Econolite Group, Inc. company, and reserves the right to change or update these specifications at any time without prior notification.

Safetran Traffic Cabinets
Cobalt RM Software
• Software features, plus the following:
- Full-color graphic interface with touch-screen capability - Provides menu selection using touch selections.
- Programming uses touch data entry allowing touch gestures to select yes/no, select enable/disable, pull-down list selections and more
- Screen can be swiped to advance to another screen
- Naming of Timing plans, Event plans Day plans, and Week plans
• Field-proven for over 9 years
• Allows for an agency-specific default database
• Automatic backup of controller database to optional Datakey or manual back up to USB flash drive
• Context sensitive help
• 100-statement logic processor to test inputs, outputs or timers and take actions based on the results
• Cobalt Mobile remote tablet interface
• Peer-to-Peer operation is a feature that allows controllers to share information with other controllers, independent of the central system. One controller can communicate with up to 15 other controllers through Ethernet.

Optional Software
• Centracs Adaptive
• Intersection Monitor
Basic Specifications
▷ Temperature
◉ -34.6°F to +165°F (-37°C to +74°C)
▷ Power
◉ 110VAC @ 50/60 HZ or optional 220/240
VAC @ 50/60 HZ
▷ Fuse protection for either 110 or 220/240V
◉ Protection for the 24VDC supply is
provided by a resettable electronic fuse
▷ Dimensions
◉ 19” W x 7” H x 11.5” D
382230414-2
Cobalt ATC Datasheet
ATC-1000
Advanced Traffic Controller
Peek Traffic Corporation, a Signal Group Company
2906 Corporate Way Palmetto, FL 34221
(941) 845-1200 | (800) 245-7660
www.peektraffic.com
The ATC-1000 is the first of the new ATC line
of modularly-built, standards-based
controllers from Peek Traffic.

Designed for ease-of-use and easy
adaptability, the ATC-1000 traffic controller
features Peek’s latest ATC engine board, a
full line of communications options
including multiple serial ports, multiple
Ethernet ports, a USB firmware and
memory port, and a range of I/O and D
modules.

The ATC-1000 controller uses NTCIP
communications natively and is entirely
compatible with Peek’s IQ Central® traffic
management system.

Interchangeable I/O modules and D Modules
allow the ATC-1000 controller to be utilized
in the latest cabinets, but it will also work as
a plug-in replacement in older, nonstandards-based cabinets that currently house Multisonics, Traconex, LMD 40, LMD
9200 and HMC-1000 controllers, thus
providing an upgrade path for older
intersection control hardware.

Specifications
14 3/4” Wide x 101/2” Deep x 101/4” Tall
(375 mm x 267 mm x 261 mm)
9 to 11 pounds (4 to 5 kg) ....
depending on which I/O modules, D
modules, and modem are installed
95 to 135 VAC
60 Hz ± 3 Hz
-35°F to + 165°F
-37°C to + 74°C
(NEMA TS2-2003 specification)
0-95% relative humidity
16MB Flash memory standard
16MB SDRAM standard
32MB, 64MB SDRAM - optional
1MB SRAM
Traffic application software is NTCIP
software compliant, ensuring easy
integration into any NTCIP or ITS traffic
control system.

Via USB port or via ATC Linkmation
Linux v2.6.2.0
Connectivity is easily achieved using a
variety of communications options:
• 5 serial ports; RS 485 support on one
port (jumper selectable)
• Two 10/100 Base-T Ethernet ports
• 3000E compatable modem slot
• Optional 2070 compatible modem
slot with full modem control support
• High-speed USB port
Dimensions
Weight
Power
Requirements
Environment
Memory
NTCIP
Compliance
Firmware
Updates
Operating
System
Communications
Available D Modules Available I/O Modules
Intersection configuration programming interfacing is easily performed in the field, using the provided laptop computer interface software (ATC Link). ATC Link can be connected directly via either an ethernet or a serial cable, or it can be used to store the configuration on a portable USB “flash drive”, which can then be downloaded to the device in the field in seconds. Or programming may be downloaded
across a network via an NTCIP compliant central system, such as IQ Central.
• ATC D Module
• Peek 3000E Closed Loop D Module
• LMD 40 D Module
• Traconex D Module
• Multisonics D Module
• NEMA TS2 Type 1
• NEMA TS2 Type 2
• HMC-1000
• LMD 40
Peek Traffic Corporation
A Signal Group Company
2906 Corporate Way
Palmetto, FL 34221
(941) 845-1200 | (800) 245-7660
www.peektraffic.com
About Signal Group – covers a broad range of quality turnkey traffic control products and services. Signal Group products have helped to make motorists around the world safer and their travels more pleasant and efficient. This expertise, experience and breadth of product lines has made Signal Group one of the most respected and recognized leaders in the traffic control marketplace. The information contained in this publication is presented for informational purposes only, and while every effort has been made to ensure its accuracy, the information is not to be construed as warranty or guarantee, express or implied, regarding the products orservices described herein or their use or applicability. No license is granted by implication or otherwise to any of Signal Group’s intellectual property. Signal Group reserves the right to alter or revise any of its products or published technical data related thereof at any time without notice. ©2014 Signal Group. www.q-free.com | [email protected]

BENEFITS
• Fast, reliable intersection control
• Powerful CPU with expandable memory configurations
• Schedule updates or run live
• Install firmware and operating system updates without placing the controller in flash
• Exceeds current ATC standards (v06.A compliant)
• Unrestricted use license for MIBs

TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS
XN-2 CONTROLLER
NEMA TS 2, TYPE 2 ATC TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROLLER

OVERVIEW
The Q-Free Intelight XN Controller is a modern workhorse for advanced traffic signal operations that sets the scene for the connected world.

Its open architecture platform organizes and improves traffic signal operations while reducing the amount of equipment in traffic cabinets through multi-application support for things like:
• Managing Ethernet traffic
• Monitoring detection devices
• Integrating with third-party devices
An OLED screen improves visibility in all conditions, during the day and at night.

Utilizing a Linux-based operating system that meets and exceeds current ATC, NEMA, and NTCIP standards, the Intelight XN Controller provides agencies with an industry leading, robust and scalable open-architecture platform to meet transportation needs today and tomorrow.

BUILT-IN WEB
SERVER
SECURE

COMMUNICATION
INTELIGHT IS A Q-FREE BRAND.

Product specifications may change at any time without notice and may not be available in all markets.

Copyright © 2021 Q-Free. All rights reserved. Revised 19 May 2021. www.q-free.com | [email protected]

MODERN PLATFORM

OPEN ARCHITECTURE
• Linux operating system
• Linux and API library
• Software development kit (SDK) provided at no charge
to qualified ATC software developers
• Unrestricted use license for NTCIP MIBs

USER INTERFACE
• 128 x 256 pixels OLED display (16x40 characters)
• 4x4 and 3x4 tactile keyboards

PROCESSING AND MEMORY
• Motorola MPC8248, 32-bit processor, 400 MHz
(750 MIPS)
• 64MB Flash memory
• 128MB DRAM
• 2MB SRAM

COMMUNICATION INTERFACES
• 10/100 Mbit Ethernet ports (4)
• USB (3)
• AUX Serial (1)
• SD Card (1)
• External SDLC port (NEMA cabinets)
• C12S SDLC/HDLC (ITS/ATC cabinets)
• RS232 external serial port (1)
• Integrated GPS/GNSS

INDUSTRY STANDARDS
• ATC 5201, current
• ATC API 5401
• NEMA TS 2-2003 v2.06
• NTCIP - 1201, 1202, and applicable base standards

OPTIONS
• Datakey receptacle
• Connected vehicle (CV) processor
• 12 or 24 VDC power supply

ON-BOARD WEB SERVER
Secure, modern communications for traffic operators to access controller functions wirelessly or via wired Ethernet connections from any internet-enabled device (smart phone, tablet, laptop). • 40 phases, 16 rings, 32 overlaps, 16 preempts
• HTTPS communication between device and
Intelight MAXVIEW central system
• Advanced functionality comes standard
– Master/closed loop
– Peer-to-peer communications
– Transit signal priority
See Intelight MAXTIME ic product sheet for more details.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Form factor: Shelf mount
Dimensions*
(HWD):

10.3” x 13.4” x 8.5”

26.2 x 34 x 21.6 cm
Power: Variable power supply (89-250 VAC
50/60 Hz, or 48VDC)
Power connector: Standard NEMA Type 2 ‘A’
Temperature: -40°C to +80°C
* Dimensions rounded to nearest 0.1
XN-2 CONTROLLER PRODUCT SHEET
v
XN-2 Controller
www.mccain-inc.com
®
Cabinets
Controllers
Signals
Signs
Software
Specialty
Overview
Benefits Product Description
McCain’s 2070EN2 NEMA Controller is one of the latest additions to McCain’s traffic signal controller product offering. The 2070EN2 controller is the industry-standard 2070E controller adapted for NEMA TS 2 Type 1 applications; offering users a means of upgrading existing intersection controllers without replacing cabinet hardware. • NEMA TS 2 Type 1 compatible
• NEMA and Caltrans compliant
• Easily upgrades installations that may otherwise
require cabinet replacement
• Open architecture ensures compatibility with off-theshelf products • OS-9 real-time operating system is compatible with
third-party firmware
The McCain 2070EN2 NEMA Controller is designed in full
compliance with Caltrans Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications (TEES) 2009 and NEMA TS 2 2003 standards.

The 2070EN2 controller’s open architecture, modular design, and advanced functionality bring together the best of the Model 2070 and NEMA worlds.

The controller’s OS-9 real-time operating system affords a robust, flexible, and expandable platform that is compatible with third-party control software. McCain offers a variety of compatible software programs to easily integrate the 2070EN2 into an overall Intelligent Transportation System (ITS). 2070EN2 Controller
© 2013 McCain Inc. Updated 02/15/13. McCain reserves the right to change product specifications without notice.

For the most up-to-date information, please contact McCain.

To learn more about
McCain’s Integrated Traffic
Solutions, please contact
[email protected] or
call (760) 727-8100
2365 OAK RIDGE WAY // VISTA, CALIFORNIA 92081 // USA // WWW.MCCAIN-INC.COM ® 2070EN2 NEMA Controller
Interfaces
Communication interfaces
• SDLC ports (2)
• ACIA ports (5)
• 10/100 Mb Ethernet (4), 4 LEDs
• Datakey removable storage device, 8Mbits, (blue color) Front panel interface
• Display: 8 lines x 40 characters
• Keyboards: 3 x 4 navigation and 4 x 4 data entry keypads • C50J connector
Cabinet interfaces
• NEMA Port 1 C15S
• NEMA TS 2 Type A connector
Software
Compatible with McCain’s 2033 intersection control firmware, see separate data sheet for more information.

General Specifications
Dimensions: 7” H x 19 “ W x 12” D
(rounded to the nearest inch)
Form Factor: EIA rack mount compatible
Power: 95 VAC to 135 VAC, 60 Hz (± 3 Hz)
+5.0 VDC 1.0 A 10.0 A
+12.0 VDC Serial 0.1 A 0.5 A
–12.0 VDC Serial 0.1 A 0.5 A
+12.0 VDC ISO 0.1 A 1.0 A
Environment: Operating Temperature: -37°C to +74°C
Humidity: 0 to 95% (non-condensing)
Weight: 12 lbs
Options
• McCain control software
• Available modules
• 2070 ATC CPU module
• 2070-3A large 4 x 40 character display
• 2070-4A-220 international voltage: 190VAC to 253VAC, 50 Hz (± 3 Hz)
• 2070-6A dual 1200 baud modem
• 2070-6B dual 9600 baud modem
• 2070-7A dual RS232 serial ports
• 2070-7B dual RS485 serial ports
Standard Features
Operating system
• Microware OS-9 real-time operating system (RTOS)
Modules (standard, included)
• 2070-IE CPU module
• 2070-2N field I/O module
• 2070-3B LCD front panel module
• 2070-4N(A) power supply
Microprocessors
• CPU Module: Freescale MC68EN360, 32 Bit, 24.576 MHz
microprocessor
• I/O Module: Freescale microprocessor, running at 24 MHz Memory
• 8MB Flash memory
• 32MB PSRAM
• 2MB non-volatile SRAM
Backup real-time clock (RTC)
Applicable standards
• Caltrans TEES 2009
• NEMA TS 2 2003
usa.siemens.com/mobility
Description
The Siemens m60 series ATC complies with the industry’s latest Advanced Traffic Controller (ATC) standard 5.2b. Built on the proven m50 hardware architecture, combined with
powerful industry-leading SEPAC software, the Linux-based m60 series ATC provides a host of functions to meet the needs of traffic agencies of all sizes. The m60 series ATC usa.siemens.com/mobility
m60 Series ATC
The Advanced Traffic Controller for NEMA-style cabinets provides multiple Ethernet, USB and other industry-specific interfaces, facilitating both backwards and forwards
compatibility. The m60 series ATC also enables easy hosting of third-party applications. In addition, the m60 series ATC exceeds industry standards by providing usability features that include the new Siemens Multiview Display concept
(SMD) with real-time active status, context-sensitive HELP screens and user-programmable favorite buttons. The m60 series ATC is truly a nerve center for the connected
intersection of the future.

Features
• Exceeds ATC standard 5.2b compliance
• Active TFT backlit LCD display with Siemens Multiview Display Technology
• Modular ATC Communications hub
• Convenient field upgrade packages
– Linux upgrade package
– m50 USB upgrade package
– m60 ATC upgrade package
– m60 NEMA upgrade package
Benefits
The Siemens m60 series ATC provides a vast array of benefits compared to other similar products in the industry.

At the heart of the m60 series ATC is the Siemens Multiview Display (SMD) concept. The SMD provides the user with
multiple time-saving mechanisms to operate and program
traffic controllers. For ease of operation, the 16 line display is split into an active programming view at the top and a
dynamically updated active status view – or the contextsensitive HELP – at the bottom. This dual view enables users to dynamically visualize the impact of their programming changes on the overall efficiency of the intersection.

In addition, the ability to program customized function buttons to a specific menu item ensures quick navigation, making the operation of an m60 series ATC fast and efficient.

Having built upon the proven Siemens m50 hardware platform, the m60 series ATC offers a range of possibilities to address financial and technological constraints faced by traffic agencies.

Controllers by Siemens
Central Processor Unit (CPU)
• Open architecture platform with standard Linux operating system
• MPC 8270 266MHz processor
• 512MB FLASH, 64MB DRAM and 2MB SRAM
• TOD Clock with automatic daylight savings time adjustment • Power supply will power the SRAM during power failures – Supports SEPAC controller software
– SD memory card
– Operating System: Linux 2.6.39
Keyboard and Display
• Siemens Multiview Display with dual view screens
– 5 1/8 inch active TFT display
– Easily removable display and keypad
– Easily identifiable, discrete HELP button
– Real-time context sensitive HELP screens
– User programmable function buttons F1 to F5
• Removable LED backlit LCD with 16 lines of 40 characters with adjustable contrast
• Emulation of terminal per Joint NEMA/AASHTO/ITE Standard • Key quantity and function per Joint NEMA/AASHTO/ITE
Standard
m60 ATC Communications Module
• 10 Base-T Ethernet with built-in switch and 4 front panel RJ-45 connectors
– ENET1 and ENET2 network switches
– 5 10/100 TCP/IP ports
• 4 USB 2.0 Ports and a Datakey Port
• Dedicated GPS - SP8 Port (9pin EIA-574)
• Unique MAC address assigned by the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
• EIA-232 port for uploading/downloading applications
software and OS updating
• Single and multi-mode fiber optic options
• 1200 bps Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) modem (optional) – Datakey
Communication
• SDLC
• Serial Port
• FSK Modem
Hardware Specifications
• Dimensions
• Power Supply
• Temperature
Controller Housing
• 7 slots with card guides for standard size Versa Modules • 2 slots with card guides for standard Joint NEMA/AASHTO.ITE ATC modems (optional) or ATC Communication Module or
USB Plate
• Polycarbonate construction (excluding back panel), rear mounting tabs and aluminum power supply mounting plate
for electrical grounding
• Carrying handle
All Siemens controllers and accessories are built with
the highest standards in quality and manufacturing.

With a long standing history of technological
innovations, well renowned customer service, and high
quality products and services, Siemens is the leader in traffic technology products and solutions. For more
information on our product line see our website at
www.usa.siemens.com/mobility.
2 Material Description
m60 Series Basic Controller
TYZ:EPAC6138M62 NEMA m62 Controller
- Base Unit w/o Communication Modules,
Optional Modules or Software Options
- 16 Line Multiview Display
- Linux Processor
Communication Modules
TYZ:AAD16481-002 2070-7A Module RS232 TEES 2009
ACP15026P001 Internal FSK Modem
- Half Duplex
TYZ:AAD15026-002 Internal FSK Modem
- Full Duplex
TYZ:AAD15288-013 Port 3 RS232 Module
- Datakey 8MB
TYZ:AAD15288-014 Port 3 RS232 Module
- SMF Module
- Datakey 8MB
TYZ:AAD15288-015 Port 3 RS232 Module
- MMF Module
- Datakey 8MB
m60 Series Optional Modules
TYZ:AAD17048-001 m60 ATC Communications Module
TYZ:PDM08602-001 USB Plate for standard NEMA
Software Options
TYZ:MBU15805-455 SEPAC NTCIP LINUX VERSION 4.55
TYZ:MBU16037-355 SEPAC ECOM LINUX VERSION 3.55
m60 Series Upgrade Kits
TYZ:MBV17084-001 M50 LINUX UK
- m50/m60 Linux Engine Board
- m50 Field I/O Board w USB
TYZ:MBV17085-001 m62 NEMA UK
- m52 OS9 to m62 Linux Upgrade Kit
- Linux Processor
- 16 Line Multiview Display
- Field I/O Board Rev 2.1
- USB Plate
TYZ:MBV17086-001 m62 ATC UK
- m62 NEMA to m62 ATC Upgrade Kit
- m60 ATC Communications Module
- m62 Backplane
- m60 Power Supply
- Cable Set
m60 Series Modules and Spare Parts
TYZ:AAD17047-001 m60 16 Line Display
TYZ:AAD14877-006 m60 Power Supply Module
TYZ:AAD17048-001 m60 ATC Communications Module
PXX07659-001 m50/m60 Linux Engine Board
TYZ:ACP17049-001 m60 Backplane
3 usa.siemens.com/mobility
Subject to change without prior notice
Printed in USA
Order No.: RCM-DS-0025
© 2015 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Siemens Industry, Inc.
9225 Bee Cave Road
Building B, Suite 101
Austin, TX 78733

1.512.837.8300
The information provided in this flyer contains merely
general descriptions or characteristics of performance
which in case of actual use do not always apply as described or which may change as a result of further development
of the products. An obligation to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the terms of contract.

All product designations may be trademarks or product
names of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by
third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.

Overview
Peek Traffic has a full line of standard NEMAcabinets available. Call and let us know what youneed and we’ll custom-design the interior to suityour exact needs. Our enclosures provide aprotective, safe environment for traffic control,traffic counting and classification, video detectionand monitoring, tolling, and battery backupelectronics systems. Impervious to rain, sleet, snow,dripping water, corrosion, hose down, splashedwater, oil, coolant seepage . . .our enclosures are designed to provideunparalleled protection.Once your enclosure requirements have beendefined, our configuration engineers then go towork fitting the cabinet with your choice ofelectronics, if you choose to use our services to doso. We can fit power panels, field service terminalblocks, police panel switches, a variety of NEMAcontrollers and master controllers, conflictmonitors, modems, load switches, flashers,transfer relays, detector racks, power supplies,video detection equipment, surge protectionequipment, and power backup systems. Basically,tell us what you need, and we will tailor thecabinet to fit your requirements This is what Peek Traffic has been doing for decades.

Intersection Standard Traffic Cabinet Enclosures Features & Benefits • 1/8” thick aluminum type 5052-H32, providing a strong and rigid construction • UL approved enclosures (when required) • Four “C” mounting channels on the side and rear walls, allowing versatile positioning of shelves and panels • Completely double flanged door frame • Provision for mounting forced air fan system, with a screened air exhaust opening under the roof overhang. • Stainless steel external hardware • Internal hardware is either stainless steel or cadmium plated, type II, Class I or equal • Main door has stainless steel piano hinge,
secured with stainless steel carriage bolts withnylock nuts. • Main door lock is Corbin #1548-1 or equal• Doors sealed with closed cell neoprene gaskets
• Fluorescent or incandescent light fixture• Ground fault interrupt 115 VAC receptacle• Thermostat and fan assembly• Up to 16 position, swing down aluminum load bay with silk screened labeling on front andrear of panel • Heavy duty terminal blocks• Engineered precisely to agency specifications www.peektraffic.com
Options
• Material options: 14 gauge stainless steel,
5052 alloy aluminum
• Shelving options• Panels• Optional Rack frame assembly• CalTrans style stainless steel butt door hinges• Finish options: stainless, powder coating in a variety of colors, anti-graffiti finishes, or millfinish • Variety of lock and keying options
NEMA P40 Cabinet with police box, red powdercoat finish Copyright © 2010 Peek Traffic Corporation. All rights reserved. Printed in the United States.

Specifications are subject to change without notice to reflect improvement and upgrades. 96-211-5 www.peektraffic.com
NEMA Enclosure Dimensions
Equipment Options
You can select the equipment that will be used topopulate your cabinet, if you choose to have us doso, with these types of equipment:
• Lights, fans, thermostats, air filters, & door switches• Controllers and master controllers• Conflict monitors• Detectors and detector racks• Load bays• Police panels• Power panels• Maintenance panels• Load switches, flashers, transfer relays• Power backup systems Two Year Limited Warranty
Peek Traffic warrants this product against manufacturingdefects in materials and workmanship for two years fromdate of shipment from the Peek factory. Specific contractsand regional laws may vary or alter these terms.

Enclosure Type
Dimensions Door Opening Pad Mounting Pattern
Height Width Depth Height Width Width Depth
M 50” 30” 16 1/2” 39 7/8” 27 3/4” 26 1/2” 13”
M36 50” 36” 16 1/2” 39 7/8” 33 3/4” 32 1/2” 13”
MSX 60” 30” 16 1/2” 49 7/8” 27 3/4” 26 1/2” 13”
MSX36 60” 36” 16 1/2” 49 7/8” 33 3/4” 32 1/2” 13”
P40 59” 40” 26” 49” 37 3/4” 30” 18”
P44* 59” 44” 26” 49” 41 3/4” 40 5/8” 18 1/2”
R40 75 1/2” 40” 26” 65 1/2” 37 3/4” 30” 18”
R44* 75 1/2” 44” 26” 65 1/2” 41 3/4” 40 4/8” 18.5”
Cabinet Dimensions
* The P44 and R44 cabinets can also be ordered with an optional rear access door.

Cabinet Opening Dimensions
Pad Mounting Dimensions
A Signal Group Company
Peek Traffic Corporation2906 Corporate Way, Palmetto, FL 34221Phone: (941) 845-1200 • Fax: (941) 365-0837 NEMA Cabinet Comparison
At A Glance
▷ Plug-N-Go “Power Bus”
assembly centralizes power
terminations with plugin connectors simplifying
installation and providing
flexibility for future expansion
with virtually no rewiring
▷ Modular design and components
for ease of maintenance and field
upgrades
▷ Door openings are 80 percent
of front surface for greater
access to equipment, reducing
maintenance time and
simplifying diagnostics
About NEMA Cabinets
Often the first interactions that motorists, pedestrians, and bicyclists have with ITS take place at signalized intersections – where the signals and cabinets represent the front lines of signalized roadways. Econolite offers an extensive, high quality line of NEMA TS1 and TS2 cabinets, built specifically for traffic applications.

Econolite’s line of traffic control cabinets are designed and manufactured for rigid pole base or pedestal mounting - zero flex and completely weather proof. Econolite cabinets are manufactured from high-quality, 5052-H32 aluminum.

The design incorporates a door opening that is 80 percent of the front surface for easy access to the traffic controllers and racks. Econolite also accommodates a specified painted finish with a minimum 2 mm thickness powder coating process for extreme durability.
▷ ▷ One of the most extensive lines of weatherproof NEMA traffic cabinets designed for ultimateease in configuration and installation. 3360 E La Palma Avenue, Anaheim, CA 92806 ∙ 714-630-3700 ∙ [email protected] ∙ www.econolite.com © 2017 Econolite Control Products, Inc. All rights reserved. Econolite Control Products, Inc. is an Econolite Group, Inc. company, and reserves the right to change or update these specifications at any time without prior notification.

Econolite Traffic Cabinets
222310216-2
Cabinet Datasheet
Cabinet Super
P44 36 in. G 49 in. M 60 in. M 55 in. P44
55 in.

P38 77 in. R 67 in. O
Dimensions

57.25 in.

H x 61 in.

W x 28.65
in. D
40 in. H
x 24.50
in. W x

17.25 in. D
(OD)

49.00 in.

H x 30.25
in. W x

16.88 in.

D (OD)

60.00 in.

H x 30.25
in. W x

16.88 in.

D (OD)

55.00 in.

H x 44.25
in. W x

26.00 in.

D (OD)

55.00 in.

H x 38.25
in. W x

26.00 in.

D (OD)

76.75 in.

H x 44.25
in. W x

26.00 in.

D (OD)

67.00 in.

H x 30.25
in. W x

24.75 in.

D (OD)
Material Aluminum 0.125 in.

Finish Natural, Powder Coat Paint, West Spray Paint
Access 1-full size door or 2-full size doors (front and back of cabinet) Ventilation Pleated media fiber filter in door 100 Cubic Feet per Minute (CFM) with thermostatic control Locking
System Three-point locking system with choice of locks
Handles Stainless steel with padlock feature
Door Stops Three-position locking stops on bottom of each door Detector Rack
Assembly Shelf-mount detector rack assembly
Configuration Eight vehicle phases, four pedestrian phases, and four overlaps (optional) Police Door Signal on/off and flash/auto switches and auto/manuals with with police cord (optional) Lighting Incandescent, Fluorescent or LED
Shelf Drawer Slide-out shelf/drawer storage unit (optional) Flasher One slot for two-circuit flasher (optional second slot and flasher) Flash Transfer
Relay Receptacles for up to 6 flash transfer relatys (optional 8 FTR's) Advanced Transportation
Controller Cabinet (ATCC)
Component Overview
081716© EDI
ATCC Architecture
• The ATC Cabinet architecture is based on the ITS Cabinet v1 national standard and is often referred to as Version 2. – 19” Rack mounted form factor with a Serial Bus architecture • The major design goals of the ATCC include the following:
– Double density assemblies and components.
• Vertical rack space is a premium• Modular Assembly design facilitates configuration and maintenance – Fail-safer cabinet design techniques to increase safety– Personnel safety; touch safe, NFPA 70 Requirements– Increased monitoring functionality to boost safe intersection operation
• CMU load current monitoring – Detect a dark approach immediately• Flasher monitoring• Advanced diagnostics using the patented Diagnostic Wizard – Maximize cabinet power efficiency and provide LED signal compatibility for ultra-low power signal heads
– Available in 120 Vac and 48Vdc Low Voltage versions
1 Output Assembly and Serial Bus
• The ATCC architecture is very modular and interconnected via three internal serial busses.
– Serial Bus #1 (blue) connects the Controller Unit (CU) to the CMU.– Serial Bus #2 is available for any user application (not shown)– Serial Bus #3 (red) connects the CMU to each of the HDSP units, the HDFU, and the ADU. 2 ServiceAssembly
Output Assembly
ATC
CMU
HDSP
HDSP
HDSP
HDSP
HDSP
HDSP
HDSP
HDSP
HDFU
HDSP
HDSP
HDSP
HDSP
HDSP
HDSP
HDSP

HDSPHDFU
SIUSIU
Serial Bus #3
Serial Bus #1
Serial Bus #1
ADU
ATCC Cabinet Components
• Model 2202 Universal Switch Pack / Flasher (HDSP-FU)• Model 2212 Cabinet Monitor Unit (CMU2) – ECcom Signal Monitor Software– MonitorKey Software
• Model 2220 Auxiliary Display Unit (ADU)• Model 2218 Serial Interface Unit (SIU2) – FrontPanel Diagnostic software
• Model 2216 Cabinet Power Supply (PS)• Model 2217 Cabinet Power Supply (PS)• Model 2205 High-Density Flash Transfer Relay Unit (HDFTR)3 Model 2202 Universal HDSP-FU
• Interchangeable between load switch and flasher
function
– HDSP: High Density Switch Pack– HDFU: High Density Flasher Unit • 1.2” x 4.5” card format with DIN style connector• HDSP: Two channels per card – Six outputs rated at 5 mA to 1 Amp (1-120 watts)– Over-current protected– Load current monitored on each RYG output • Reports both Voltage and Current data to the CMU
via SB#3.
• LED compatible to <2 watts, no leakage• CMU controlled output over-ride for fail-safer operation
• “ID” indicators driven by CMU based diagnostics for
simplified trouble-shooting
4 Model 2202 Universal HDSP-FU
• 1.2” x 4.5” card format with DIN style connector• HDFU: Two channels per card – Four outputs rated at 5mA to 1.8 Amps each– Over-current protected • Interchangeable with the HDSP function• Reports Voltage and Current data to the CMU on SB#3.
• Provides Flasher Alarm diagnostics to the CMU and
CU
• The HDFU is located in the Service Assembly (SA)
– All assemblies except the SA and Field Termination
Panel can be replaced while the intersection is in flash mode. 5 Model 2202 Installation & Operation
• Each HDSP-FU iPack® reads a serial bus address that is built into the rack slot. No user programming is necessary. • The Rx/Tx indicators display SB#3 activity with the CMU.• The CH indicators (RYG) reflect the HDSP inputs as driven by the SIU.
• The FLASHER 1 & 2 indicators reflect the flasher output voltages.
• The blue ID indicators for each channel are driven by the CMU
– Typically they identify channels involved in the current fault.– They are also used to identify the selected channel(s) when the CMU is displaying status on the ADU.
• The DIAG indicator will illuminate when an internal self test has failed.
• Note: When the CMU is in the Fault mode, all HDSP outputs will be over-ridden to the Off state by the CMU.
6 Model 2212 Cabinet Monitor Unit
• The CMUip-2212 is a modular signal monitor capable of monitoring 32 channels.
• Voltage and current data is received from each HDSP and HDFU device via SB #3.
• All configuration programming is provided in the Datakey, a non-volatile memory device.
– The EDI MonitorKey® software is used to program the Datakey • The ADU2220 provides the cabinet display capability for the CMU and access to the EDI SmartMonitor®technology.
7 Model 2212 Cabinet Monitor Unit
• Each output of the HDSP reports signal load current to the CMU. – Safety: Open-load malfunctions are detected right away • Load Current monitoring simplifies trouble shooting
– The CMU reports without ambiguity whether the signal head was On, Off, or No-load.
– Voltage and Current relates directly to power delivered to the signal head. • Built-in Diagnostic Wizard: The CMUip-2212 analyzes the ATC output commands and HDSP field input status.
– Isolates whether the cabinet fault was caused by an ATC malfunction or a failure in the load bay or field wiring,
– Identifies the faulty channel(s) and outputs directly,– Provides guidance on how the technician should isolate the cause of the malfunction.
8 Just press the HELP button!
Model 2212 Cabinet Monitor Unit
• The EDI ECcom software is used to retrieve and display event data from the CMU. (www.EDItraffic.com/products-page/eccom-software)
• Event Logging
– Nonvolatile event log records Previous Fault events, AC Line events, Configuration changes, Monitor Resets, cabinet temperature and true RMS voltages and currents for all field inputs.
– A real time clock stamps each event with time and date. • Signal Sequence History Log
– The Signal Sequence History Log graphically displays up to 30 seconds of signal status to help diagnose intermittent and timing related faults. 9 MonitorKey® Programming Tool
• The MonitorKey software and USB MonitorKey programming tool are used to compile the CMU configuration parameters into data for the nonvolatile Datakey. (www.editraffic.com/products-page/monitorkey-programming-tool) • Configuration files can be saved or loaded from disk. These can be templates or actual deployed data sets.
• The Datakey can be read, written, or copied. • A text report of the configuration parameters can be printed.• For each CMU monitoring function, a form (window) is provided to fill in the parameters. A Setup Wizard is provided to automatically fill in many of the forms. 10 MonitorKey® Setup Wizard
• A Parameter Setup Wizard is provided to automatically fill in many of the channel related parameter forms.

1. Set these parameter forms manually:
• Unit Data• Permissive Channel Pairs• Dark Channel Maps 2 & 3• Current Sense Thresholds (if necessary)• Virtual Channels (if necessary)• Flashing Yellow Arrow (if necessary)

2. The Parameter Setup Wizard will then complete these forms:
• Lack of Signal Enable• Multiple Input Enable• Clearance Enable• Current Sense Enable• Field Check Enable• Yellow Disable • Set the parameter forms in list #1 above, then run the Parameter Setup Wizard. The result will be a configuration database ready to deploy. 11 Current Sense Parameters
• Enable each R, Y, & G output for current monitoring if a signal load is connected to that HDSP output.
• The No-Load Threshold value is set low to detect the safety case of a dark approach. (Default = 20 mA)
• Maintenance monitoring of load current to detect a partial outage is not recommended without full characterization of the signal heads over time, temperature, ambient light, voltage and brand. 12 Flashing Yellow Arrow Parameters
• Six FYA Channel Pairs are supported• The OLP channel of the pair is the R-Y-fY channel• The Protected Channel of the pair is the Green arrow channel13 Load Switch #BPermissive Channel(OLP)
Load Switch #A
Protected Channel
• The OTP channel is the Opposing Thru
Phase, and is needed only if Yellow Trap monitoring is enabled. • Options:
– Flash Rate Detect– Red & Yellow Input Enable– Yellow Trap Detect MonitorKey® Programming Procedure
• Open a saved template file (*.key) and manually configure the necessary forms for the cabinet.

Or…• Run the Parameter Setup Wizard, and configure the remainder of the forms manually.
• Resolve any Parameter Check errors and warnings displayed.• Write the resulting configuration data to a Datakey device.14 Model 2220 Auxiliary Display Unit
• RYG status plus a Blue LED for fault status provides a full view of the intersection signal states.
• The LCD menu driven display provides detailed status information from the CMUip-2212 along with an interface to the patented EDI SmartMonitor® technology. – The built-in Diagnostic Wizard provides a concise view of the signal states involved in the fault, pinpoints faulty signal inputs, and provides guidance on how the technician should isolate the cause of the malfunction. • View status, configuration settings, voltages, and event logs. 15 Model 2220 Auxiliary Display Unit
• Status Menu
– Fault Status– Field Voltages– Field Currents– Cabinet Control signals– Flasher Alarms • Clear Logs• View Firmware Level16
• Set / View Config Menu
– View Logs– View CMU Configuration
• Unit Data• Permissives• Lack of Signal Enable• LOS Dark Maps• Multiple Enable• Clearance Enable• Field Check Enable• Yellow Disable• Current Sense• Virtual Channels• Flashing Yellow Arrow SmartMonitor® Diagnostic Wizard
• The HELP button launches the Diagnostic Wizard at the STATUS level or when displaying any Previous Fail (PF) event log.
• The first page displays a general definition of the current fault. – “With FC Status” indicates that the fault was caused by a load bay or field issue– Otherwise, the CU may have caused the fault. Consider also improper configurations. • The next page identifies the channels and outputs that were detected in fault. “Faulty” channels are identified by the Blue status LEDs. • Other pages may be inserted depending on the conditions:
– Field Check Status (FC Status)– Recurrent Pulse Status (RP Status) • The final page suggests some common causes for the fault, and tips for further trouble shooting.
17 SIU-2218 Serial Interface Unit
• One SIU is located in each Input and Output Assembly. – 54 programmable input / outputs– 4 opto-isolated inputs • The SIU converts serial data from the ATC into parallel outputs to the HDSPs.
• The SIU converts parallel inputs from the detectors into serial data to the ATC.
18 SIU FrontPanel Software
• EDI SIU FrontPanel diagnostic software utilizes the SIU serial port for Input or Output Assembly diagnostics.(www.EDItraffic.com/products-page/siu-frontpanel) 19 Caution:

This software can override the ATC commands to the SIU that are driving the HDSPs and produce signal states on the HDSP outputs that are not proper.

It should only be used in a signal shop test environment.

Model 2216 Cabinet Power Supply
• The PS2216-2412-HV provides the dual 12/24 Vdc power to the Input and Output Assembly in high density 1U rack format.
– 5 Amps at 24 Vdc (HDSPs, SIUs, Detectors)– 5 Amps at 12 Vdc (Option for Detectors)– 1 Amp at 48 Vdc (Cabinet Control signals, FTRs, MC, ADU2220) • The PS2216-24-HV model provides only the 24 Vdc and 48 Vdc.• Power Factor Corrected and very high efficiency (86%)• LED indicators display fuse integrity.• Integrated output protection, full NEMA temperature rated.• Input Assembly can be operated on 12 Vdc – Energy savings can amount to $1 per detector card per year when compared to 24 Vdc operation in the Input Assembly.
20 Model 2217 Cabinet Power Supply
• The PS2217-HV provides the dual 48 Vdc and 24
Vdc power to the Input and Output Assembly in a compact pluggable card format. – 3 Amps at 24 Vdc (HDSPs, SIUs, Detectors)– 1 Amp at 48 Vdc (Cabinet Control signals, FTRs, MC, ADU2220)
• Power Factor Corrected and very high efficiency
(86%)
• LED indicators display fuse integrity.• Integrated output protection, full NEMA temperature rated.
21 HD Flash Transfer Relay (HDFTR)
• Airtight, hermetically sealed enclosure.• LED indicator reports actual contact status, not just input coil voltage status.
• 48 VDC powered coil• Compact size22
Model 2205
Low Voltage ATCC
• The Low-voltage (LV) cabinet architecture is consistent with the standard high-voltage (HV) design.
• The ATC Cabinet was designed with the Low Voltage application as a target.
– Cabinet control signals are already 48 Vdc.– FTR and Main Contactor coils are already 48 Vdc.– ADU2220 is already powered by 48Vdc. • Substituting the -LV components and moving a few internal cabinet wires changes from 120 Vac to 48 Vdc operation.
– CMUip-2212-LV– HDSP 2202-LV– PMU or PS2216-48-LV
• Low Voltage Safety Advantage
– Enhanced technician touch-safer design– Technician licensing issues– Enhanced citizen safety for pole knock-down situations 23 24
Setting the Standard
for
Quality and Reliability
Eberle Design Inc.
www.EDItraffic.com
ATC Cabinet Component Overview
2341 South Friebus Avenue #18 / Tucson, Arizona 85713 / Phone: (520) 795-8808 / FAX :(520)795-8811 / [email protected] All information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Registered names and trademarks are owned by their respective owners.

Control Cabinet Models 332 & 334
Part of the Intelight Complete Traffic Framework
• Two Door 66”H X 24”W X 30”D Heavy Duty 0.125 Thick Aluminum Cabinet • Meets All Caltrans TEES Requirements
• Base Mounted with 4- ¾” X 16” Anchor Bolts (Bolts are Optional) • Three point Locking system with Pelco Locks and # 2 keying standard • Police Panel w/standard skeleton key
• Anodized Finish is standard (Bare or Power Coat Finish Colors Optional) • Stainless Steel Door Handles with Padlocking capability • Two-position Door Stops on Top and Bottom of Front and Rear Doors • Removable Self-standing Rack Assembly
• Standard Police Panel with On/Off and Auto/Flash Switches (Auto/Manual Switch w/Police Step Switch & cord Optional)
• 100 CFM Fan with Thermostatic Control
• Fluorescent Light (Optional)
Cabinet (without controller, detectors, load switches and transfer relays) is sold as Enclosure/Rack only or in two standard Assembly configurations (others available as options):
• Model 332-A 2-8 Phase Intersection Configuration in 66”H X 24”W X 22”D TEES Housing 1B
• Model 334-C Traffic Management/Ramp Metering Configuration in 66”H X 24”W X 22”D TEES Housing 1B

Please contact us by phone at (520) 795-8808
e-mail at [email protected]
check our web site www.intelight-its.com
contact [email protected]
At A Glance
▷ Meets all Caltrans requirements
▷ Two doors (one front, one rear)
▷ Base-mounted
▷ Three-point locking system
▷ Suited for intersection
controllers and accessories
▷ 0.125-inch thick aluminum
About the 332 Cabinet
It is well understood that one of the most critical components of a signalized intersection is the traffic control cabinet. The traffic cabinet houses the signal controller and other vital intersection electronic equipment that manages traffic flow and ensures safety for all roadway users.

Safetran (an Econolite Group company) has provided
more than three decades of leading innovation and service through close alignment with its customers and the
industry. Safetran’s focus, along with its people and their experience, in providing traffic management solutions for New York Department of Transportation (NYDOT), California Department of Transportation (CalTrans), Federal Highway Administration (FWHA), and Transportation Electrical
Equipment Specifications (TEES) projects and standards is unequalled in the industry.

As a result, Safetran provides an ideal combination of
specification- and customer-driven cabinet solutions to the traffic industry with unparalleled factory support and service.

Safetran
Model 332 Enclousre
Cabinet
▷ ▷ The Model 332 cabinet system is a versatile, modular design providing for control of up to eight vehicle and four pedestrian phases. 3360 E La Palma Avenue, Anaheim, CA 92806 ∙ 714-630-3700 ∙ [email protected] ∙ www.safetran-traffic.com © 2017 Econolite Control Products, Inc. All rights reserved. Econolite Control Products, Inc. is an Econolite Group, Inc. company, and reserves the right to change or update these specifications at any time without prior notification.

Safetran Traffic Cabinets
Description
The Model 332/334 cabinet is a NEMA 3R waterproof
enclosure designed to meet the stringent weatherproof
requirements of the State of California Traffic Electrical Equipment Specification (TEES) for traffic control cabinet enclosures. The cabinet is made of 0.125-inch thick marinegrade aluminum. This cabinet housing can be supplied with an optional Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL)-approved label. The cabinet is supplied with two doors, one on the front and one in the rear. Each door has a three-point
locking system and aluminum rods with nylon rollers on
each end to facilitate door closure.

Each cabinet is supplied with louvered vents (front door intake and top exhaust) and an electrical, thermostatically controlled fan assembly that moves 100 Cubic Feet per
Minute (CFM). There is a removable filter on the front door to screen dust particles. The cabinet is mounted using
four optional anchor bolts. The cabinet is supplied as bare aluminum or can be anodized, painted, or finished for antigraffiti.

Basic Specifications
▷ Dimensions
◉ 66 in. H X 24 in. W x 30 in. D
▷ Material
◉ Aluminum 0.125 in. (door and top)/0.188 in.
(sides and bottom)
▷ Ship Weight
◉ 225 lbs
▷ Finish
◉ Anodized, bare, painted, or anti-grafitti
▷ UL Label
◉ Cabinet Housing UL 3R listed, UL File
#E256326 (label optional)
223061016-4
332 Enclosure Datasheet
www.mccain-inc.com
®
Cabinets
Controllers
Signals
Signs
Software
Specialty
Overview
Benefits Product Description
McCain’s 333L Cabinet is a unique, robust, and intelligent cabinet designed to provide state-of-the-art control in a format which combines an ITS 340-style cabinet with Caltrans approved 170/2070 electronics. This cabinet meets ITS Cabinet Requirements v01.02.17b, as well as the intent of Caltrans TEES 2009, for 33xL Cabinets. The 333L cabinet is based on the largest of the ITS cabinets providing ample space for numerous applications, and convenient modularity for a flexible control system. In addition to traffic control, the 333L’s advanced design is applicable to many other control requirements including sign control, closed-circuit TV (CCTV), ramp meters, communications hubs, and high-occupancy vehicle systems. • Ideal for all 170/2070 applications including traffic control, CCTV, communications hubs, and more
• Power components meet lower power specifications
• Compatible with NEMA “P” and “R” cabinet
foundations
• Standard assemblies assure interchangeability
between manufacturers
• Large cabinet size and a second 19” EIA rack provides additional space for UPS and ITS applications
• Double doors (front and back) provide easy access to
the cabinet’s large interior
• Available anti-graffiti coating reduces the effects of vandalism
The McCain 333L cabinet, designed to accommodate 170 or 2070 controllers and cabinet assemblies and still maintain the footprint of the NEMA “P” and “R” cabinets, has two industrystandard Electronics Industry Alliance (EIA) 19” racks housed in an ITS 340-style cabinet.

The cabinet comes equipped with two 14-position input
files, and a 12-position output file, offering an eight-phase, four-pedestrian operation with two right turn overlaps. Its 36 detector channel capability can be utilized with two-channel or four-channel detector modules. The 333L also features a PDA #2L Power Distribution Assembly with a solid state relay instead of a mercury contactor and a 206L switching power supply.

The cabinet’s high-efficiency power supply saves an average of 267kWh of electricity per cabinet, per year (based on a 50% load). This green cabinet reduces energy consumption thereby saving money and minimizing your carbon footprint.
333L
Cabinet
© 2014 McCain Inc. Updated 11/05/2014. McCain reserves the right to change product specifications without notice.

For the most up-to-date information, please contact McCain.

To learn more about
McCain’s Integrated Traffic
Solutions, please contact
[email protected] or
call (760) 727-8100
2365 OAK RIDGE WAY // VISTA, CALIFORNIA 92081 // USA // WWW.MCCAIN-INC.COM ® Front
Side
Base
Dimensions rounded to the nearest 0.1”
Standard Features
• 8-phase, 4-pedestrian operation (2 right turn overlaps available) • 36 detector channel capability (3 per left turn, 6 per through movement)
• 2-channel or 4-channel industry standard detection modules • Railroad (2) and emergency vehicle (4) preemption inputs • Solid state relay (SSR) (Mercury Contactor replacement) • SSR Fault Indicator Light
• Relay safety feature interrupts 24 VDC control to the load switches if the SSR fails during a flash condition
• Programmable “Yellow/Red” or “All Red” flashes through the use of flash plugs
• DC isolation inputs for pedestrian push buttons and special functions
• 210 Signal Monitor slot
• Main power circuit breaker (30A) on service panel
• Transient voltage & surge supression filter
• Drawer / shelf combination
• Lights, LED
Assemblies
• 14-position input files (2)
• 12-position output file
• Model PDA-2L Power Distribution Assembly
• Model 206L power-saving, high-efficiency power supply • Flash transfer relay sockets (4)
• Dual-circuit flasher sockets (2)
• Input panel
• Service panel
• Police panel with signal “On/Off” and “Auto/Flash” switches General Specifications
Dimensions: 67” H x 45” W x 26” D (rounded to the nearest inch) Material: 5052-H32 aluminum, 0.125” thick
Finishes: Natural, powder coat (standard, anti-graffiti, and custom colors), anodized
Access: Front doors (2), back doors (2), all full size
Latching System: 3-point, choice of Corbin or Best locks Handles: 3/4” round, stainless steel with padlock hasp
Door Stops: 90° and 180° (±10°), each door, top
Rack Assembly: Removable 19” EIA racks (2)
Ventilation: Thermostatically controlled 100 CFM fans (2) Louvered air intake in door, pleated filter
Mounting: Base mounted (fits NEMA standard “P” and “R”
foundations)
Shipping Weight: 368 lbs without plug-ins or controller(s) Options
• 3/4” x 18” anchor bolts for mounting (4)
333L Cabinet
www.mccain-inc.com
®
Shown with 24-channel input assembly,
16-channel output assembly, and McCain
ATC eX 2070 controller (sold separately).

Cabinets
Controllers
Signals
Signs
Software
Specialty
Overview
Benefits Product Description
The 352i ATC Cabinet is part of McCain’s revolutionary ATC cabinet series which combines the best of rack mount and serialbased designs to meet the needs of today’s LED intersections. Using smarter, high-density components, ATC cabinets offer unparalleled control capabilities for intersections that would otherwise require unorthodox wiring or even a second cabinet.

Users rave about the drastically reduced assembly size that leaves ample room for auxiliary equipment, such as video detection and battery backup systems.
• Safeguard against accidental shock from inadvertent
contact with high voltages
• Comply with leading standards on electrical safety,
including NEC and NFPA 70E
• Detect a dark approach for increased driver safety
• Monitor FTR and flasher continuously to ensure
operability
• Allow for hot swappable output assembly for
improved intersection safety
• Upgrade existing installations - matches 332 Caltrans and ITS 342 cabinet footprints
The McCain 352i ATC Cabinet’s modern design and advanced safety features complement the operational capabilities of ATC controllers and aim to protect agency, personnel, and public interests. These unrivaled benefits include load current monitoring to detect a dark approach, no AC power exposed to reduce accidental contact with high voltages, and the ability to keep the intersection in flash while replacing the output assembly.

Each 352i ATC cabinet comes configured to meet individual needs using one or more input and output assemblies;
in order to provide the necessary phasing, overlaps, and channels. The cabinet can manage up to 72 detector inputs and 32-channel outputs without any complex wiring.

Since the compact components take up half the space
(48 input channels fit in the space of the 24 channel input assembly), even the largest configuration can easily fit in the cabinet’s standard 332 shell.
352i ATC Cabinet
© 2016 McCain Inc. Updated 08/04/2016. McCain reserves the right to change product specifications without notice.

For the most up-to-date information, please contact McCain.

To learn more about
McCain’s Integrated Traffic
Solutions, please contact
[email protected] or
call (760) 727-8100
2365 OAK RIDGE WAY // VISTA, CALIFORNIA 92081 // USA // WWW.MCCAIN-INC.COM ® Front
Side
Base
Dimensions rounded to the nearest 0.1”
Standard Features
• Field output termination assembly provides removable contact blocks for easy connections to field signal wires, sockets for flash transfer relays (FTRs), and flash program blocks (FPBs) for output channels
• All channels are flashable and programmable
• FPBs control and select the color (red, yellow, or dark) during flash • Hermetically sealed high-density FTR features an LED indicator to visually confirm relay is operational and contacts have transferred • Interior LED cabinet lights (2), front and back
• Model 2202 dual flasher/switch pack combination
• Exterior is continuously welded
Assemblies & Components
• 24 or 48-channel input assembly
• 2 or 4-channel industry standard detection modules
• 48-channel detector, PPB, EVP, etc.
• 16 or 32-channel output assembly
• 32-channel CMU
• CMU auxiliary display unit
• Model 2216-24 cabinet power supply
• DC power / communication assembly
• Clean AC power assembly
• Police panel with On/Off, MCE, Auto/Flash, and Interval Advance push button cable
• Slide-out drawer for storing programming blocks, plans, etc.

General Specifications
Dimensions: 67” H x 24” W x 30” D (rounded to the nearest inch) Material: 5052-H32 aluminum, 0.125” thick
Finishes: Natural, anodized, or powder coated
Doors: Front door (1), back doors (1), both full size
Latching System: 3-point, choice of Corbin or Best locks Handles: 3/4” round, stainless steel with padlock hasp
Door Stops: 90° (±10°), each door, top
90° and 180° (±10°), each door, bottom
Rack Assembly: Removable 19” EIA rack
Ventilation: Thermostatically controlled 100 CFM fans (2) Louvered air intake in door, pleated filter
Mounting: Base mounted
Shipping Weight: 235 lbs without plug-ins or controller Options
• Fiber optic termination panel
• 3/4” x 16” anchor bolts for mounting (4)
352i ATC Cabinet
At A Glance
▷ Meets Caltrans requirements
▷ Single front door
▷ Mounted to the side of the
cabinet or
independently base-mounted
▷ Three-point locking system
▷ Suited for batteries, inverter, and
accessories
▷ 0.125-inch thick aluminum
About the BBS Cabinet
It is well understood that one of the most critical components of a signalized intersection is the traffic control cabinet. The traffic cabinet houses the signal controller and other vital intersection electronic equipment that manages traffic flow and ensures safety for all roadway users.

Safetran (an Econolite Group company) has provided
more than three decades of leading innovation and service through close alignment with its customers and the
industry. Safetran’s focus, along with its people and their experience, in providing traffic management solutions for New York Department of Transportation (NYDOT), California Department of Transportation (CalTrans), Federal Highway Administration (FWHA), and Transportation Electrical
Equipment Specifications (TEES) projects and standards is unequalled in the industry.

As a result, Safetran provides an ideal combination of
specification- and customer-driven cabinet solutions to the traffic industry with unparalleled factory support and service.

Safetran
Battery Back-Up
System
▷ ▷The BBS Cabinet is used for housing batteries and/or battery back-up systems which include inverter/charger units, power transfer relays, manually-operated bypass switches, and all wiring and harnesses. 3360 E La Palma Avenue, Anaheim, CA 92806 ∙ 714-630-3700 ∙ [email protected] ∙ www.safetran-traffic.com © 2017 Econolite Control Products, Inc. All rights reserved. Econolite Control Products, Inc. is an Econolite Group, Inc. company, and reserves the right to change or update these specifications at any time without prior notification.

Safetran Traffic Cabinets
Basic Specifications
▷ Dimensions
◉ 56 in. H x 26 in. W x 12 in. D
▷ Material
◉ Aluminum 0.125 in.
▷ Ship Weight
◉ 100 lbs
▷ Finish
◉ Anodized, bare, painted, or anti-grafitti
222250814-2
BBS Cabinet Datasheet
C-1000 SERIES

TWO CHANNEL RACK MOUNT DETECTOR
Overview:

The Model C-1000 series consists of detectors designed to meet or exceed NEMA Standards TS 2-1992 for Type C detectors. These units are downward compatible to NEMA Standards TS 1-1989. In addition, the Model C1000 series includes versions that are designed for use in Type 332 / 170 applications. The C-1000 detector is a two channel, card rack type loop detector with individual channel detect and loop fail indications provided via two high intensity red LEDs and an easy to read LCD screen. All detector settings and parameters are configured using a set of four pushbuttons and the LCD screen. The C-1000 offers advanced features providing built-in diagnostic capabilities all of which are viewable by means of the LCD screen. These include: 1.) realtime loop frequency, 2.) loop inductance and -∆L/L%, 3.) a bargraph indication of relative inductance change (which ensures proper selection of sensitivity level), 4.) a record of accumulated loop failures, and 5.) a timer countdown of programmed timing functions.

Manufactured under Patent #’s 5,936,551 6,087,964 and 6,281,809. - Other Patents Pending.

Back-lit LCD screen displays complete detector
status and function settings:

Eliminates guess work and provides critical
information necessary for proper detector
setup.

Provides accurate, direct visual feedback of
channel frequency and sensitivity settings.

Allows easy access to built-in detector
diagnostic features.

TrueCount versions provide 97% to 99% count
accuracy when used with either a single long
loop or multiple 6’ x 6’ loops connected
together.

Audible detect signal (buzzer) facilitates loop
and / or detector troubleshooting.

Upgrades or addition of user specific options
are easily accomplished by changing the
socket mounted processor.

Push button programming ensures long term
reliability by eliminating switch contacts.

All programmed detector parameters are stored
in non-volatile memory.

Directional logic capability.














Reno A & E
4655 Aircenter Circle • Reno, Nevada • 89502 • USA
Tel: (775) 826-2020 • Fax: (775) 826-9191 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.renoae.com Option 2, Loop Inductance -∆L/L Display: When this option is enabled (on), the LCD screen displays the percentage of inductance change (-∆L/L value) during the Call state. To facilitate viewing of the maximum change in the -∆L/L value while traffic is in motion over the detection zone, the detector will hold the peak -∆L/L value for a period of 2 seconds. NOTE: Enabling this option activates it for both channels. This option is automatically disabled 15 minutes after activation or on loss of power.

Option 3, Call Extension Control: When this option is enabled (on), the channel will extend calls for the programmed extension time only when the Phase Green Input signal (pin 1 or 2) is active for the channel. When this option is off, the channel extends ALL calls for the programmed extension time. The signals on pins 1 and 2 are also called Call Delay Overrides. NOTE: Each channel can be enabled independently.

Option 4, Noise Filter Disable: When Option 4 is enabled (on), internal noise filtering is disabled thus providing a faster response time. When this option is off, internal noise filtering is utilized.

When the detector is used in speed and/or occupancy applications, the noise filter should be disabled (i.e. Option 4 on) to provide the most accurate data possible. It is recommended that this option not be activated. The factory default setting of “Off” provides stable operation in high crosstalk environments. NOTE: Enabling this option activates it for both channels. Changing the setting of this feature will reset the detector. See “SENSITIVITY, -∆L/L, & RESPONSE TIME” table.

Option 5, Phase Green Loop Compensation: When Option 5 is enabled (on), normal loop compensation is used until the Phase Green Input signal (pin 1 or 2) becomes active. Once the Phase Green Input signal is active, concurrent with a call output, the detector desensitizes the loop by 0.05% (-∆L/L) over a 15 second period. This desensitization “tunes out” small changes, such as adjacent lane pickup, therefore minimizing the chance of max timing an empty lane. A small motorcycle may also be tuned out following the start of Phase Green. This option is useful in minimizing the effects of false detection from adjacent lane pickup when a channel must be run with a high sensitivity setting to ensure detection of motorcycles. When Option 5 is not enabled (off), normal loop compensation is used. NOTE: Each channel can be enabled independently.

Option 6.0, Vehicle Counting Display (TrueCount Models - See “Model Numbers” Table):

When Option 6.0 is enabled (on) for a channel, the normal operating display is replaced with the accumulated vehicle count display. Each channel is capable of accumulating 65,535 counts before rolling over to 0. The LCD display will show just the hundreds, tens, and ones digits until the accumulated count exceeds 999. At this point the LCD display will alternate between the ten thousands and thousands digits and the remaining three digits for hundreds, tens, and ones.

Option 6.1, Counter Reset: This setting is used to reset the accumulated count for the selected channel. When Option 6.1 is changed from the off state to the on state, the accumulated count for the selected channel is reset to zero. Option 6.1 will always be in the off state when first viewed.

Option 7.00, Vehicle Counting Loop Configuration (TrueCount Models - See “Model Numbers” Table): Each channel’s Vehicle Counting Loop Configuration setting can be set from

7.01 to 7.05. This setting indicates the number of loops installed in a single lane. Option 7.01 would indicate a single 6' x 6' loop or a long loop such as a 6' x 50' Quadrupole™. The remaining four settings indicate the number of 6' x 6' loops installed in a single lane of traffic. NOTE: Refer to the Model C-1000 Series Operation Manual for complete installation and operation details.

Option 8, Common Fail Output (Fail Output Models Only - See “Model Numbers” Table):

When Option 8 is enabled (on), a failure on either detector channel will cause both of the detector fail outputs (pins 6 and 19) to activate. This feature is useful in situations where independent failure monitoring of each channel is not needed (or possible). One fail output from each detector in the rack can be wired together, thus providing a single fail output for the entire rack.

Option 9, Third Car Passage: Option 9 is a “paired channel” option. This means that it takes two channels to implement this feature. When Option 9 is enabled (on), the outputs of the paired channels 1 and 2 are logically ANDed together. This means that while the loops for both of the paired channels are occupied, a call will appear on both channels. While only one loop is occupied, or neither loop is occupied, a call will not appear on either channel. The first channel with detection will enter a “pending” state while waiting for detection on the other paired channel.

While in the pending state, the LCD will show “Pnd” on the display.

The intent of this feature is for use in Protected / Permissive left turns. The expected installation is a stop bar loop for the left turn lane connected to one channel, a queue detection loop for the left turn lane connected to the other channel with a small amount of delay time programmed, and the output of either channel connected to the Vehicle Call input for the protected movement of the traffic controller. NOTE: Refer to the Model C-1000 Series Operation Manual for complete installation and operation details.

Option 10, Directional Logic: Option 10 is a “paired channel” option. This means that it takes two channels to implement this feature. When Option 10 is enabled (on), directional logic is enabled. Directional logic starts with a detection on one of the paired channels. This channel will go into the “pending” state, display “Pnd” on the LCD screen, and NOT output a call. When both of the paired channels have detection, the last channel to have detection will output a Call until the detection for the last channel ends, even if the detection ends for the first channel. None of the timing functions (Delay, Extension, Max Presence, or Detector Disconnect) of the first channel with a detection will time and the first channel will always operate in the Presence Mode regardless of programming for the channel. The second channel with a detection will time all timing functions Please refer to the Model C Series Archives on our Website for details on features offered on earlier versions of the Model C 1000.

C-1000 SERIES SPECIFICATION
This is a basic performance specification and is not intended to be used as operating instructions.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS:

Loop Frequency: The LCD screen displays the actual loop operating frequency for each channel.

This makes it easy to quickly identify and eliminate crosstalk in the most difficult to configure intersections. There are eight (8) selectable loop frequency settings per channel (normally in the range of 20 to 100 kilohertz). The actual loop operating frequency is a function of the loop / leadin network and the components of the loop oscillator circuit.

Sensitivity: A unique bar graph displayed on the LCD makes it easy to quickly set sensitivity at the ideal level for any loop / lead-in network situation. There are nine (9) selectable sensitivity levels per channel, plus settings for Continuous-Call and Channel-Off. See “SENSITIVITY, -∆L/L, & RESPONSE TIME” table.

Continuous-Call: When set to the Continuous-Call state, the channel output is continuously in the Call state regardless of the presence or absence of vehicles over the loop. The loop oscillator is disabled when in the Continuous-Call state. This state is indicated by “CALL” flashing on the LCD. This option is selected from the Sensitivity menu in Program Mode and is useful for checking controller response and other troubleshooting activities.

Channel-Off: When set to the Channel-Off state, the channel output is continuously in the No-Call state regardless of the presence or absence of vehicles over the loop. The loop oscillator is disabled when in the Channel-Off state. This state is indicated by “OFF” flashing on the LCD. This option is selected from the Sensitivity menu in Program Mode and is useful for checking controller response and other troubleshooting activities.

Call Delay: Each channel’s Call Delay is adjustable from 0 to 255 seconds in 1-second steps.

Call Delay time begins when a vehicle enters the loop detection zone. The remaining Call Delay time is continuously displayed on the LCD. Whenever a Phase Green Input (call delay override) signal (pin 1 or 2) is active (low state), the Call Delay function for that channel is aborted and the Call Delay time is forced to zero.

Call Extension: Each channel’s Call Extension is adjustable from 0 to 25.5 seconds in 0.1-second steps. Extension time begins when the last vehicle clears the loop detection zone. The remaining Extension time is continuously displayed on the LCD. Any vehicle entering the loop detection zone during the Extension time returns the channel to the Detect state, and later, when the last vehicle clears the loop detection zone, the full Extension time starts counting down again. NOTE: See Option 3, Call Extension Control for an alternate mode of operation for Call Extension.

Presence / Pulse: One of two mutually exclusive modes of operation for each channel can be selected in Program Mode:

Presence Mode: Provides a minimum Call hold time of 4 minutes (regardless of vehicle size) and typically 1 to 3 hours for an automobile or truck.

Pulse Mode: A single output Pulse of 125 ±10 milliseconds duration is generated for each vehicle entering the loop detection zone. Each detected vehicle is instantly tuned out if it remains in the loop detection zone longer than 2 seconds. This enables detection of subsequent vehicles entering the loop detection zone. After each vehicle leaves the loop detection zone, the channel resumes full sensitivity within 0.5 seconds.

Max Presence Timer: Each channel’s Max Presence timer is adjustable from 1 to 999 seconds in 1-second steps, plus OFF. The Max Presence function is used to limit presence time by automatically resetting a channel. If this function is enabled (on), the Max Presence timer begins counting down when a Call is initiated and the remaining time is continuously displayed on the LCD. If the loop becomes vacant before the Max Presence timer reaches zero, the Call is dropped and no automatic reset occurs. If the End-Of-Green (EOG) function is not enabled (off) and the Call is still present when the Max Presence timer reaches zero, the channel is then automatically reset. If the EOG function is enabled (on) and the Call is still present when the Max Presence timer reaches zero, the channel enters a Wait state. The Wait state continues until the loop becomes vacant; or the Phase Green Input signal for the channel (pin 1 or 2) transitions from green to not green with the Call still present. If the loop becomes vacant first, the Call is dropped and no automatic reset occurs. If the Phase Green Input for the channel transitions from green to not green while the channel is in a Wait state, the channel is automatically reset. The phase green signals on pins 1 and 2 are also called Call Delay Overrides.

End-Of-Green (EOG): The EOG function is used to synchronize a channel reset with the termination of the associated phase green. The EOG function is only available when the Max Presence function is set between 1 and 999 seconds. It is not available when the Max Presence function is OFF. When the EOG function is enabled (on), the channel will automatically reset at the time the phase green input signal (pin 1 or 2) transitions from the ON state to the OFF state if the Max Presence Time has counted down to zero and is resting in the Wait state. The phase green signals on pins 1 and 2 are also called Call Delay Overrides. If an out of range loop failure condition exists and is identified (i.e. loop inductance is less than 20 microhenries or greater than 2500 microhenries) the detector channel will not be reset at End-of Green and the channel will remain in the failed state.

Option 1, Loop Inductance Display: When this option is enabled (on), the LCD screen displays the total loop inductance (actual loop inductance plus actual lead-in inductance) in microhenries for loop inductance values in the range of 20 to 2500 microhenries. NOTE: Enabling this option activates it for both channels. This option is automatically disabled 15 minutes after activation or on loss of power.

C-1000 SERIES SPECIFICATION
as programmed.

The intent of this feature is for use in parking lot applications where vehicles can enter or exit from the same lane, freeway ramps for wrong way detection, and left turn lanes where other movements in the intersection tend to clip the detection zone of the left turn. The expected installation is two loops, one after the other in the same lane, spaced anywhere from slightly overlapping to 6 feet apart. NOTE: Refer to the Model C-1000 Series Operation Manual for complete installation and operation details.

Option 11, Audible Detect Signal: When this option is enabled (on), an audible signal will be activated whenever the detection zone for the selected channel is occupied. The audible signal indicates actual occupancy of the loop detection zone. Timing and disconnect functions have no affect on the audible signal. This feature allows a technician to watch the detection zone on the street and confirm correct detector operation without having to look at the detector display as well.

Only one channel can have this feature active at a given time. Turning this option on for one channel automatically turns it off for the other channel. NOTE: This option is automatically disabled 15 minutes after activation or on loss of power.

Option 12.0, Detector Disconnect: The Detector Disconnect feature requires that the Phase Green Inputs for each channel be connected to the proper controller phase. When the Phase Green Input is not active (high), the detector shall operate normally. When the Phase Green Input is active (low), at the end of each detection, the extension timer will start to count down. If this timer reaches zero before the next detection, this channel will no longer output a Call until the phase green input is not active. Because the extension timer is used as a disconnect timer while in this mode, two different disconnect types are available:

Option 12.1 OFF: Extension timing occurs and the extension timer also serves as the disconnect timer during phase green. This will cause the Call output to remain in the Call state until disconnect occurs. This may allow the user to use gap times appropriate for the advanced loops without considering the effects on the stop bar loops.

Option 12.1 ON: Extension timing is disabled and the extension timer is used as the disconnect timer. This will cause the Call output to follow the occupancy of the loop detection zone until disconnect occurs.

The intent of this feature is for use in applications where a loop at the stop bar is not needed after any waiting queue in the associated traffic lane is moving during the green. Note: Refer to the Model C-1000 Series Operation Manual for complete installation and operation details.

SPECIFICATIONS (PHYSICAL):

Weight: 6 oz (170 gm).

Size: 4.50 inches (11.43 cm) high x 1.12 inches (2.84 cm) wide x 6.875 inches (17.46 cm) deep (including connector, excluding handle). Handle adds 1.00 inch (2.54 cm) to depth measurement.

Operating Temperature: -40°F to +180°F (-40°C to +82°C).

Circuit Board: Printed circuit boards are 0.062 inch thick FR4 material with 2 oz. copper on both sides and plated through holes. Circuit boards and components are conformal coated with polyurethane.

Connector: 2 x 22 contact edge card connector with 0.156 inch (0.396 cm.) contact centers. Key slots located between pins B / 2 & C / 3, E / 5 & F / 6, and M / 11 & N / 12. See “PIN ASSIGNMENTS” table.

Loop Feeder Length: Up to 5000 feet (1500 m) maximum with proper feeder cable and appropriate loops.

SPECIFICATIONS (ELECTRICAL):

Power: 10.8 to 30 VDC, 120 mA maximum, 1.8 Watts maximum.

Loop Inductance Range: 20 to 2500 microhenries with a Q factor of 5 or greater.

Loop Inputs: Transformer isolated. The minimum capacitance added by the detector is 0.068 microfarads.

Lightning Protection: The detector can tolerate, without damage, a 10 microfarad capacitor charged to 2,000 volts being discharged directly into the loop input terminals, or a 10 microfarad capacitor charged to 2,000 volts being discharged between either loop terminal and earth ground.

Reset: Meets and/or exceeds NEMA TS 1 and TS 2 detector specifications. Application of a 30- millisecond low state (0 to 8 VDC) to pin C resets all channels. The detector can also be reset by removing and reapplying power or by changing the setting of Option 4 (Noise Filter Disable). Each detector channel can be independently reset by pressing the CHAN button until the desired channel is selected, then holding the CHAN button for 3 seconds. Also, changing either the sensitivity or loop frequency of a channel will reset that channel. NOTE: Resetting a channel or changing the setting of Option 4 does not disable any selectable diagnostic functions. If any diagnostic option(s) (Option 1, Option 2, or Option 11) has (have) been activated, it (they) will remain activated following the channel reset or change of Option 4 setting. Resetting the detector by applying a 30-millisecond low state to pin C or removing and reapplying power disables all selectable diagnostic features.

Phase Green Inputs: Also known as Call Delay Overrides. Meets and/or exceeds all NEMA TS 1 and TS 2 requirements. Application of a low state voltage (0 to 8 VDC) to pin 1 (Ch. 1) and/or pin 2 (Ch. 2) causes the delay timer for the channel to abort the delay timing function and also provides control for Phase Green Loop Compensation, Max Presence Timing (End-of-Green), Extension Timing, and Detector Disconnect, if the features are programmed. When used in racks without phase green inputs, the Model 1000 Series has a RJ-11 connector (6 conductors) mounted on the circuit board for the phase green inputs (pin 1 – Ch. 2 and pin 2 – Ch. 1). See “Modular Jack Pin Outs - Modular Jack (RJ-11) on PC Board” table.

Fail-Safe Outputs: Per NEMA TS 2, a conducting state indicates detection output. Each detector channel output defaults to a Call state for any loop failure condition or loss of power.

Channel Status Outputs: Per NEMA TS 2, each channel has an output to communicate the status states of the channel as follows:

Normal operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Continuous Low or On State.

Detector failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Continuous High or Off State.

Open loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 ms On time, 50 ms Off time.

Shorted loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 ms On time, 100 ms Off time.

Excessive inductance change (±25%) . . . . . .50 ms On time, 150 ms Off time.

Relay Ratings: The relay contacts are rated for 6 Amps maximum, 150 VDC maximum, and 180 Watts maximum switched power.

Solid State Output Ratings: Optically coupled field effect transistors. 30 VDC maximum drain to source. 50 mA maximum current. 1.2 VDC maximum transistor saturation voltage. The output transistor is protected with a 33-volt zener diode connected between the drain and source.

SPECIFICATIONS (OPERATIONAL):

Display: The LCD backlighting illuminates whenever any pushbutton is pressed. The backlighting will extinguish 15 minutes after the last actuation of any pushbutton.

Detect Indicators: Each channel has a super-high-intensity, red, light-emitting-diode (LED) to indicate a Call output, Delay Timing, Extension Timing, Pending state, or failed loop.

Response Time: Meets or exceeds NEMA TS 1 and TS 2 response time specifications. See “SENSITIVITY, -∆L/L, & RESPONSE TIME” table for actual response times.

Self-Tuning: The detector automatically tunes and is operational within 2 seconds after application of power or after being reset. Full sensitivity and hold time require 30 seconds of operation.

Environmental & Tracking: The detector is fully self-compensating for environmental changes and loop drift over the full temperature range and the entire loop inductance range.

Grounded Loop Operation: The loop isolation transformer allows operation with poor quality loops (which may include one short to ground at a single point).

Loop (Fail) Monitor: If the total inductance of the channel’s loop input network goes out of the range specified for the detector, or rapidly changes by more than ±25%, the channel will immediately enter the Fail-Safe mode and display “LOOP FAIL” on the LCD screen. The type of loop failure will also be displayed as “L lo” (for -25% change or shorted loop conditions) or “L hi” (for +25% change or open loop conditions). This will continue as long as the loop fault exists.

However, if the detector is reset, or power is momentarily lost, the detector will retune if the loop inductance is within the acceptable range. If any type of loop failure occurs in one (or more) loop(s) in a group of two or more loops wired in parallel, the detector will not respond with a fail-safe output following any type of reset. It is essential that multiple loops wired to a common detector channel always be wired in series to ensure fail-safe operation under all circumstances. The Fail-Safe mode generates a continuous call in Presence Mode or in Pulse Mode. At the time of a loop failure, the channel’s LED will begin repeating a burst of three flashes each one second. The LED will continue these bursts until the channel is manually reset or power is removed. If the loop “self heals”, the “LOOP FAIL” message on the LCD will extinguish and the channel will resume operation in a normal manner; except the LED will continue the bursts thus providing an alert that a Loop Fail condition occurred. Each loop failure for the channel is counted and accumulated into the Loop Fail Memory. The total number of loop failures written into the Loop Fail Memory (since the last power interruption or manual reset) is viewed by stepping through the channel’s functions in Program Mode to the “LOOP FAIL” message.

Full Restore To Factory Defaults: Pressing all four front panel switches simultaneously and continuously for 5 seconds resets the detector and restores all the factory default settings. The countdown of the 5-second period is displayed on the LCD screen. Releasing any of the switches before the countdown ends will abort the Full Restore operation. See “FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS” table.

Display Test: Pressing any two of the front panel switches simultaneously will display all possible symbols and messages on the LCD screen.

Please refer to the Model C Series Archives on our Website for details on features offered on earlier versions of the Model C 1000.

Pin Function Pin Function
C-1000 SERIES SPECIFICATION
Pin Function Pin Function
Function Channel 1 Channel 2
Sensitivity -∆L/L
Response Time
Noise Filter Enabled
(Option 4 Off)
Response Time
Noise Filter Disabled
(Option 4 On)
Distributed by:

TABLES
Pin Function Pin Function
Pin Function Pin Function
Model Description
A DC (-) Common 1 No Connection
B DC (+) Power 2 No Connection
C Reset Input 3 No Connection
D Channel 1 Loop Input 4 Channel 1 Loop Input
E Channel 1 Loop Input 5 Channel 1 Loop Input
F Channel 1 Output, Normally Open / Drain 6 No Connection H Channel 1 Output, Common / Source 7 No Connection
J Channel 2 Loop Input 8 Channel 2 Loop Input
K Channel 2 Loop Input 9 Channel 2 Loop Input
L Chassis Ground 10 No Connection
M No Connection 11 No Connection
N No Connection 12 No Connection
Frequency 3 7
Sensitivity 6 6
Delay Time 0 0
Extension Time 0 0
Max Presence Time OFF OFF
Presence / Pulse Mode Presence Presence
End-Of-Green (EOG) OFF OFF
Option 1 - Loop Inductance Display OFF OFF
Option 2 - Loop Inductance -∆L/L Display OFF OFF
Option 3 - Call Extension Control OFF OFF
Option 4 - Noise Filter Disable OFF OFF
Option 5 - Phase Green Loop Compensation OFF OFF
Option 6.0 - Vehicle Counting Display OFF OFF
Option 6.1 - Counter Reset OFF OFF
Option 7 - Vehicle Counting Loop Configuration 04 04
Option 8 - Common Fail Output OFF OFF
Option 9 - Third Car Passage OFF OFF
Option 10 - Directional Logic OFF OFF
Option 11 - Audible Detect Signal OFF OFF
Option 12.0 - Detector Disconnect OFF OFF
Option 12.1 - Detector Disconnect Type OFF OFF
1 Channel 2 Phase Green Input 4 Channel 1 Fail Output
2 Channel 1 Phase Green Input 5 Logic Ground
3 Channel 2 TrueCount Output 6 Channel 1 TrueCount Output C-1100-R 332 / 170 Type, Relay Outputs
C-1100-SS 332 / 170 Type, Solid State Outputs
C-1101-R 332 / 170 Type, Relay Outputs with TrueCount Outputs C-1101-SS 332 / 170 Type, Solid State Outputs with TrueCount Outputs C-1102-R 332 / 170 Type, Relay Outputs with Fail Outputs C-1102-SS 332 / 170 Type, Solid State Outputs with Fail Outputs C-1103-R 332 / 170 Type, Relay Outputs with TrueCount and Fail Outputs C-1103-SS 332 / 170 Type, Solid State Outputs with TrueCount and Fail Outputs C-1200-R TS 1 / TS 2 Type, Relay Outputs
C-1200-SS TS 1 / TS 2 Type, Solid State Outputs
C-1201-R TS 1 / TS 2 Type, Relay Outputs with TrueCount Outputs C-1201-SS TS 1 / TS 2 Type, Solid State Outputs with TrueCount Outputs C-1202-R TS 1 / TS 2 Type, Relay Outputs with Fail Outputs C-1202-SS TS 1 / TS 2 Type, Solid State Outputs with Fail Outputs C-1203-R TS 1 / TS 2 Type, Relay Outputs with TrueCount and Fail Outputs C-1203-SS TS 1 / TS 2 Type, Solid State Outputs with TrueCount and Fail Outputs P No Connection 13 No Connection
R No Connection 14 No Connection
S No Connection 15 No Connection
T No Connection 16 No Connection
U No Connection 17 No Connection
V No Connection 18 No Connection
W Channel 2 Output, Normally Open / Drain 19 No Connection X Channel 2 Output, Common / Source 20 No Connection
Y No Connection 21 No Connection
Z No Connection 22 No Connection
A DC (-) Common 1 Channel 1 Phase Green Input
B DC (+) Power 2 Channel 2 Phase Green Input
C Reset Input 3 No Connection
D Channel 1 Loop Input 4 Channel 1 Loop Input
E Channel 1 Loop Input 5 Channel 1 Loop Input
F Channel 1 Output, Normally Open / Drain 6 Channel 1 Fail Output H Channel 1 Output, Common / Source 7 Channel 1 TS 2 Status Output J Channel 2 Loop Input 8 Channel 2 Loop Input
K Channel 2 Loop Input 9 Channel 2 Loop Input
L Chassis Ground 10 No Connection
M No Connection 11 No Connection
N No Connection 12 No Connection
P No Connection 13 No Connection
R No Connection 14 No Connection
S Channel 1 TrueCount Output 15 No Connection
T No Connection 16 No Connection
U No Connection 17 No Connection
V No Connection 18 No Connection
W Channel 2 Output, Normally Open / Drain 19 Channel 2 Fail Output X Channel 2 Output, Common / Source 20 Channel 2 TS 2 Status Output Y Channel 2 TrueCount Output 21 No Connection
Z No Connection 22 No Connection
SENSITIVITY, -∆L/L, & RESPONSE TIME:

OFF -------- -------- --------
1 0.64% 133 ±27 milliseconds 20 ±4 milliseconds
2 0.32% 133 ±27 milliseconds 20 ±4 milliseconds
3 0.16% 133 ±27 milliseconds 20 ±4 milliseconds
4 0.08% 133 ±27 milliseconds 20 ±4 milliseconds
5 0.04% 133 ±27 milliseconds 20 ±4 milliseconds
6* 0.02% 133 ±27 milliseconds 27 ±5 milliseconds
7 0.01% 133 ±27 milliseconds 42 ±8 milliseconds
8 0.005% 133 ±27 milliseconds 72 ±14 milliseconds
9 0.0025% 133 ±27 milliseconds 133 ±27 milliseconds

CALL -------- -------- --------
* Denotes factory default.

Note: Entries in this table are based on the assumption that both detector channels are set to the same sensitivity. To achieve the exact response times listed above, the Sensitivity level of both channels must be set the same. To approximate response times for a detector with channels set to different sensitivities, look up the response time for each channel and divide it by two, then add these times together.

FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS:

MODULAR JACK PIN OUTS - Modular Jack (RJ-11) on PC Board:

C-1100 and C-1200 Series
Note: Functions on Pins 3, 4, & 6 are optional features.

PIN ASSIGNMENTS:

C-1100 Series - 332 / 170 Type
PIN ASSIGNMENTS:

C-1200 Series - NEMA TS 1 / TS 2 Type
Note: Functions on Pins S, Y, 6, & 19 are optional features.

MODEL NUMBERS:

Reno A & E Model C-1000 Series - Specifications are subject to change to reflect improvements and upgrades. Visit our Website at www.renoae.com for the most current information on all of our products. P/N 551-0308-00 3/25/03 E-1000 SERIES

FOUR CHANNEL RACK MOUNT DETECTOR
Overview:

The Model E-1000 series consists of detectors designed to meet or exceed NEMA Standards TS 2-1992 for Type D detectors. These units are downward compatible to NEMA Standards TS 1-1989. In addition, the Model E1000 series includes a version that is designed for use in Type 332 / 170 applications. The E-1000 detector is a four channel, card rack type loop detector with individual channel detect and loop fail indications provided via four high intensity red LEDs and an easy to read LCD screen. All detector settings and parameters are configured using a set of four pushbuttons and the LCD screen. The E-1000 offers advanced features providing built-in diagnostic capabilities all of which are viewable by means of the LCD screen. These include 1.) real-time loop frequency, 2.) loop inductance, and -∆L/L%, 3.) a bargraph indication of relative inductance change (which ensures proper selection of sensitivity level), 4.) a record of accumulated loop failures, and 5.) a timer countdown of programmed timing functions.

Manufactured under Patent #’s 5,936,551 6,087,964 and 6,281,809. - Other Patents Pending.

Back-lit LCD screen displays complete detector
status and function settings:

Eliminates guess work and provides critical
information necessary for proper detector
setup.

Provides accurate, direct visual feedback of
channel frequency and sensitivity settings.

Allows easy access to built-in detector
diagnostic features.

Audible detect signal (buzzer) facilitates loop
and / or detector troubleshooting.

Upgrades or addition of user specific options
are easily accomplished by changing the
socket mounted processor.

Push button programming ensures long term
reliability by eliminating switch contacts.

All programmed detector parameters are stored
in non-volatile memory.

Directional logic capability.

Model E/2 available with single width (1.12”
wide) faceplate.














Reno A & E
4655 Aircenter Circle • Reno, Nevada • 89502 • USA
Tel: (775) 826-2020 • Fax: (775) 826-9191 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.renoae.com inductance is less than 20 microhenries or greater than 2500 microhenries) the detector channel will not be reset at End-of Green and the channel will remain in the failed state.

Option 1, Loop Inductance Display: When this option is enabled (on), the LCD screen displays the total loop inductance (actual loop inductance plus actual lead-in inductance) in microhenries for loop inductance values in the range of 20 to 2500 microhenries. NOTE:

Enabling this option activates it for all channels. This option is automatically disabled 15 minutes after activation or on loss of power.

Option 2, Loop Inductance -∆L/L Display: When this option is enabled (on), the LCD screen displays the percentage of inductance change (-∆L/L value) during the Call state. To facilitate viewing of the maximum change in the -∆L/L value while traffic is in motion over the detection zone, the detector will hold the peak -∆L/L value for a period of 2 seconds. NOTE:

Enabling this option activates it for all channels. This option is automatically disabled 15 minutes after activation or on loss of power.

Option 3, Call Extension Control: When this option is enabled (on), the channel will extend calls for the programmed extension time only when the Phase Green Input signal (pin 1, 2, 3, or 10) is active for the channel. When this option is off, the channel extends ALL calls for the programmed extension time. The signals on pins 1, 2, 3, and 10 are also called Call Delay Overrides. NOTE: Each channel can be enabled independently.

Option 4, Noise Filter Disable: When Option 4 is enabled (on), internal noise filtering is disabled thus providing a faster response time. When this option is off, internal noise filtering is utilized. When the detector is used in speed and/or occupancy applications, the noise filter should be disabled (i.e. Option 4 on) to provide the most accurate data possible. It is recommended that this option not be activated. The factory default setting of “Off” provides stable operation in high crosstalk environments. NOTE: Enabling this option activates it for all channels. Changing the setting of this feature will reset the detector. See “SENSITIVITY, -∆L/L, & RESPONSE TIME” table.

Option 5, Phase Green Loop Compensation: When Option 5 is enabled (on), normal loop compensation is used until the Phase Green Input signal (pin 1, 2, 3, or 10) becomes active.

Once the Phase Green Input signal is active, concurrent with a call output, the detector desensitizes the loop by 0.05% (-∆L/L) over a 15 second period. This desensitization “tunes out” small changes, such as adjacent lane pickup, therefore minimizing the chance of max timing an empty lane. A small motorcycle may also be tuned out following the start of Phase Green. This option is useful in minimizing the effects of false detection from adjacent lane pickup when a channel must be run with a high sensitivity setting to ensure detection of motorcycles. When Option 5 is not enabled (off), normal loop compensation is used. NOTE:

Each channel can be enabled independently.

Option 9, Third Car Passage: Option 9 is a “paired channel” option. This means that it takes two channels to implement this feature. Channel 1 is paired with Channel 2 and Channel 3 is paired with Channel 4. When Option 9 is enabled (on), the outputs of the paired channels (1 and 2 and/or 3 and 4) are logically ANDed together. This means that while the loops for both of the paired channels are occupied, a call will appear on both channels. While only one loop is occupied, or neither loop is occupied, a call will not appear on either channel. The first channel with detection will enter a “pending” state while waiting for detection on the other paired channel. While in the pending state, the LCD will show “Pnd” on the display.

The intent of this feature is for use in Protected / Permissive left turns. The expected installation is a stop bar loop for the left turn lane connected to one channel, a queue detection loop for the left turn lane connected to the other channel with a small amount of delay time programmed, and the output of either channel connected to the Vehicle Call input for the protected movement of the traffic controller. NOTE: Refer to the Model E-1000 Series Operation Manual for complete installation and operation details.

Option 10, Directional Logic: Option 10 is a “paired channel” option. This means that it takes two channels to implement this feature. Channel 1 is paired with Channel 2 and Channel 3 is paired with Channel 4. When Option 10 is enabled (on), directional logic is enabled. Directional logic starts with a detection on one of the paired channels. This channel will go into the “pending” state, display “Pnd” on the LCD screen, and NOT output a call. When both of the paired channels have detection, the last channel to have detection will output a Call until the detection for the last channel ends, even if the detection ends for the first channel.

None of the timing functions (Delay, Extension, Max Presence, or Detector Disconnect) of the first channel with a detection will time and the first channel will always operate in the Presence Mode regardless of programming for the channel. The second channel with a detection will time all timing functions as programmed.

The intent of this feature is for use in parking lot applications where vehicles can enter or exit from the same lane, freeway ramps for wrong way detection, and left turn lanes where other movements in the intersection tend to clip the detection zone of the left turn. The expected installation is two loops, one after the other in the same lane, spaced anywhere from slightly overlapping to 6 feet apart. NOTE: Refer to the Model E-1000 Series Operation Manual for complete installation and operation details.

Option 11, Audible Detect Signal: When this option is enabled (on), an audible signal will Please refer to the Model E Series Archives on our Website for details on features offered on earlier versions of the Model E 1000.

E-1000 SERIES SPECIFICATION
This is a basic performance specification and is not intended to be used as operating instructions.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS:

Loop Frequency: The LCD screen displays the actual loop operating frequency for each channel which makes it easy to quickly identify and eliminate crosstalk in the most difficult to configure intersections. There are eight (8) selectable loop frequency settings per channel (normally in the range of 20 to 100 kilohertz). The actual loop operating frequency is a function of the loop / lead-in network and the components of the loop oscillator circuit.

Sensitivity: A unique bar graph displayed on the LCD makes it easy to quickly set sensitivity at the ideal level for any loop / lead-in network situation. There are nine (9) selectable sensitivity levels per channel, plus settings for Continuous-Call and Channel-Off. See “SENSITIVITY, -∆L/L, & RESPONSE TIME” table.

Continuous-Call: When set to the Continuous-Call state, the channel output is continuously in the Call state regardless of the presence or absence of vehicles over the loop. The loop oscillator is disabled when in the Continuous-Call state. This state is indicated by “CALL” flashing on the LCD. This option is selected from the Sensitivity menu in Program Mode and is useful for checking controller response and other troubleshooting activities.

Channel-Off: When set to the Channel-Off state, the channel output is continuously in the No-Call state regardless of the presence or absence of vehicles over the loop. The loop oscillator is disabled when in the Channel-Off state. This state is indicated by “OFF” flashing on the LCD. This option is selected from the Sensitivity menu in Program Mode and is useful for checking controller response and other troubleshooting activities.

Call Delay: Each channel’s Call Delay is adjustable from 0 to 255 seconds in 1-second steps.

Call Delay time begins when a vehicle enters the loop detection zone. The remaining Call Delay time is continuously displayed on the LCD. Whenever a Phase Green Input (call delay override) signal (pin 1, 2, 3, or 10) is active (low state), the Call Delay function for that channel is aborted and the Call Delay time is forced to zero.

Call Extension: Each channel’s Call Extension is adjustable from 0 to 25.5 seconds in 0.1- second steps. Extension time begins when the last vehicle clears the loop detection zone. The remaining Extension time is continuously displayed on the LCD. Any vehicle entering the loop detection zone during the Extension time returns the channel to the Detect state, and later, when the last vehicle clears the loop detection zone, the full Extension time starts counting down again. NOTE: See Option 3, Call Extension Control for an alternate mode of operation for Call Extension.

Presence / Pulse: One of two mutually exclusive modes of operation for each channel can be selected in Program Mode:

Presence Mode: Provides a minimum Call hold time of at least 4 minutes (regardless of vehicle size) and typically 1 to 3 hours for an automobile or truck.

Pulse Mode: A single output Pulse of 125 ±10 milliseconds duration is generated for each vehicle entering the loop detection zone. Each detected vehicle is instantly tuned out if it remains in the loop detection zone longer than 2 seconds. This enables detection of subsequent vehicles entering the loop detection zone. After each vehicle leaves the loop detection zone, the channel resumes full sensitivity within 0.5 seconds.

Max Presence Timer: Each channel’s Max Presence timer is adjustable from 1 to 999 seconds in 1-second steps, plus OFF. The Max Presence function is used to limit presence time by automatically resetting a channel. If this function is enabled (on), the Max Presence timer begins counting down when a Call is initiated and the remaining time is continuously displayed on the LCD. If the loop becomes vacant before the Max Presence timer reaches zero, the Call is dropped and no automatic reset occurs. If the End-Of-Green (EOG) function is not enabled (off) and the Call is still present when the Max Presence timer reaches zero, the channel is then automatically reset. If the EOG function is enabled (on) and the Call is still present when the Max Presence timer reaches zero, the channel enters a Wait state. The Wait state continues until the loop becomes vacant; or the Phase Green Input signal for the channel (pin 1, 2, 3, or 10) transitions from green to not green with the Call still present. If the loop becomes vacant first, the Call is dropped and no automatic reset occurs. If the Phase Green Input for the channel transitions from green to not green while the channel is in a Wait state, the channel is automatically reset. The phase green signals on pins 1, 2, 3, and 10 are also called Call Delay Overrides.

End-Of-Green (EOG): The EOG function is used to synchronize a channel reset with the termination of the associated phase green. The EOG function is only available when the Max Presence function is set between 1 and 999 seconds. It is not available when the Max Presence function is OFF. When the EOG function is enabled (on), the channel will automatically reset at the time the phase green input signal (pin 1, 2, 3, or 10) transitions from the ON state to the OFF state if the Max Presence Time has counted down to zero and is resting in the Wait state. The phase green signals on pins 1, 2, 3, and 10 are also called Call Delay Overrides. If an out of range loop failure condition exists and is identified (i.e. loop E-1000 SERIES SPECIFICATION
be activated whenever the detection zone for the selected channel is occupied. The audible signal indicates actual occupancy of the loop detection zone. Timing and disconnect functions have no affect on the audible signal. This feature allows a technician to watch the detection zone on the street and confirm correct detector operation without having to look at the detector display as well. Only one channel can have this feature active at a given time. Turning this option on for one channel automatically turns it off for all other channels. NOTE: This option is automatically disabled 15 minutes after activation or on loss of power.

Option 12.0, Detector Disconnect: The Detector Disconnect feature requires that the Phase Green Inputs for each channel be connected to the proper controller phase. When the Phase Green Input is not active (high), the detector shall operate normally. When the Phase Green Input is active (low), at the end of each detection, the extension timer will start to count down.

If this timer reaches zero before the next detection, this channel will no longer output a Call until the phase green input is not active. Because the extension timer is used as a disconnect timer while in this mode, two different disconnect types are available:

Option 12.1 OFF: Extension timing occurs and the extension timer also serves as the disconnect timer during phase green. This will cause the Call output to remain in the Call state until disconnect occurs. This may allow the user to use gap times appropriate for the advanced loops without considering the effects on the stop bar loops.

Option 12.1 ON: Extension timing is disabled and the extension timer is used as the disconnect timer. This will cause the Call output to follow the occupancy of the loop detection zone until disconnect occurs.

The intent of this feature is for use in applications where a loop at the stop bar is not needed after any waiting queue in the associated traffic lane is moving during the green. Note: Refer to the Model E-1000 Series Operation Manual for complete installation and operation details.

SPECIFICATIONS (PHYSICAL):

Weight: 7 oz (199 gm).

Size: Model E (full width faceplate) - 4.50 inches (11.43 cm) high x 2.00 inches (5.08 cm) wide x 6.875 inches (17.46 cm) deep (including connector, excluding handle). Model E/2 (half width faceplate) - 4.50 inches (11.43 cm) high x 1.12 inches (2.84 cm) wide x 6.875 inches (17.46 cm) deep (including connector, excluding handle). Handle adds 1.00 inch (2.54 cm) to depth measurement.

Operating Temperature: -40°F to +180°F (-40°C to +82°C).

Circuit Board: Printed circuit boards are 0.062 inch thick FR4 material with 2 oz. copper on both sides and plated through holes. Circuit boards and components are conformal coated with polyurethane.

Connector: 2 x 22 contact edge card connector with 0.156 inch (0.396 cm.) contact centers.

Key slots located between pins B / 2 & C / 3, E / 5 & F / 6, and M / 11 & N / 12. See “PIN ASSIGNMENTS” table.

Loop Feeder Length: Up to 5000 feet (1500 m) maximum with proper feeder cable and appropriate loops.

SPECIFICATIONS (ELECTRICAL):

Power: 10.8 to 30 VDC, 120 mA maximum, 2.1 Watts maximum.

Loop Inductance Range: 20 to 2500 microhenries with a Q factor of 5 or greater.

Loop Inputs: Transformer isolated. The minimum capacitance added by the detector is

0.068 microfarads.

Lightning Protection: The detector can tolerate, without damage, a 10 microfarad capacitor charged to 2,000 volts being discharged directly into the loop input terminals, or a 10 microfarad capacitor charged to 2,000 volts being discharged between either loop terminal and earth ground.

Reset: Meets and/or exceeds NEMA TS 1 and TS 2 detector specifications. Application of a 30-millisecond low state (0 to 8 VDC) to pin C resets all channels. The detector can also be reset by removing and reapplying power or by changing the setting of Option 4 (Noise Filter Disable). Each detector channel can be independently reset by pressing the CHAN button until the desired channel is selected, then holding the CHAN button for 3 seconds. Also, changing either the sensitivity or loop frequency of a channel will reset that channel. NOTE:

Resetting a channel or changing the setting of Option 4 does not disable any selectable diagnostic functions. If any diagnostic option(s) (Option 1, Option 2, or Option 11) has (have) been activated, it (they) will remain activated following the channel reset or change of Option 4 setting. Resetting the detector by applying a 30-millisecond low state to pin C or removing and reapplying power disables all selectable diagnostic features.

Phase Green Inputs: Also known as Call Delay Overrides. Meets and/or exceeds all NEMA TS 1 and TS 2 requirements. Application of a low state voltage (0 to 8 VDC) to pin 1 (Ch. 1), pin 2 (Ch. 2), pin 3 (Ch. 3), and/or pin 10 (Ch. 4) causes the delay timer for the channel to abort the delay timing function and also provides control for Phase Green Loop Compensation, Max Presence Timing (End-of-Green), Extension Timing, and Detector Disconnect, if the features are programmed.

Fail-Safe Outputs: Per NEMA TS 2, a conducting state indicates detection output. Each detector channel output defaults to a Call state for any loop failure condition or loss of power.

Channel Status Outputs: Per NEMA TS 2, each channel has an output to communicate the status states of the channel as follows:

Normal operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Continuous Low or On State.

Detector failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Continuous High or Off State.

Open loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 ms On time, 50 ms Off time.

Shorted loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 ms On time, 100 ms Off time.

Excessive inductance change (±25%) . . . . .50 ms On time, 150 ms Off time.

Solid State Output Ratings: Optically coupled field effect transistors. 30 VDC maximum drain to source. 50 mA maximum current. 1.2 VDC maximum transistor saturation voltage.

The output transistor is protected with a 33-volt zener diode connected between the drain and source.

SPECIFICATIONS (OPERATIONAL):

Display: The LCD backlighting illuminates whenever any pushbutton is pressed. The backlighting will extinguish 15 minutes after the last actuation of any pushbutton.

Detect Indicators: Each channel has a super-high-intensity, red, light-emitting-diode (LED) to indicate a Call output, Delay Timing, Extension Timing, Pending state, or failed loop.

Response Time: Meets or exceeds NEMA TS 1 and TS 2 response time specifications. See “SENSITIVITY, -∆L/L, & RESPONSE TIME” table for actual response times.

Self-Tuning: The detector automatically tunes and is operational within 2 seconds after application of power or after being reset. Full sensitivity and hold time require 30 seconds of operation.

Environmental & Tracking: The detector is fully self-compensating for environmental changes and loop drift over the full temperature range and the entire loop inductance range.

Grounded Loop Operation: The loop isolation transformer allows operation with poor quality loops (which may include one short to ground at a single point).

Loop (Fail) Monitor: If the total inductance of the channel’s loop input network goes out of the range specified for the detector, or rapidly changes by more than ±25%, the channel will immediately enter the Fail-Safe mode and display “LOOP FAIL” on the LCD screen. The type of loop failure will also be displayed as “L lo” (for -25% change or shorted loop conditions) or “L hi” (for +25% change or open loop conditions). This will continue as long as the loop fault exists. However, if the detector is reset, or power is momentarily lost, the detector will retune if the loop inductance is within the acceptable range. If any type of loop failure occurs in one (or more) loop(s) in a group of two or more loops wired in parallel, the detector will not respond with a fail-safe output following any type of reset. It is essential that multiple loops wired to a common detector channel always be wired in series to ensure fail-safe operation under all circumstances. The Fail-Safe mode generates a continuous call in Presence Mode or in Pulse Mode. At the time of a loop failure, the channel’s LED will begin repeating a burst of three flashes each one second. The LED will continue these bursts until the channel is manually reset or power is removed. If the loop “self heals”, the “LOOP FAIL” message on the LCD will extinguish and the channel will resume operation in a normal manner; except the LED will continue the bursts thus providing an alert that a Loop Fail condition occurred. Each loop failure for the channel is counted and accumulated into the Loop Fail Memory. The total number of loop failures written into the Loop Fail Memory (since the last power interruption or manual reset) is viewed by stepping through the channel’s functions in Program Mode to the “LOOP FAIL” message.

Full Restore To Factory Defaults: Pressing all four front panel switches simultaneously and continuously for 5 seconds resets the detector and restores all the factory default settings.

The countdown of the 5-second period is displayed on the LCD screen. Releasing any of the switches before the countdown ends will abort the Full Restore operation. See “FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS” table.

Display Test: Pressing any two of the front panel switches simultaneously will display all possible symbols and messages on the LCD screen.

Please refer to the Model E Series Archives on our Website for details on features offered on earlier versions of the Model E 1000.

Pin Function Pin Function
Sensitivity -∆L/L
Response Time
Noise Filter Enabled
(Option 4 Off)
Response Time
Noise Filter Disabled
(Option 4 On)
Pin Function Pin Function
Model Description
SENSITIVITY, -∆L/L, & RESPONSE TIME:
* Denotes factory default.

Note: Entries in this table are based on the assumption that all detector channels are set to the same sensitivity. To achieve the exact response times listed above, the Sensitivity of all channels must be set the same. To approximate response times for a detector with channels set to different sensitivities, look up the response time for each channel and divide it by four, then add these times together.

FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS:

PIN ASSIGNMENTS:

E-1100 Series - 332 / 170 Type
PIN ASSIGNMENTS:

E-1200 Series - NEMA TS 1 / TS 2 Type
MODEL NUMBERS:

Reno A & E Model E-1000 Series - Specifications are subject to change to reflect improvements and upgrades. Visit our Website at www.renoae.com for the most current information on all of our products. P/N 551-0507-00 3/25/03 Function Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4
E-1000 SERIES SPECIFICATION
Distributed by:

TABLES
A DC (-) Common 1 No Connection
B DC (+) Power 2 No Connection
C Reset Input 3 No Connection
D Channel 1 Loop Input 4 Channel 1 Loop Input
E Channel 1 Loop Input 5 Channel 1 Loop Input
F Channel 1 Output, Drain 6 No Connection
H Channel 1 Output, Source 7 No Connection
J Channel 2 Loop Input 8 Channel 2 Loop Input
K Channel 2 Loop Input 9 Channel 2 Loop Input
L Chassis Ground 10 No Connection
M No Connection 11 No Connection
N No Connection 12 No Connection
P Channel 3 Loop Input 13 Channel 3 Loop Input
R Channel 3 Loop Input 14 Channel 3 Loop Input
S Channel 3 Output, Drain 15 No Connection
T Channel 3 Output, Source 16 No Connection
U Channel 4 Loop Input 17 Channel 4 Loop Input
V Channel 4 Loop Input 18 Channel 4 Loop Input
W Channel 2 Output, Drain 19 No Connection
X Channel 2 Output, Source 20 No Connection
Y Channel 4 Output, Drain 21 No Connection
Z Channel 4 Output, Source 22 No Connection
E-1100-SS 332 / 170 Type, Solid State Outputs, 2.00” wide faceplate E-1200-SS TS 1 / TS 2 Type, Solid State Outputs, 2.00” wide faceplate E/2-1200-SS TS 1 / TS 2 Type, Solid State Outputs, 1.12” wide faceplate A DC (-) Common 1 Channel 1 Phase Green Input
B DC (+) Power 2 Channel 2 Phase Green Input
C Reset Input 3 Channel 3 Phase Green Input
D Channel 1 Loop Input 4 Channel 1 Loop Input
E Channel 1 Loop Input 5 Channel 1 Loop Input
F Channel 1 Output, Drain 6 No Connection
H Channel 1 Output, Source 7 Channel 1 TS 2 Status Output J Channel 2 Loop Input 8 Channel 2 Loop Input
K Channel 2 Loop Input 9 Channel 2 Loop Input
L Chassis Ground 10 Channel 4 Phase Green Input
M No Connection 11 No Connection
N No Connection 12 No Connection
P Channel 3 Loop Input 13 Channel 3 Loop Input
R Channel 3 Loop Input 14 Channel 3 Loop Input
S Channel 3 Output, Drain 15 No Connection
T Channel 3 Output, Source 16 Channel 3 TS 2 Status Output U Channel 4 Loop Input 17 Channel 4 Loop Input
V Channel 4 Loop Input 18 Channel 4 Loop Input
W Channel 2 Output, Drain 19 No Connection
X Channel 2 Output, Source 20 Channel 2 TS 2 Status Output Y Channel 4 Output, Drain 21 No Connection
Z Channel 4 Output, Source 22 Channel 4 TS 2 Status Output

OFF -------- -------- --------
1 0.64% 160 ±50 milliseconds 35 ±7 milliseconds
2 0.32% 160 ±50 milliseconds 35 ±7 milliseconds
3 0.16% 160 ±50 milliseconds 35 ±7 milliseconds
4 0.08% 160 ±50 milliseconds 35 ±7 milliseconds
5 0.04% 160 ±50 milliseconds 35 ±7 milliseconds
6* 0.02% 160 ±50 milliseconds 48 ±10 milliseconds
7 0.01% 160 ±50 milliseconds 79 ±17 milliseconds
8 0.005% 160 ±50 milliseconds 138 ±28 milliseconds
9 0.0025% 160 ±50 milliseconds 261 ±51 milliseconds

CALL -------- -------- --------
Frequency 2 4 6 8
Sensitivity 6 6 6 6
Delay Time 0 0 0 0
Extension Time 0 0 0 0
Max Presence Time OFF OFF OFF OFF
Presence / Pulse Mode Presence Presence Presence Presence End-Of-Green (EOG) OFF OFF OFF OFF
Option 1 - Loop Inductance Display OFF OFF OFF OFF
Option 2 - Loop Inductance -∆L/L Display OFF OFF OFF OFF Option 3 - Call Extension Control OFF OFF OFF OFF
Option 4 - Noise Filter Disable OFF OFF OFF OFF
Option 5 - Phase Green Loop Compensation OFF OFF OFF OFF Option 9 - Third Car Passage OFF OFF OFF OFF
Option 10 - Directional Logic OFF OFF OFF OFF
Option 11 - Audible Detect Signal OFF OFF OFF OFF
Option 12.0 - Detector Disconnect OFF OFF OFF OFF
Option 12.1 - Detector Disconnect Type OFF OFF OFF OFF
E/2-1500

FOUR CHANNEL RACK MOUNT DETECTOR
¾ Designed with fast response times for use in
speed and occupancy applications
¾ Low power - LEDs and LCD backlighting are
extinguished during normal operation
¾ Pushbutton programming ensures long term
reliability by eliminating switch contacts
¾ All programmed detector parameters are stored
in non-volitile memory
¾ Back-lit LCD screen displays complete detector
status and function settings:
Š Eliminates guess work and provides critical
information necessary for proper detector setup
Š Provides direct visual feedback of channel
frequency and sensitivity settings
Š Built-in detector diagnostic features
¾ Audible detect (buzzer) helps in verifying
vehicles passing over loop(s)
Overview
Manufactured under U.S. Patent Numbers 5,939,551; 6,087,964; and 6,281,809. - Other Patents Pending.

Reno A&E
Transportation Control Products
4655 Aircenter Circle • Reno, Nevada • 89502 • USA
Tel: (775) 826-2020 • Fax: (775) 826-9191
E-mail: [email protected] • Website: www.renoae.com
The E/2-1500 detector is a four channel card rack loop detector with an easy to read LCD screen and individual channel detect and loop fail indications provided via four high intensity red LEDs. All detector settings and parameters are programmed using four pushbutton switches and the LCD screen. The E/2-1500 offers advanced features providing built-in diagnostic capabilities viewable on the LCD screen. These include: 1.) loop frequency, 2.) loop inductance, 3.) loop inductance change (-ΔL/L%), 4.) a bargraph indication of relative inductance change, 5.) accumulated number of loop failures.

Self-Tuning The detector automatically tunes and is operational within two (2) seconds after application of power or after being reset. Full sensitivity and hold time require 30 seconds of operation.

Environmental & Tracking The detector is fully self-compensating for environmental changes and loop drift over the full temperature range and the entire loop inductance range.

Grounded Loop Operation The loop isolation transformer allows operation with poor quality loops, which may include a single point short to ground.

Loop (Fail) Monitor If the total inductance of the channel’s loop input network goes out of the range specified for the detector, or rapidly changes by more than ±25%, the channel will immediately enter the Fail-Safe mode and display LOOP FAIL on the LCD screen. The type of loop failure will also be displayed as L lo (for -25% change or shorted loop conditions) or L hi (for +25% change or open loop conditions). This will continue as long as the loop fault exists.

However, if the detector is reset, or power is momentarily lost, the detector will retune if the loop inductance is within the acceptable range. If any type of loop failure occurs in one (or more) loop(s) in a group of two or more loops wired in parallel, the detector will not respond with a fail-safe output following any type of reset.

It is essential that multiple loops wired to a common detector channel always be wired in series to ensure failsafe operation under all circumstances. The Fail-Safe mode generates a continuous call in both Presence Mode and Pulse Mode. At the time of a loop failure, the channel’s LED will begin repeating a burst of three flashes each one second. The LED will continue these bursts until the channel is manually reset or power is removed. If the loop self heals, the LOOP FAIL message on the LCD will extinguish and the channel will resume operation in a normal manner; except the LED will continue the bursts thus providing an alert that a Loop Fail condition occurred. Each loop failure for the channel is counted and accumulated into the Loop Fail Memory. The total number of loop failures written into the Loop Fail Memory (since the last power interruption or manual reset) is viewed by stepping through the channel’s functions in Program Mode to the LOOP FAIL message.

Full Restore To Factory Defaults Pressing all four front panel switches simultaneously and continuously for five (5) seconds resets the detector and restores all the factory default settings. The countdown of the five second period is displayed on the LCD screen. Releasing any of the switches before the countdown ends will abort the Full Restore operation. (See Factory Default Settings table.)
Display Test Pressing any two of the front panel switches simultaneously will display all symbols and messages on the LCD screen.

E/2-1500 SPECIFICATIONS
This is a Performance Specification. It is not intended to be used as Operating Instructions.

General Characteristics:

Loop Frequency The LCD screen displays the actual loop operating frequency for each channel, which makes it easy to quickly identify and eliminate crosstalk. Eight (8) selectable loop frequency settings per channel (normally in the range of 20 to 100 kilohertz). The actual loop operating frequency is a function of the loop / lead-in network and the components of the loop oscillator circuit.

Sensitivity A unique bar graph displayed on the LCD makes it easy to quickly set the ideal sensitivity for any loop / lead-in network situation. Nine (9) selectable sensitivity levels per channel, plus settings for Continuous-Call and Channel-Off. The selected sensitivity level establishes the threshold at which the detector provides a vehicle detect output signal. [The threshold is defined as -ΔL/L(%)]. (See Sensitivity, -ΔL/L, & Response Time table.) Continuous-Call When set to the Continuous-Call state, the channel output is continuously in the Call state regardless of the presence or absence of vehicles over the loop. The loop oscillator is disabled when in the Continuous-Call state. This state is indicated by CALL flashing on the LCD. This option is selected from the Sensitivity menu in Program Mode and is useful for checking controller response and other troubleshooting activities.

Channel-Off When set to the Channel-Off state, the channel output is continuously in the No-Call state regardless of the presence or absence of vehicles over the loop. The loop oscillator is disabled when in the Channel-Off state. This state is indicated by OFF flashing on the LCD. This option is selected from the Sensitivity menu in Program Mode and is useful for checking controller response and other troubleshooting activities.

Call Delay Each channel’s Call Delay is adjustable from 0 to 255 seconds in one-second steps. Call Delay time begins when a vehicle enters the loop detection zone. The remaining Call Delay time is continuously displayed on the LCD. The channel LED flashes at a 4 Hz rate during delay timing.

Call Extension Each channel’s Call Extension is adjustable from 0 to 25.5 seconds in 0.1-second steps. Extension time begins when the last vehicle clears the loop detection zone. Any vehicle entering the loop detection zone during the Extension time returns the channel to the Detect state, and later, when the last vehicle clears the loop detection zone, the full Extension time starts counting down again. The remaining Extension time is continuously displayed on the LCD. The channel LED flashes at a 16 Hz rate during extension timing.

Presence / Pulse One of two mutually exclusive modes of operation for each channel can be selected in Program Mode:

Presence Mode Provides a minimum Call hold time of at least four (4) minutes (regardless of vehicle size) and typically one to three hours for an automobile or truck.

Pulse Mode A single output Pulse of 125 ±10 milliseconds duration is generated for each vehicle entering the loop detection zone. Each detected vehicle is instantly tuned out if it remains in the loop detection zone longer than two (2) seconds. This enables detection of subsequent vehicles entering the loop detection zone. After each vehicle leaves the loop detection zone, the channel resumes full sensitivity within 0.5 seconds.

Max Presence Timer Each channel’s Max Presence timer is adjustable from 1 to 999 seconds in one-second steps, plus OFF. The Max Presence function is used to limit presence time by automatically resetting a channel. If this function is enabled (On), the Max Presence timer begins counting down when a Call is initiated and the remaining time is continuously displayed on the LCD. If the loop becomes vacant before the Max Presence timer reaches zero, the Call is dropped and no automatic reset occurs.

Option 1, Loop Inductance Display When this option is enabled (On), the LCD screen displays the total loop inductance (actual loop inductance plus lead-in inductance) in microhenries for loop inductance values in the range of 20 to 2500 microhenries. NOTE: Enabling this option activates it for all channels. This option is automatically disabled five (5) minutes after the last switch activation or on loss of power.

Option 2, Loop Inductance -ΔL/L Display When this option is enabled (On), the LCD screen displays the percentage of inductance change (-ΔL/L value) during the Call state. To facilitate viewing of the maximum change in the -ΔL/L value while traffic is in motion over the detection zone, the detector holds the peak -ΔL/L value for a period of two (2) seconds. NOTE: Enabling this option activates it for all channels. This option is automatically disabled five (5) minutes after the last switch activation or on loss of power.

Option 11, Audible Detect Signal When this option is enabled (On), an audible signal will be activated whenever vehicles are in the detection zone. The audible signal indicates occupancy of the loop detection zone. Timing functions have no affect on the audible signal. This feature allows a technician to watch the detection zone to confirm correct detector operation without having to look at the detector display. Only one channel can have this feature active at a given time. Turning this option on for one channel automatically turns it off for all other channels. NOTE: This option is automatically disabled five (5) minutes after activation or on loss of power.

Specifications (Physical):

Weight 7.0 oz (199 gm.).

Size 4.50 inches (11.43 cm.) high x 1.12 inches (2.84 cm.) wide x 6.875 inches (17.46 cm.) deep (including connector, excluding handle). Handle adds 1.00 inch (2.54 cm.) to depth measurement.

Operating Temperature -40º F to +180º F (-40º C to +82º C).

Circuit Board Printed circuit boards are 0.062 inch thick FR4 material with 2 oz. copper on both sides and plated through holes. Circuit boards and components are conformal coated with polyurethane.

Connector 2 x 22 contact edge card connector with 0.156 inch (0.396 cm.) contact centers. Key slots located between pins B/2 & C/3, E/5 & F/6, and M/11 & N/12. (See Pin Assignments table.) Specifications (Electrical):

Power 10.8 to 14 VDC, 100 mA maximum, 40 mA during normal operation.

Loop Inductance Range 20 to 2500 microhenries.

Loop Feeder Length Up to 5000 feet (1500 m) maximum with proper feeder cable and appropriate loops.

Loop Inputs Transformer isolated. The minimum capacitance added by the detector is 0.068 microfarad.

Reset Application of a 30 millisecond low state (0 to 3 VDC) to pin C resets all channels. The detector can also be reset by removing and reapplying power. Each detector channel can be independently reset by pressing the CHAN pushbutton until the desired channel is selected, then holding the CHAN pushbutton for three (3 )seconds. Also, changing either the sensitivity or loop frequency of a channel will reset that channel. NOTE: Resetting a channel does not disable any selectable diagnostic functions. If diagnostic options (Option 1, Option 2, or Option 11) have been activated, they will remain activated following the channel reset. Resetting the detector by applying a 30 millisecond low state to pin C or removing and reapplying power disables all selectable diagnostic features.

Solid State Outputs Field effect transistors (FETs). 30 VDC maximum drain to souce. 50mA maximum current. 0.1 VDC maximum transistor saturation voltage. The output transistors are protected by 33 volt Zener diodes connected between the drain to souce.

Specifications (Operational):

Display The LCD backlighting illuminates whenever any pushbutton is pressed. If one or more channel is in a Call state, the corresponding LED(s) will also illuminate. The backlighting and LEDs will extinguish five (5) minutes after the last actuation of any pushbutton.

Detect Indicators Each channel has a high-intensity red light-emitting-diode (LED) to indicate a Call output, Delay Timing, Extension Tiiming, or failed loop.

Response Time See Sensitivity, -ΔL/L, & Response Time table for actual response times.

Pin Assignments
Sensitivity, -ΔL/L, & Response Time
Factory Default Settings
Function Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Channel 4
Frequency 2 4 6 8
Sensitivity 4 4 4 4
Delay Time 0 0 0 0
Extension Time 0 0 0 0
Max Presence Time OFF OFF OFF OFF
Presence / Pulse Presence Presence Presence Presence
Option 1, Loop Inductance OFF OFF OFF OFF
Option 2, Loop Inductance Change (-ΔL/L) OFF OFF OFF OFF Option 11, Audible Detect Signal OFF OFF OFF OFF
Pin Function Pin Function
A DC Common 1 No Connection
B DC + 2 No Connection
C Reset Input 3 No Connection
D Channel 1 Loop Input 4 Channel 1 Loop Input
E Channel 1 Loop Input 5 Channel 1 Loop Input
F Channel 1 Output, Collector (Drain) 6 No Connection
H No Connection 7 No Connection
J Channel 2 Loop Input 8 Channel 2 Loop Input
K Channel 2 Loop Input 9 Channel 2 Loop Input
L Chassis Ground 10 No Connection
M No Connection 11 No Connection
N No Connection 12 No Connection
P Channel 3 Loop Input 13 Channel 3 Loop Input
R Channel 3 Loop Input 14 Channel 3 Loop Input
S Channel 3 Output, Collector (Drain) 15 No Connection
T No Connection 16 No Connection
U Channel 4 Loop Input 17 Channel 4 Loop Input
V Channel 4 Loop Input 18 Channel 4Loop Input
W Channel 2 Output, Collector (Drain) 19 No Connection
X No Connection 20 No Connection
Y Channel 4 Output, Collector (Drain) 21 No Connection
Z No Connection 22 No Connection
Sensitivity -ΔL/L Response Time

OFF ----- -----
1 0.64% 35 +/-7ms
2 0.32% 35 +/-7ms
3 0.16% 35 +/-7ms
4 0.08% 35 +/-7ms
5 0.04% 35 +/-7ms
6 0.02% 48 +/-10 ms
7 0.01% 79 +/-17 ms
8 0.005% 138 +/-28 ms
9 0.0025% 261 +/-51 ms

CALL --- ---
Reno A & E Model E/2-1500 2008 05 02 - Specifications are subject to change to reflect improvements and upgrades. Visit our Website at www.renoae.com for the most current information on all of our products. P/N 551-0512-00 Y-200 SERIES

FOUR CHANNEL RACK MOUNT DETECTOR
¾ Meets and exceeds NEMA TS 2 specification
¾ Six front panel DIP switches for each channel
provide:
Š Seven levels of sensitivity plus off
Š Presence or Pulse mode
Š Four loop frequencies
¾ Loops are sequentially scanned to eliminate
crosstalk
¾ Channel status outputs provide individual
channel status states per NEMA TS 2
¾ Loop Fail Event Monitor remembers and
indicates intermittent and current loop failure
¾ Detector is self tuning and provides complete
environmental tracking
¾ Dual color, high intensity, LEDs (one per
channel):
Š Green indicates detect
Š Red indicates loop fail
¾ Complete built-in detector integrity test
¾ Space provided on front panel to label each
channel
¾ Audible detect signal (buzzer) facilitates loop
and/or detector troubleshooting
Overview
Manufactured under Patent #’s 5,936,551 and 6,281,809. - Other Patents Pending.

Reno A&E
Transportation Control Products
4655 Aircenter Circle • Reno, Nevada • 89502 • USA
Tel: (775) 826-2020 • Fax: (775) 826-9191
E-mail: [email protected] • Website: www.renoae.com
The Model Y-200 series is designed to meet or exceed NEMA Standards TS 2-1998 for Type B detectors and is downward compatible to NEMA Standards TS 1-1989. Model Y-200 detectors are four channel, card rack type loop detectors with individual channel detect and loop fail indications provided via four dual color, high intensity LEDs.

Ordering Information:

Model Y-200-SS Four-channel, 2.00” wide (double width) detector with Solid State outputs Model Y/2-200-SS Four-channel, 1.12” wide (single width) detector with Solid State outputs With Audible Detect Signal
Y-200 Y/2-200
Y-200 SERIES SPECIFICATIONS
This is a Performance Specification. It is not intended to be used as Operating Instructions.

Loop Frequency Each channel has four (4) loop frequencies (normally in the range of 20 to 100 kilohertz) that are selectable by means of eight front panel mounted DIP switches (two per channel). The actual loop operating frequency is a function of the loop / lead-in network and the components of the loop oscillator circuit.

Sensitivity Seven (7) sensitivity levels (plus off) are available for each channel. The eight settings are selectable by means of twelve front panel mounted DIP switches (three per channel). Each of the seven sensitivity levels are binary encoded from 1 to 7 (lowest to highest sensitivity). A setting of 0 turns the channel off. The sensitivity level selected determines the percentage of negative inductance change of the loop circuit required for a Call output signal. (See SENSITIVITY, -ΔL/L, & RESPONSE TIME table.) Presence / Pulse Mode Each channel has a front panel mounted DIP switch that can be used to configure the channel to operate in one of two modes.

Presence Mode Call hold time is a minimum of four minutes regardless of vehicle size, and is typically one to three hours for an automobile or truck.

Pulse Mode A pulse of 125 ±10 milliseconds duration is generated for each vehicle entering the loop detection zone. Each vehicle detected is instantly tuned out if it remains in the loop detection zone longer than two seconds. This feature allows detection of vehicles subsequently entering the detection zone. After each vehicle leaves the loop detection zone, the channel resumes full detection sensitivity within one second. Changing the Presence / Pulse Mode switch will reset he channel.

Noise Filter On / Off A PC board mounted DIP switch controls the Noise Filter feature. When the Filter feature is ON, a time filter is added before the output signal is activated when a vehicle is in the loop detection area. It is strongly recommended that the Filter feature be set to ON for most traffic control applications.

TS 2 Channel Off Status A PC board mounted DIP switch (labeled 100 MS) controls the state of the detector’s TS 2 Channel Status outputs when a channel is turned OFF. When the DIP switch is turned OFF, turning a channel OFF will cause that channel's TS 2 channel status output to maintain State 1 (Normal Operation / Detector Channel OK). When the DIP switch is turned ON, turning a channel OFF will cause that channel's TS 2 channel status output to enter State 2 (Detector Channel Failure).

Fail-Safe / Fail-Secure Operation During a loop failure condition, the state of a channel’s output can be selected as Call in Fail-Safe mode or No Call in Fail-Secure mode. This is accomplished via four PC board mounted DIP switches. Operation in Fail-Safe mode during a loop failure is the generally accepted mode of operation for intersection control. Operation in Fail-Secure mode during a loop failure is typically used in incident detection systems used for freeway management. Changing a channel’s Fail-Safe / Fail Secure setting will reset the channel.

Audible Detect Signal A front panel mounted pushbutton is used to enable an audible detect signal that is emitted any time a channel’s detection zone is occupied.

Detect / Fail Indicator Each channel has a super bright, high intensity, dual color (Red / Green) LED which indicates a Call output and / or the status of any current or prior loop fault condition for that channel. A green indication signifies a Call output (detect state). A red indication signifies a loop failure condition. A continuous ON (green) state indicates a Call output. A continuous ON (red) state indicates that a current open loop failure condition or an inductance change condition of greater than + 25% condition exists. When operating in Fail-Safe mode, this indication is also generates a Call output. When operating in Fail-Secure mode, no Call output is generated. A 1 Hz (red) flash rate indicates that a current shorted loop failure condition or an inductance change condition of greater than - 25% condition exists. When operating in FailSafe mode, this indication is also generates a Call output. When operating in Fail-Secure mode, no Call output is generated. A flash rate of three 50 millisecond (red) pulses indicates a prior loop failure condition.

A flash rate of three 50 millisecond (red) pulses followed by a 750 millisecond (green) pulse indicates a prior loop failure condition and a current Call output (detect state).

Loop Fail (Event) Monitor If the total inductance of the loop input network goes out of the range specified for the detector, or rapidly changes by more than ±25%, the affected channel will immediately enter the programmed Fail-Safe or Fail-Secure mode of operation. Fail-Safe operation generates a continuous Call output in the Presence or Pulse mode. Fail-secure operation does not generate a Call output during a loop failure. In both modes of operation, the Detect / Fail LED will illuminate and remain on for as long as the loop fault exists. If the loop self-heals, the channel will resume operation in a normal manner, but the Detect / Fail LED of the channel will begin to flash at a rate of three flashes per second as a means of indicating a prior Loop Fail condition. The Detect / Fail LED will continue its indication of a prior loop failure until the detector channel is reset or the detector is manually reset.

Loop Inductance Range 20 to 2000 microhenries with a Q factor of 5 or greater.

Loop Feeder Length Up to 5000 feet (1500m) maximum with proper feeder cable and appropriate loops.

Loop Input Transformer isolated. The minimum capacitance added by the detector is 0.068 microfarad.

Scanning The loop(s) connected to each detector channel are activated alternately to minimize crosstalk between adjacent loops connected to the same detector.

Lightning Protection The detector can tolerate, without damage, a 10 microfarad capacitor charged to 2,000 volts being discharged directly into the loop input terminals, or a 10 microfarad capacitor charged to 2,000 volts being discharged between either loop terminal and earth (chassis) ground.

Detector Reset Changing the position of any channel’s DIP Switches (except the Frequency switches) will reset that detector channel. The detector can be reset by connecting a logic ground signal to Pin C (Reset Pin). Reapplication of power after a power loss will also cause the detector to reset. After changing any channel’s Frequency selection switches (DIP Switches 1 & 2), the detector must be reset.

Solid State Outputs Optically coupled transistors. 30 VDC maximum collector (drain) to emitter (source). 50 mA maximum saturation current. 2 VDC maximum transistor saturation voltage. The output transistors are protected by a 33 volt Zener diode connected between the collector (drain) and emitter (source).

Response Time Meets or exceeds NEMA TS 2 specifications. The response time of any channel is affected by the sensitivity level setting and Filter On / Off selection of that channel. (See SENSITIVITY, -ΔL/L, & RESPONSE TIME table.)
Self Tuning The detector automatically self tunes and is operational within two seconds after application of power or after being reset. Full sensitivity and hold time requires 30 seconds of operation.

Environmental & Tracking The detector is fully self-compensating for environmental changes and loop drift over the full temperature range and the entire loop inductance range.

Grounded Loop Operation The loop isolation transformer allows operation with poor quality loops (which may include one short to ground at a single point).

Detect Outputs Per NEMA TS 2, conduction indicates detection output. The output is conductive in a DC power supply failure condition or during a loop failure (i.e. An open loop or shorted loop condition).

Reno A & E Model Y-200 2008 04 08 - Specifications are subject to change to reflect improvements and upgrades. Visit our Website at www.renoae.com for the most current information on all of our products. P/N 551-2501-00 NEMA TS 2 Status Outputs Meets and / or exceeds all NEMA TS 2 status output specifications.

Test Mode A PC board mounted DIP switch enables Test Mode. Test Mode provides a means of verifying proper operation of all of the detector’s input and output circuitry including switches, LEDs, and outputs.

Each channel’s loop oscillator circuit is also checked to verify the correct frequency in each of the four frequency settings. The frequency portion of testing requires that each channel be connected to a 100 microhenry loop; if other inductance values are used, the frequency test results will be invalid.

Power 10.8 to 30 VDC, 100 mA maximum.

Circuit Board Printed circuit boards are 0.062 inch thick FR4 material with 2 oz. copper on both sides and plated through holes. Circuit boards and components are conformal coated with polyurethane.

Operating Temperature -40º F to +180º F (-40º C to +82º C).

Connector 2 x 22 contact edge card connector with 0.156 inch (0.396 cm.) contact centers. Key slots located between pins B/2 & C/3, E/5 & F/6, and M/11 & N/12. (See PIN ASSIGNMENTS table.) Size Y-200 (double width faceplate) - 4.50 inches (11.43 cm) high x 2.00 inches (5.08 cm) wide x 6.88 inches (17.46 cm) deep (including connector, excluding handle). Y/2-200 (single width faceplate) - 4.50 inches (11.43 cm) high x 1.12 inches (2.84 cm) wide x 6.88 inches (17.46 cm) deep (including connector, excluding handle). Handle adds 1.00 inch (2.54 cm) to depth measurement.

Weight 6.0 oz (170 gm).

NOTES: * Denotes factory default.

Changing any of a channel’s sensitivity switches will reset that channel.

To achieve the exact response times listed above, the Sensitivity level and Fail-Safe / Fail-Secure settings for all four channels must be set the same.

Pin Assignments
Sensitivity, -ΔL/L, & Response Time
Factory Default Settings - Front Panel Mounted DIP Switches (All Channels) Switch Function Setting Factory Default
1 Frequency 0 OFF
2 OFF
3 Presence / Pulse Presence ON
4 Sensitivity 6
OFF
5 ON
6 ON
Pin Function Pin Function
A DC Common 1 No Connection
B DC + 2 No Connection
C Reset Input 3 No Connection
D Channel 1 Loop Input 4 Channel 1 Loop Input
E Channel 1 Loop Input 5 Channel 1 Loop Input
F Channel 1 Output, Collector (Drain) 6 No Connection
H Channel 1 Output, Emitter (Source) 7 Channel 1 TS 2 Status Output J Channel 2 Loop Input 8 Channel 2 Loop Input
K Channel 2 Loop Input 9 Channel 2 Loop Input
L Chassis Ground 10 No Connection
M No Connection 11 No Connection
N No Connection 12 No Connection
P Channel 3 Loop Input 13 Channel 3 Loop Input
R Channel 3 Loop Input 14 Channel 3 Loop Input
S Channel 3 Output, Collector (Drain) 15 No Connection
T Channel 3 Output, Emitter (Source) 16 Channel 3 TS 2 Status Output U Channel 4 Loop Input 17 Channel 4 Loop Input
V Channel 4 Loop Input 18 Channel 4 Loop Input
W Channel 2 Output, Collector (Drain) 19 No Connection
X Channel 2 Output, Emitter (Source) 20 Channel 2 TS 2 Status Output Y Channel 4 Output, Collector (Drain) 21 No Connection
Z Channel 4 Output, Emitter (Source) 22 Channel 4 TS 2 Status Output Sensitivity -ΔL/L Response Time
(Noise Filter OFF)
Response Time
(Noise Filter ON)
0 N/A N/A N/A
1 0.64% 17 +/-5ms 120 +/-40 ms
2 0.32% 17 +/-5ms 120 +/-40 ms
3 0.16% 35 +/-10ms 120 +/-40 ms
4 0.08% 50 +/-15ms 120 +/-40 ms
5 0.04% 75 +/-25ms 120 +/-40 ms
6 * 0.02% * 120 +/-40 ms * 120 +/-40 ms *
7 0.01% 120 +/-40 ms 120 +/-40 ms
Factory Default Settings - PC Board Mounted DIP Switches Switch Function Setting Factory Default
1 Test Mode Test Mode OFF OFF
2 TS 2 Channel Status (100 MS) Normal Operation (Channel OK) OFF 3 Noise Filter Noise Filter ON ON
4 Channel 1 Fail-Safe / Fail Secure Fail Safe OFF
5 Channel 2 Fail-Safe / Fail Secure Fail Safe ON
6 Channel 3 Fail-Safe / Fail Secure Fail Safe ON
7 Channel 4 Fail-Safe / Fail Secure Fail Safe ON
8 Spare N/A N/A
MODEL C-1100-B & MODEL C-1200-B

BICYCLE DETECTOR
Reno A&E
4655 Aircenter Circle • Reno, Nevada • 89502 • USA
Tel: (775) 826-2020 • Fax: (775) 826-9191 • E-mail: [email protected] • Internet: www.renoae.com Manufactured under U.S Patent Numbers 5,936,551; 6,087,964; and 6,281,809.  Differentiates bicycles from other vehicles.
 A special initial time for bicycles enables the
intersection controller to operate at maximum
efficiency.
 Bicycle Detect Only mode is useful for dedicated
bicycle lanes. Large vehicles do not output a call.
 Audible detect signal (buzzer) simplifies verification of detector operation.  Operates with recommended loop geometries.

Ordering Information:

Model C-xxxx-B-__ R = Relay Outputs
SS = Solid State Outputs
1100 = 170/332 Configuration
1200 = NEMA TS 2 Configuration
Note:170/332 applications require a Phase Green Interface Module. The module accepts up to four 120 VAC signals. The outputs are optically isolated open collector transistors, which are connected to the phase green inputs on the detector. This eliminates the need to change the card rack wiring.

The Model C-1100-B and C-1200-B are designed to detect all vehicles with the added ability of differentiating bicycles from all other vehicles. This allows the traffic engineer to detect and provide safe passage time for bicycles without compromising the intersection's operating efficiency. The unique capability to identify bicycles from other vehicles allows the user to program initial time and extension time for bicycles only, thus providing a safe passage time through the intersection.

When a bicycle is detected passing through the bicycle loop (see next page for recommended bicycle loop geometries) the channel's output is latched in the call state. The call output can only be latched during the absence of phase green.

The latched call is held until the detector's phase green input becomes active. At the time the phase green input becomes active the latch is reset, the call is held, and the initial time, which has been programmed in the detector, begins counting down to zero. If the loop is vacant when the initial time reaches zero the call is dropped. If additional bicycles are detected before the initial time reaches zero each subsequent bicycle extends the call by either the remaining amount of initial time or the extension time, whichever is greater. During phase green, after the initial time expires, all bicycle calls are extended by the amount of the programmed extension time. When the extension time is set to zero the extension time is equal to the initial time. If it is desired to have an extension time different from the initial time the detector's extension time can be programmed for any value ranging from 0.1 seconds to 25.5 seconds. When the extension time is set to any value other than zero the detector provides the initial time plus a separate extension time during phase green. The detector's latched call, initial time, and extension time respond only to bicycles. For all other vehicles the detector functions as a standard presence detector without timing. The detector can also be set for Bicycle Detect Only Mode. In the Bicycle Detect Only Mode the detector does not output call signals for other vehicles passing over the bicycle detection loop.

Model C-1100-B, C-1200-B Additional Information
Reno A&E Model C-1100-B, 1200-B · Specifications are subject to change to reflect improvements and upgrades. Visit our Website at www.renoae.com for the most current information on all of our products. P/N 551-0315-00 4/29/2011

FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS
Pin Function Pin Function
A DC (-) Common 1 Channel 1 Phase Green Input
B DC (+) Power 2 Channel 2 Phase Green Input
C Reset Input 3 No Connection
D Channel 1 Loop Input 4 Channel 1 Loop Input
E Channel 1 Loop Input 5 Channel 1 Loop Input
F Channel 1 Output, Collector / N.O. 6 No Connection
H Channel 1 Output, Emitter / Com. 7 Channel 1 TS2 Status Output J Channel 2 Loop Input 8 Channel 2 Loop Input
K Channel 2 Loop Input 9 Channel 2 Loop Input
L Chassis Ground 10 No Connection
M No Connection 11 No Connection
N No Connection 12 No Connection
P No Connection 13 No Connection
R No Connection 14 No Connection
S No Connection 15 No Connection
T No Connection 16 No Connection
U No Connection 17 No Connection
V No Connection 18 No Connection
W Channel 2 Output, Collector / N.O. 19 No Connection
X Channel 2 Output, Emitter / Com. 20 Channel 2 TS2 Status Output Y No Connection 21 No Connection
Z No Connection 22 No Connection
Functions Channel 1 Channel 2
Frequency (8 steps) 3 7
Sensitivity (OFF, 1 to 9, CALL) 7 7
CALL Delay Time (0 - 255 seconds) 0 0
CALL Extension Time (0 - 25.5 seconds) 0.0 0.0
Bicycle Detect Latch Time (OFF, 1 - 999 seconds) OFF OFF Option 1 (Loop Inductance, L) OFF (all channels)
Option 2 (% Inductance Change, -DL/L) OFF (all channels) Option 11 (Audible Detect) OFF OFF
Option 15.0 (Bicycle Detect Only) OFF OFF
Option 15.1 (Phase Green Input Disable) OFF OFF
RJ-11 JACK located on PCB
Pin Function
1 Channel 2 Phase Green Input
2 Channel 1 Phase Green Input
3 No Connection
4 No Connection
5 Logic Ground
6 No Connection
Pin Function
A DC (-) Common
B DC (+) Power
C Reset Input
D&4 Channel 1 Loop Input
E&5 Channel 1 Loop Input
F Channel 1 Output, Collector / N.O.

H Channel 1 Output, Emitter / Com.

J&8 Channel 2 Loop Input
K&9 Channel 2 Loop Input
L Chassis Ground
M No Connection
N No Connection
P No Connection
R No Connection
S No Connection
T No Connection
U No Connection
V No Connection
W Channel 2 Output, Collector / N.O.

X Channel 2 Output, Emitter / Com.

Y No Connection
Z No Connection
MODEL C-1100B MODEL C-1200B
Model C-1100-B, C-1200-B Additional Information
Reno A&E Model C-1100-B, 1200-B · Specifications are subject to change to reflect improvements and upgrades. Visit our Website at www.renoae.com for the most current information on all of our products. P/N 551-0315-00 7/26/2011 BICYCLE LOOP RECOMMENDATIONS: